iA          LIBRARY    OF   THE    UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFORNIA          LIBRARY 


*  A  >G>         •      ,   .    ?   2 

^|H<W<H"  | 
vfcr i^r~~a 


IA 


Q^AlD 
LIBRARY    OF   THE    UNIVERSITY   OF    CALIFORNIA          LIBRARY 


IVERSITY   OF   CALIFORNIA 


QJ/VXQ 
LIBRARY   OF   THE   UNIVERSITY   0 


E   UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFORNIA         LIBRARY   OF  THE   UNIVERSITY  0 


MANUAL 

FOR 

STABLE  SERGEANTS 

V 

1917 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

1917 


ts-i 


WAR  DEPARTMENT, 

Document  No.  611. 

Office  of  The  Adjutant  General. 


WAR  DEPARTMENT, 

WASHINGTON,  June  14,  1917. 

The  following  Manual  for  Stable  Sergeants,  prepared  at  the 
Mounted  Service  School,  Fort  Riley,  Kans.,  is  published  for  the 
information  and  guidance  of  all  concerned. 

[20-16213  A.  G.  O.I 
BY    ORDER    OP   THE    SECRETARY    OF   WAR: 

TASKER  H.  BLISS, 

Major  General,  Acting  Chief  of  Staff. 
OFFICIAL  : 

K.  P.  McCAIN, 

The  Adjutant  General. 

3 


3G8073 


AUTHORITIES  CONSULTED. 


Adams:  A  Text  Book  of  Horseshoeing. 

Bureau  of  Animal  Industry:  Special  Report  on  Diseases  of  the 
Horse. 

Chauveau:  Comparative  Anatomy  of  Domesticated  Animals. 

Dun:  Veterinary  Medicines,  Their  Actions  and  Uses. 

Fitzwygram:  Horses  and  Stables. 

Flemming:  Operative  Veterinary  Surgery. 

Friedburger  and  Frohner:  Pathology  and  Therapeutics  of  Domestic 
Animals. 

Gay:  Productive  Horse  Husbandry. 

Goubaux  and  Barrier:  The  Exterior  of  the  Horse. 

Hayes:  Points  of  the  Horse. 

Hayes:  Veterinary  Notes  for  Horse  Owners. 

Henry:  Feeds  and  Feeding. 

Hutyra  and  Marek:  Pathology  and  Therapeutics  of  the  Diseases  of 
Domestic  Animals. 

Jordan:  The  Feeding  of  Animals. 

Law:  Veterinary  Medicine. 

Liautard:  Manual  of  Veterinary  Surgery. 

M  oiler:  Operative  Veterinary  Surgery. 

Merillat:  Veterinary  Surgical  Operations. 

Neumann:  Parasites  and  Parasitic  Diseases  of  Domesticated  Ani- 
mals. 

Quitman:  Notes  on  Veterinary  Materia  Medica. 

Sisson:  A  Text  Book  on  Veterinary  Anatomy. 

Smith:  Veterinary  Hygiene. 

Smith:  A  Manual  of  Veterinary  Physiology. 

Strangeway:  Veterinary  Anatomy. 

Veterinary  Department,  English  Army:  Animal  Management. 

White:  Principles  and  Practice  of  Veterinary  Medicine. 

Williams:  Principles  and  Practice  of  Veterinary  Medicine  and 
Surgery. 

Winslow:  Materia  Medica. 

Woodhull:  Military  Hygiene. 

Wyman:  Diagnosis  of  Lameness  in  the  Horse. 

5  * 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 

Chapter  I.  Anatomy  and  physiology 11 

II.  Names  and  conformation  of  external  regions 51 

III .  Stable  hygiene — Care  of  the  sick  and  injured 56 

IV.  Restraint  and  control  of  animals 72 

V.  Administration,  actions  and  uses  of  medicines 80 

VI.  Wounds  and  their  treatment 95 

VII.  Detection  of  lameness — Diseases  of  bone 107 

VIII.  Diseases  and  injuries  of  muscles,  tendons,  and 

ligaments 114 

IX.  Diseases  of  the  digestive  system 117 

X .  Diseases  of  the  respiratory  system 125 

XL  Diseases  of  the  urogenital  system 130 

XII .  Diseases  of  the  circulatory  and  lymphatic  system .  133 

XIII.  Diseases  of  the  nervous  system 137 

XIV.  Diseases  of  the  eye. 140 

XV.  Diseases  of  the  skin 143 

XVI.  Diseases  of  the  foot 149 

XVII.  Isolation,  quarantine,  and  disinfection 157 

XVIII.  Contagious  and  infectious  diseases 164 

7 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Figure  1.  Skeleton  of  horse 12 

2.  Skull  of  horse 13 

3.  Superficial  muscles  of  horse 

4.  Deeper  muscles  of  horse 19 

'  5.  Muscles  of  fore  limb,  outside  view 20 

6.  Muscles  of  fore  limb,  inside  view 21 

7.  Muscles  of  hind  leg 23 

8.  Synovial   sheaths  and  bursae  of  right  fore  limb, 

inside  view 24 

9.  Synovial  sheaths  and  bursae  of  the  right  fore  limb, 

outside  view 24 

10.  Synovial  sheaths  and  bursae  of  hock,  inside  view. .  24 

11.  Synovial  sheaths  and  bursae  of  hock,  outside  view. .  24 
]  2 .  Digestive  apparatus 25 

13.  Stomach... 9 26 

14.  Respiratory  apparatus 29 

15.  Circulatory  apparatus 32 

16.  Section  of  heart 33 

17.  Nervous  system 37 

18.  Section  of  eye 38 

19.  Section  of  foot 41 

20.  B ones  of  foot 43 

21.  Third  phalanx 44 

22.  Foot,  side  view 44 

23.  Foot,  ground  surface 45 

24.  Foot,  relation  of  bones  and  joints 46 

25.  Hoof,  ground  surface 48 

26.  Foot,  showing  blood  vessels - 50 

27.  External  regions  of  the  horse 52 

28.  Twitch 72 

29.  Blindfold 73 

30.  Neck  cradle 73 

31 .  Side  rod 74 

32.  Securing  a  hind  le*g  forward  by  side  line 75 

.  o 


10  LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 

Page. 

Figure  33,  Securing  a  hind  leg  forward  by  side  line 76 

34.  Securing  a  hind  leg  backward  by  side  line 76 

35.  Securing  the  fore  and  hind  limbs  in  standing  posi- 

tion   77 

36.  Casting  rope  applied 78 

37.  The  horse  in  slings 79 

38.  Capped  hock 103 

39.  Fistulous  withers 104 

40.  Poll  evil 105 

41.  Ringbone .    108 

42.  Sidebone 109 

43.  Spavin 110 

44.  Splint Ill 

45.  Sprained  tendons 114 

46.  Curb 115 

47.  Spasmodic  colic .  120 

48.  Acute  lymphangitis 134 

49.  Grease 145 

50.  Contagious  stomatitis 165 

51.  Contagious  stomatitis 166 

52.  Glanders. 168 

53.  Chronic  epizootic  lymphangitis 169 

54.  Chronic  epizootic  lymphangitis 170 

55.  Tetanus 172 

56.  Surra 

57.  Trypanosoma  evansi 

58.  Purpura  hemorrhagica 176 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


CHAPTER  I. 
ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY. 

1 .  Anatomy  is  the  study  of  the  parts  and  organs  of  the  animal 
body  with  regard  to  their  structure,  shape,  and  position. 

Physiology  is  a  description  of  the  functions  or  uses  of  these  parts. 

Anatomy  embraces  the  study  of  the  skeleton,  the  articulations, 
the  muscles,  the  digestive  system,  the  respiratory  system,  the  uro- 
genital  system,  the  circulatory  system,  the  lymphatic  system,  the 
nervous  system,  the  eye,  the  ear,  the  skin. 

THE  SKELETON. 

2.  The  skeleton  is  the  framework  of  hard  structures  of  the  body 
which  supports  the  soft  parts  and  vital  organs.     In  the  horse  it  con- 
sists of  205  bones,  all  of  which  are  held  together  by  means  of  ligaments 
and  muscles  in  such  a  manner  as  to  form  a  series  of  joints,  levers, 
and  pulleys.     It  is  divided  into  trunk  and  limbs. 

The  trunk  consists  of  the  skull,  spinal  column,  ribs,  and  breast  bone. 
The  limbs,  two  anterior  and  two  posterior,  support  the  body  and 
furnish  the  levers  of  propulsion. 

3.  Bones  are  classified  as  long,  fat,  short,  and  irregular. 

Long  bones  are  found  in  the  limbs,  where  they  support  the  weight 
of  the  body  and  act  as  levers  of  motion. 

Flat  bones  help  inclose  cavities  containing  vital  and  important 
organs.  In  this  manner  the  ribs  and  scapula  protect  the  heart  and 
lungs. 

Short  bones  occur  in  the  knee  and  hock  and  in  the  fetlock  joints. 
Their  function  is  that  of  breaking  concussion. 

Irregular  bones  are  such  as  those  of  the  spinal  column  and  certain 
bones  of  the  cranium.  The  bones  of  the  cranium  inclose  and  pro- 

11 


12 


MANUAL, FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


FIG.  1.— Skeleton  of  horse,  with  outline  of  contour  of  body.  1.  H.,  Atlas;  7.H. 
seventh  cervical  vertebra;  I.E.,  first  thoracic  vertebra;  17.R.,  seventeenth  thoracic 
vertebra;  I.L.,  first  lumbar  vertebra;  6.L.,  sixth  lumbar  vertebra;  J8T,  sacrum; 
l.S-f  first  coccygeal  vertebra;  16. S.,  sixteenth  coccygeal  vertebra;  6.R.,  sixth  rib; 
6.K.,  costal  cartilage;  18.R.,  last  rib;  1,  scapula;  I',  cartilage  of  scapula;  T 


ia.,      I»\J\J\JJJ\JL  y      UCU£KM      UVJ-IC,     t.£tf      UWVCtl/CU.  LSUO,     J.O,      VUglt,     J.1,      O  l/Cl  ij. Ui-U ,      A1       .     AipllUlU. 

cartilage;  15,  ilium;  16,  16'  angles  of  ilium;  17,  ischium;  18,  femur  (shaft);  19, 
trochanter  major;  20,  patella;  21,  tibia  (shaft);  21',  lateral  condyle  of  tibia;  23, 
fibula;  22,  tarsus;  24,  tuber  calcis;  25,  metatarsus;  26,  digit;  27,  trochanter  minor 
of  femur;  28,  trochanter  tertius  of  femur.  (After  Ellenberger-Baum,  Anat.  fiir 
Kiinstler.)  (From  Sisson's  Anatomy  of  the  Domestic  Animals;  copyright,  W.  B. 
Saunders  Co.) 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  13 

tect  the  brain,  while  those  of  the  spinal  column  inclose  and  protect 
the  spinal  cord. 

All  bones  are  covered  with  a  tough  membrane,  the  periosteum, 
except  at  their  articular  surfaces,  where  there  is  a  layer  of  cartilage. 


FIG.  2.— Skull  of  horse,  right  view.  1,  occipital  condyle:  2,  paramastoid  process; 
3,  mastoid  process;  4,  posterior  process  of  squamous  temporal  bone;  5,  external 
acoustic  process;  6,  zygomatic  process  of  temporal  bone;  7,  postglenoid  process; 
8,  glenoid  cavity  of  squamous  temporal  bone;  9,  condyle  of  same;  10,  supraorbital 
process  of  frontal  bone;  1{,  temporal  part  of  frontal  bone;  12,  orbital  part  of  frontal 
bone;  13,  fossa  sacci  lacrimalis;  14,  orbital  surface  of  lacrimal  bone;  15,  lacrimal 
tubercle;  16,  zygomatic  process  of  malar  bone;  17,  maxillary  tuberosity;  18,  facial 
crest;  19,  infraorbital  foramen;  20,  naso-maxillary  notch;  21,  body  of  premaxilla; 
21',  nasal  process  of  same;  22,  body  of  mandible;  23,  mental  foramen;  24,  25,  hori- 
zontal and  vertical  parts  of  ramus  of  mandible;  26,  condyle  of  mandible;  27,  coronoid 
process  of  mandible;  28,  angle  of  mandible;  29,  vascular  impression;  80,  interalveolar 
margin;  31,  incisor  teeth;  32,  canine  teeth;  33,  hyoid  bone  (great  cornu).  (From 
Sisson's  Anatomy  of  the  Domestic  Animals;  copyright,  W.  B.  Saunders.) 

4.  The  skull  (fig.  2)  is  the  bony  framework  of  the  head.     It  con- 
sists of  34  irregularly-shaped  flat  bones,  and  is  divided  into  two 

•nortcj     tVio  /nvT'wi'j/'m    o-rt/^    -fV>g>   -fnr>n 


14  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

(a)  The  bones  of  the  cranium  inclose  the  brain,  and,  together  with 
the  bones  of  the  face,  form  the  orbital  and  nasal  cavities,  in  which  are 
situated  the  organs  of  sight  and  smell. 

(b)  The  bones  of  the  face  form  the  skeleton  of  the  mouth  and  nasal 
cavities,  and  support  the  tongue  and  larynx.     The  most  important 
bones  of  this  region  are  the  maxillae  (upper  jaw)  and  the  mandible 
(lower  jaw),  each  of  which,  on  either  side,  presents  six  irregular 
cavities  for  the  reception  of  the  cheek  (molar)  teeth.     From  the 
orbital  cavities  forward  the  upper  jaw  gradually  becomes  narrower 
and  terminates  in  the  premaxilla,  which  contains  the  six  upper 
incisor  teeth;  these  six,  with  the  corresponding  teeth  of  the  lower 
jaw,  help  form  the  anterior  boundary  of  the  mouth. 

(c)  In  each  maxilla,  just  below  the  orbit,  is  an  inclosed  irregular- 
shaped  cavity  known  as  the  maxillary  sinus.     It  connects  with  the 
nasal  cavity  and  contains  the  roots  of  the  last  three  cheek  teeth. 

5.  The  teeth  are  40  in  number,  and  are  of  three  kinds,  viz: 

(a)  The  incisors,  12  in  number,  are  situated  in  the  front  ;part  of  the 
mouth,  6  in  the  premaxilla  and  6  in  the  anterior  extremity  of  the 
lower  jaw. 

(b)  The  canines  (tushes),  4  in  number,  are  situated  in  the  inter- 
dental space  just  back  of  the  incisors.     In  the  mare  these  teeth  are 
usually  very  small  or  wanting  entirely. 

(c)  The  cheek  teeth  (molars),  are  24  in  number,  and  are  situated  in 
the  back  part  of  the  mouth,  6  above  and  6  below  on  each  side  of  each 
jaw.    The  space  between  the  incisors  and  molars  is  called  the  inter- 
dental space. 

6.  The  spinal  or  vertebral  column  may  be  regarded  as  the  basis 
of  the  skeleton  from  which  all  other  parts  originate.     It  extends  from 
the  base  of  the  skull  to  the  tip  of  the  tail,  and  consists  of  a  chain  of 
irregular  bones  called  vertebrae,  all  solidly  united  by  ligaments  and 
cartilage.    According  to  their  position  in  the  column,  they  are  di- 
vided into  five  regions,  which  are,  naming  them  from  front  to  rear, 
the  cervical,  thoracic,  lumbar,  sacral,  and  coccygeal. 

(a)  In  the  cervical  region  there  are  7  bones,  which  form  the  frame- 
work of  the  neck,  the  first  being  called  the  atlas  and  the  second  the 
•axis,  the  remaining  5  having  no  special  names. 

(b)  The  thoracic  vertebrae  are  18  in  number.     They  furnish  attach- 
ment for  the  upper  ends  of  the  ribs,  and  their  superior  spines,  from 
the  second  to  the  eighth,  inclusive,  form  the  framework  of  the 
"withers. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  15 

(c)  The  lumbar  region  consists  of  six  bones  forming  the  skeleton  of 
the  loins. 

(d)  In  the  sacral  region  there  are  five  segments  which  become 
united  to  form  a  single  bone,  the  sacrum. 

-  (e)  The  coccygeal  vertebrae  are  the  last  of  the  series.     They  number 
from  13  to  20  and  form  the  skeleton  of  the  tail. 

(/)  Throughout  the  length  of  this  bony  chain  from  the  atlas  to  the 
fourth  coccygeal  vertebra,  inclusive,  is  a  tubular  passage  called  the 
spinal  canal,  which  is  continuous  with  the  cranium  and  which  con- 
tains the  spinal  cord. 

7.  The  bony  thorax  (chest)  is  a  large  cavity  formed  by  the 
thoracic  vertebrae  above,  tho  ribs  on  the  sides  and  the  sternum 
(breast  bone)  below.     It  contains  the  lungs,  the  heart,  some  large 
blood  vessels  and  nerves,  and  a  part  of  the  trachea  and  the  esophagus. 

8.  The  ribs  are  18  on  each  side,  and  are  attached  above  to  the 
thoracic  vertebrae.     Below,   the  first  eight  are  attached  to  the 
sternum  by  means  of  cartilage,  and  are  called  true  or  sternal  ribs. 
The  remaining  10  are  attached  indirectly  to  the  sternum  and  are 
called  false  or  asternal  ribs. 

9.  The  bones  of  the  fore  limb,  named  from  above  downward, 
are  the  scapula,  humerus,  radius,  and  ulna;  the  carpus  (knee)  consist- 
ing of  seven  or  eight  small  bones;  the  large  metacarpal  (cannon)  bone; 
two  small  metacarpal  (splint)  bones;  the^rs£  phalanx  (long  pastern 
bone);  the  second  phalanx  (short  pastern  bone);  the  third  phalanx 
(coffin  bone);  two  proximal  sesamoids,  and  the  distal  sesamoid  or  navi- 
cular  bone. 

10.  The  bones  of  the  hind  limb,  named  from  above  downward, 
are  the  os  coxae  (hip  bone) ,  femur  (thigh),  tibia,  fibula,  and  patella 
(stifle);  the  tarsus  (hock),  consisting  of  six  or  seven  small  bones;  the 
targe  metatarsal  (cannon  bone);  the  two  small  metatarsals  (splint 
bones);  the  first  phalanx  (long  pastern  bone);  the  second  phalanx 
(short  pastern  bone);  the  third  phalanx  (coffin  bone);  two  proximal 
sesamoids,  and  the  distal  sesamoid  or  navicular  bone. 

11.  The  os  coxae  (hip  bone)  consists  of  three  parts,  the  ilium 
ischium,  and  pubis,  all  of  which  meet  and  unite  to  form  a  large  cup- 
shaped  cavity  for  articulation  with  the  head  of  the  femur.    The  right . 
and  left  hip  bones  are  connected  above  with  the  sacrum  and  below 
they  are  united  with  each  other  to  form  the  floor  of  the  pelvic  cavity. 
This  bony  arch,  together  with  the  first  three  coccygeal  vertebrae,  is 
called  the  pelvis  and  forms  the  framework  of  the  hips  and  croup. 


16  MANUAL  FOR,  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

THE  ARTICULATIONS. 

12.  An  articulation  (joint)  is  the  union  of  two  or  more  bones  or 
cartilages  by  strong  fibrous  bands  called  ligaments. 

Joints  are  of  three  types — immovable,  slightly  movable,  and  freely 
movable. 

(a)  In  movable  joints  the  contact  surfaces  of  the  bones  are  covered 
with  a  thin,  smooth  layer  of  articular  cartilage,  the  latter  being  lubri- 
cated with  synovia  or  joint  oil. 

13.  Synovia  is  a  thin  oil-like  fluid  secreted  by  the  synovial 
membrane.     It  is  confined  within  and  protected  by  the  joint  capsule, 
which  completely  surrounds  the  joint. 

14.  Ligaments,   with  the  exception  of  the  ligamentum  nuchae 
(neck  ligament),  are  composed  of  inelastic  white  fibrous  tissue  which 
bind  the  bones  together. 

15.  Ligaments  which  hold  the  bones  in  position  are  known  as 
binding  ligaments.     They  are  placed  just  outside  the  joint  capsule 
with  which  they  are  closely  related. 

16.  The  suspensory  ligament  (figs.  5,  6,  7)  is  a  long,  wide  band 
of  white  fibrous  tissue,  originating  on  the  back  part  of  the  lower  bones 
of  the  knee  (hock  bones  in  the  hind  leg)  and  the  upper  end  of  the 
cannon  bone.     It  then  passes  downward  between  the  splint  bones 
and  divides  near  the  lower  end  of  the  cannon  into  two  branches, 
which  are  attached  one  to  each  sesamoid  bone.    From  these  bones  the 
branches  pass  downward  and  forward,  one  on  the  inner  and  one  on 
the  outer  side  of  the  long  pastern  bone,  to  become  attached  to  the 
tendon  of  the  muscle  which  extends  the  foot.     Its  function  is  to 
brace  the  fetlock  joint  and  support  a  large  portion  of  the  body  weight. 

17.  The  ligamentum  nuchae  (neck  ligament)  is  composed  of 
yellow  elastic  tissue,  and  extends  from  the  withers  forward,  above 
the  cervical  vertebrae,  to  become  attached  to  the  top  of  the  skull. 
It  supports  the  head  and  neck. 

18.  The  plantar  ligament  is  located  on  the  outer  posterior 
border  of  the  hock.     It  is  one  of  the  important  binding  ligaments  of 
the  hock  joint. 

19.  The  joints  of  the  fore  limb,  named  from  above  downward, 
are  the  shoulder  joint,  formed  by  the  scapula  and  humerus;  the  elbow 
joint,  formed  by  the  humerus,  radius,  and  ulna;  the  carpal  (knee) 
joint,  formed  by  the  radius,  the  bones  of  the  carpus,  and  the  large 
and  the  two  small  metacarpal  bones;  the  fetlock  joint,  formed  by  the 
large  metacarpal  bone,  the  proximal  sesamoids,  and  the  first  phalanx; 
the  pastern  joint,  formed  by  the  first  and  second  phalanges;  and  the 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  17 

coffin  joint,  formed  by  the  second  and  third  phalanges  and  the  navicular 
bone. 

20.  The  joints  of  the  hind  limb,  named  from  above  downward, 
are  the  sacro-illiac  joint,  formed  by  the  sacrum  and  ilium;  the  hip 
joint,  formed  by  the  hip  bone  and  the  femur;  the  stifle  joint,  formed 
by  the  femur,  the  patella,  and  tibia;  the  tarsal  (hock)  joint,  formed  by 
the  tibia,  the  bones  of  the  hock,  and  the  large  and  small  metatarsal 
bones.    The  joints  below  the  hock  are  named  and  formed  the  same 
as  in  the  fore  limb. 

THE  MUSCLES. 

21.  Muscles  are  the  active  organs  of  motion  and  are  classified  as 
voluntary  and  involuntary.     Voluntary  muscles  are  those  under  direct 
control  of  the  will,  as  the  muscles  of  the  leg  and  tail.     Involuntary 
muscles  are  those  not  under  direct  control  of  the  will,  as  the  heart 
and  the  muscles  of  the  intestines.    The  voluntary  muscles  form 
about  45  per  cent  of  the  weight  of  the  body. 

22.  Muscles  are  composed  of  a  contractile  part,  which  is  red  in 
color  and  forms  the  flesh;  and  a  tendinous  part,  which  is  usually 
attached  to  the  bones  but  may  be  attached  to  other  muscles.     Ten- 
dons are  similar  in  structure  to  ligaments,  being  composed  of  white 
inelastic  fibers.     Their  function  is  to  treansmit  to  the  point  of  attach- 
ment the  power  generated  by  the  contraction  of  the  fleshy  portion  of 
the  muscle. 

23.  With  regard  to  their  form  muscles  are  classified  as  long,  wide, 
and  short  wide  muscles  surround  the  body  cavities.     Short  muscles- 
are  found  near  the  joints  and  irregular  shaped  bones.     Long  muscles 
are  found  in  the  limbs,  in  the  neck,  and  along  the  back. 

24.  A  muscle  is  an  extensor  when  its  action  is  to  extend,  or 
straighten,  a  joint;  it  is  a  flexor  when  its  action  is  to  flex,  or  bend,  a 
joint.     The  following  paragraphs  (25  and  26)  contain  a  brief  descrip- 
tion of  a  few  important  extensors  and  flexors  of  the  limbs. 

25.  Muscles  of  the  fore  limb  (fig.  5,  6). 

(a)  The  common  digital  extensor  (common  extensor  of  the  foot) 
(fig.  5c).  This  is  the  principal  extensor  of  the  fore  leg  and  foot.  It 
originates  at  the  lower  extremity  of  the  humerus,  and  its  fleshy  por- 
tion continues  to  the  lower  end  of  the  radius,  at  which  point  it 
becomes  tendinous,  passes  downward  over  the  knee,  and  continues- 

106233°— 17 2 


18 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


along  the  front  of  the  cannon  to  become  attached  to  the  upper  and 
front  part  of  the  third  phalanx. 

Action. — To  extend  the  joints  of  the  foot  and  knee. 


FIG.  3.— Superficial  muscles  of  horse.  The  cutaneous  muscle,  except  the  cervical 
part,  has  been  removed,  a,  Trapezius  cervicalis;  a',  trapezius  tnoracalis;  c,  c. 
brachiocephalicus;  d,  sterno-cephalicus;  e>  deltoid; /,long  head  of  triceps:/',  lateral 
head  of  triceps;  g,  anterior  superficial  pectoral;  h,  posterior  deep  pectoral;  h',  an- 
terior deep  pectoral;  j,  serratus  thoracis;  i',  serratus  cervicis;  fc,  latissimus  dorsi; 
I,  obliquus  abdominis  externus;  lf,  aponeurosis  of  1;  m,  serratus  dorsalis;  m',  lumbo- 
dorsal  fascia;  o,  tensor  fasciae  latae;  o',  fascia  lata;  o",  gluteus  superficialis;  p', 
gluteal  fascia;  q,  qr,  q",  biceps  femoris;  r,  semitendinosus;  s,  sacro-coccygeus  dor- 
salis; tf  sacro-coccygeus  lateralis;  u,  coccygeus;  v,  cervical  cutaneous  muscle;  w, 
splenius;  xy  rhomboideus;  y,  tendon  of  lohgissimus  capitis  et  atlantis  and  brach- 
iocephalicus; z,  supraspinatus;  2',  external  intercostal;  X,  wing  of  atlas-  2,  spine 
of  scapula;  4f,  lateral  epicondyle  of  humerus;  6,  deltoid  tuberosity;  8,  olecranon; 
16,  tuber  coxae;  20,  pate'la;  21',  lateral  condyle  of  tibia.  (After  Ellenberger-Baum, 
Anat.  fiir  Kiinstler.)  (From  Sisson's  Anatomy  of  the  Domestic  Animals;  Copy- 
right, W.  B.  Saunders  Co.) 

(6)  The  superficial  digital  flexor  (superficial  flexor  of  the  foot) 
•(fig.  6).  This  muscle  originates  from  the  lower  and  inner  part  of 
the  humerus.  It  passes  down  the  back  part  of  the  leg,  becoming 
tendinous  just  above  the  knee;  from  the  knee  it  passes  downward  to 
the  fetlock  where  it  expands  and  forms  a  ring  for  the  passage  of  the 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


19 


deep  flexor  tendon.  At  the  lower  end  of  the  first  phalanx  the  tendon 
divides  into  two  branches  which  become  attached  one  on  either 
side  of  the  upper  end  of  the  second  phalanx.  The  tendon  of  this 


FIG.  4.— Deeper  muscles  of  horse,    d,  Sterno-cephalicus;  /,long  head  of  triceps; 
/'^lateral  head  of  triceps;  g,  anterior  superficial  pectoral;  h,  posterior  deep  pectoral 

abdon 
remov 

s,  sacro-coccygeus  dorsalis;  t,  sacro-coccyge'us  lateralis;  u,  coccygeus;  v',  biceps' 
brachii;  x,  rhomboideus;  y,  y' ,  longissimus  capitis  et  altantis;  z,  supraspinatus; 
z'  infraspinatus;  1'  cartilage  of  scapula;  2,  spine  of  scapula;  5,  lateral  tuberosity 
of  humerus;  6,  deltoid  tuberosity;  8,  olecranon;  16,  tuber  coxae;  19,  trochanter 
major;  20,  patella;  21'  lateral  condyle  of  tibia;  26,  transverse  processes  of  cervical 
vertebrae;  27,  parotido-auricularis;  28,  vastus  lateralis;  28',  rectus  ferioris;  28", 
trochanter  tertius;  29,  semimembranosus;  30,  gastrocnemius;  81,  sacro-sciatic 
ligament;  82,  omo-hyoideus;  33,  complexus;  34,  rectus  capitis  ventralis  major; 
35,  spinalis  dorsi;  36,  longissimus  dorsi;  37,  longissimus  costarum;  38,  teres  minor; 
39,  brachialis;  40,  external  intercostal;  41,  obliquus  abdominis  internus;  42.  iliacus; 
43,  transversus  abdominis.  (After  Ellenberger-Baum,  Anat.  fiir  Kunstler.) 
(From  Sisson's  Anatomy  of  the  Domestic  Animals;  copyright,  W.  B.  Saunders 


muscle  lies  behind  the  cannon,  immediately  under  the  skin,  and 
covers  the  deep  flexor  tendon. 

Action. — To  flex  the  knee,  fetlock,  and  pastern. 


20 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


FIG.  5.— Muscles  of  left  thoracic  limb  of  horse  from  elbow  downward,  lateral 
view,  a,  Extensor  carpi  radialis;  g,  brachialis;  g' ',  anterior  superficial  pectoral; 
c,  common  digital  extensor;  e,  ulnaris  lateralis.  (After  Ellenberger-Baum, 
Anat.  fur  Kiinstler.)  (From  Sisson's  Anatomy  of  the  Domestic  Animals; 
copyright.  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.) 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


21 


Biceps  brac.hU 


1 

|K|  -yi~--  Tendon  of  flexor  carpi  radialis 


Tendon  of  e.rtcuxor  carpi  o 


Annular-ligament      If  , 


t,, 

\  I  W~ 

'I  ¥  Vj 


ligament 


FIG.  6.— Muscles  of  left  thoracic  limb  of  horse,  from  elbow  downward,  medial 
\view.    Parts  of  superficial  muscles  have  been  removed,  carpal  canal  opened 
up,  and  flexor  tendons  drawn  backward.    (From  Sisson's  Anatomy  of  the 
Domestic  Animals;  copyright,  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.) 


•22  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

(c)  The  deep  digital  flexor  (deep  flexor  of  the  foot)  (fig.  6).  This 
muscle  originates  with  the  superficial  digital  flexor.  Its  tendinous 
portion  begins  at  the  knee,  passes  down  the  leg  between  the  cannon 
bone  and  the  tendon  of  the  superficial  flexor,  over  the  back  part  of 
the  fetlock,  through  the  ring  formed  by  the  superficial  tendon,  and 
is  attached  to  the  under  surface  of  the  third  phalanx. 

Action. — To  flex  the  knee  and  all  joints  below  it. 

26.  Muscles  of  the  hind  limb  (fig.  7). 

(a)  The  long  digital  extensor  (long  extensor  of  the  foot)  (fig.  7). 
This  muscle  originates  from  the  lower  and  front  part  of  the  femur; 
its  fleshy  portion  passes  downward  along  the  front  surface  of  the 
tibia  to  the  hock,  where  it  becomes  tendinous;  from  the  hock  it 
passes  down  the  front  of  the  leg  to  become  attached  to  the  upper 
;and  front  part  of  the  third  phalanx. 

Action. — To  extend  the  foot  and  flex  the  hock. 

(b)  Tibialis  anterior  (anterior  tibial).     This  muscle  lies  in  front  of 
the  tibia. 

Origin. — From  the  front  and  outer  border  of  the  tibia, 
Insertion. — By  two  tendons,  one  to  the  upper  and  front  part  of 

the  large  metatarsal  bone ;  the  other  to  one  of  the  small  bones  on  the 

inner  side  of  the  hock. 

Action. — To  flex  the  hock  joint. 

(c)  Peroneus  tertius. — This  is  a  strong  tendinous  cord,  extending 
from  the  lower  end  of  the  front  part  of  the  femur  to  the  hock  where 
it  terminates  in  two  branches — a  large  one  inserted  in  the  front  part 
of  the  upper  end  of  the  large  metatarsal  bone,  and  a  small  one  passing 
-outward  to  become  attached  to  one  of  the  small  bones  of  the  hock. 

Action. — Mechanically  to  flex  the  hock  when  the  stifle  joint  is 
flexed. 

(d)  The  superficial  digital  flexor  .(superficial  flexor  of  the  foot) 
(fig.  7)  of  the  hind  log  originates  at  the  back  and  lower  part  of  the 

femur.  It  extends  downward  back  of  the  tibia  to  the  point  of  the 
hock  over  which  it  passes;  thence  down  the  back  of  the  log  to  be  dis- 
posed of  in  the  same  manner  as  the  superficial  digital  flexor  of  the 
front  leg. 

Action. — To  extend  the  hock  and  flex  the  fetlock  and  pastern. 

(e)  The  deep  digital  flexor  (deep  flexor  of  the  foot)  (fig.  7)  of  the 
hind  leg  originates  from  the  upper  and  back  part  of  tne  tibia,  near 
the  lower  third  of  which  it  becomes  tendinous  and  passes  downward 
•over  the  inner  and  back  side  of  the  hock  to  become  attached  to  the 
.third  phalanx  in  the  same  manner  as  the  deep  flexor  of  the  fore  leg. 

Action. — To  extend  the  hock  and  flex  the  joints  below  it. 


FIG.  7.  Muscles  of  lower  part  of  thigh,  leg,  and  foot  of  horse,  lateral  view,  o',  Fascia 
lata;  q,  q',  q" ,  biceps  femoris;  r,  semitendinosus;  21',  lateral  condyle  of  tibia.  The 
extensor  brevis  is  visible  in  the  angle  between  the  long  and  lateral  extensor  tendons, 
but  by  an  oversight  it  is  not  marked.  (After  Ellenberger-Baum,  Anat.  fur  Ktinst- 
ler.)  (From  Sisson's  Anatomy  of  the  Domestic  Animals;  copyright,  W.  B.  Saun- 
ders  Co.) 


24  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

(/)  Gastrocnemius  (fig.  7).  This  muscle  originates  at  the  lower  and 
back  of  the  femur  and  is  attached  to  the  point  of  the  hock.  At  the 
back  part  of  the  leg  the  tendon  of  this  muscle  becomes  closely  asso- 
ciated with  the  tendon  of  the  superficial  digital  flexor,  the  two  form- 
ing the  tendon  of  achilles,  or  hamstring. 

Action. — To  extend  the  hock  and  flex  the  stifle  joint. 

27.  Synovial    membranes    (synovial    bursse     and    synovial 
sheaths)  of  tendons  and  muscles  (figs.  8,  9,  10,  11)  are  thin-walled 
sacs,  similar  to  the  synovial  membranes  of  the  joints.     They  secrete 
synovia  for  the  prevention  of  friction  and  are  placed  at  points  where 
one  structure  moves  upon  another,  as  where  a  tendon  plays  over  a 
bone. 

THE  DIGESTIVE  SYSTEM. 

28.  The  digestive  organs  are  the  mouth,  pharynx,  esophagus, 
stomach,  small  intestine,   large  intestine,   and  anus;  all  lined  with 
mucous  membrane. 

29.  The  mouth  extends  from  the  lips  to  the  pharynx  and  is 
bounded  on  the  sides  by  the  cheeks  and  above  by  the  hard  palate. 
Its  floor  is  formed  by  the  tongue  and  other  muscular  tissue.    Separ- 
ating the  mouth  from  the  pharynx  is  the  soft  palate,  a  fleshy  curtain 
suspended  from  the  back  part  of  the  hard  palate,  which  permits  the 
passage  of  food  and  water  from  the  mouth  to  the  pharynx  but  pre- 
vents its  passage  in  the  opposite  direction.    The  tips  are  the  organs 
of  prehension  (picking  up)  and  possess  the  sense  of  touch.    The 
tongue  is  a  muscular  organ,  situated  between  the  branches  of  the 
lower  jaw.     It  is  the^  organ  of  taste  and  assists  in  the  processes  of 
mastication,  insalivation,  and  swallowing.     Opening  into  the  mouth 
are  the  ducts  of  the  salivary  glands — the  parotid,  submaxillary^  and 
sublingual.    These  glands  are  six  in  number,  located  in  pairs  on 
either  side  of  the  mouth.    The  pharynx,  see  paragraph  50. 

30.  The  esophagus  is  a  muscular  tube  extending  ^from  the 
pharynx  to  the  stomach.     It  Basses  down  the  lower  left  side  of  the 
neck,  through  the  middle  portion  of  the  thoracic  cavity,  pierces  the 
diaphragm  and  enters  the  stomach  near  the  front  of  the  abdominal 
cavity. 

31 .  The  stomach  (fig.  13)  is  a  hollow,  pear-shaped  organ,  situated 
in  the  anterior  and  left  side  of  the  abdominal  cavity,  behind  the 
liver.     Its  internal,  or  mucous,  coat  is  divided  into  a  right  and  a 


FlQ.  8. — Synovial  sheaths  and  bursse  of  distal  part  of  right  fore  limb  of  horse,  medial 
view.  The  synovial  sheaths  (colored  yellow)  at>d  the  joint  capsules  (colored  pink) 
are  injected,  "a,  Sheath  of  extensor  carpi  obliquus;  b,  sheath  of  flexor  carpi  radialis; 
c.  carpal  sheath;  d,  df,  d".  d'",  digital  sheath;  e}  bursa  under  common  extensor  ten- 
don; f,  capsule  of  fetlock  joint;  ^extensor  carpi  radialis;  2,  tendon  of  extensor  carpi 
obliquus;  3,  flexor  carpi  radialis;  4,  flexor  carpi  ulnaris;  5,  superficial  flexor  tendon; 
6,  deep  flexor  tendon;  7,  suspensory  ligament;  8,  small  metacarpal  bone;  9,  large 
metacarpal  bone;  10,  volar  annular  ligament  of  fetlock;  11 ,  proximal  digital  annular 
ligament;  IS,  radius;  13,  radiocarpal  joint;  14,  fetlock  joint;  15,  cartilage  of  third 
phalanx;  IS,  band  from  first  phalanx  to  cartilage.  (After  Kllenborger.  in-Lpiser- 
ing's  Atlas.)  (From  Sisson's  Anatomy  of  the  Domestic  Animals;  copyright,  W.  B. 
Saunders  Co.) 

FlG.  0. — Synovial  sheaths  and  burssn  of  distal  part  of  right  fore  limb  of  horse,  lateral 
view.  The  synovial  sheaths  (colored  yellow)  and  the  jcint  capsules  (colored  ink) 
are  injected. "  a,  Sheath  of  extensor  carpi  radialis;  6,  sheath  of  common  extensor; 
c.  sheath  of  lateral  extensor;  d,  sheath  of  outer  tendon  of  ulnaris  lateralis;  e,  e',  carpal 
sheath;  /,/',/",  digital  sheath;  g,  bursa  under  common  extensor  tendon;  h,  bursa 
under  lateral  extensor  tendon;  i,  capsule  of  fetlock  joint;  1,  extensor  carpi  radialis; 
%,  common  digital  extensor;  3,  lateral  digital  extensor;  4,  ulnaris  lateralis;  4',  I", 
tendons  of  4;  5,  superficial  flexor  tendon;  6,  deep  flexor  trndon;  7,  suspensory  liga- 
ment; 8,  lateral  metacarpal  bone;  9,  large  metacarpal  bone;  10,  volar  annular  liga- 
ment of  fetlock;  11,  digital  annular  ligament;  12,  fetlock  joint;  13,  cartilage  of  third 
phalanx:  14,  band  from  first  phalanx  to  cartilage.  (After  Ellenberger,  in  Leiser- 
fng's  Atlas.)  (From  Sisson's  Anatomy  of  the  Domestic  Animals;  copyright, 
W.  B.  Saunders  Co.) 

FIG.  10.— Injected  synovial  sheaths  and  bnrsap  of  tarsal  region  of  horse,  medial  view, 
a,  Synovial  sheath  of  peroneus  tertius  and  tibialis  anterior;  6,  bursa  under  medial 
(cunean)  tendon  of  tibialis  anterior;  c,  synovial  sheath  of  flexor  longus;  d,  tarsal 
sheath  of  deep  flexor;  e,  e',  bursa  under  superficial  flexor  tendon;  /,/',  tibio-tarsal 
joint  capsule;  I,  long  extensor;  2,  tibialis  anterior;  2',  medial  (cunean)  tendon  of  2; 
S,  flexor  longus;  4,  deep  digital  flexor;  5,  superficial  flexor  tendon;  6,  gastrocnemius 


Saunders  Co.) 

FlG.  11  .—Injected  synovial  sheaths  and  bursns  of  tarsal  region  of  horse,  lateral  view. 
a,  Synovial  sheath  of  long  digital  extensor;  6,  synovial  sheath  of  lateral  digital 
extensor;  c,  c',  bursa  under  superficial  flexor  tendon;  d,  capsule  of  hock  joint;  1, 
long  extensor;  #,  lateral  extensor;  3,  3,  3,  annular  ligaments;  4,  deep  digital  flexor; 
5,  tendon  of  gastrocnemius;  6,  superficial  flexor  tendon;  7,  tibia;  8,  tarsus;  .9,  tuber 
calcir;  10,  metatarsus.  (After  Ellenberger,  in  Leisering's  Atlas.)  (From  Sisson's 
Anatomy  of  the  Domestic  Animals;  copyright,  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.) 

24a 


FIG.  8. 


FIG.  9. 


(See  Page  24a.) 


FIG.  10. 


FIG.  11. 


(See  Page  24a.) 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


25 


left'  portion.  The  left,  or  cuticular,  portion  has  a  hard,  yellowish 
whito  surface  which  is  continuous  with  the  lining  of  the  esophagus. 
The  right,  villous,  or  true  digestive  portion  is  reddish  in  color,  vas- 
cular, and  contains  the  peptic  glands  which  secrete  the  gastric  juice. 


m 


FIG.  12. — Digestive  apparatus.  1,  mouth;  2,  pharynx;  3,  esophagus;  4,  diaphragm; 
5,  liver;  6,  stomach  (left  sac);  8,  liver,  upper  extremity;  9,  large  colon;  10,  caecum; 
11,  small  intestines;  12,  floating  colon;  13,  rectum,  14,  anus;  15,  left  kidney  and  its 
ureter;  16,  bladder;  17,  urethra. 

The  capacity  of  the  horse's  stomach  (from  3  to  4  gallons)  is  small  in 
proportion  to  the  size  of  the  animal. 

32.  The  small  intestine  extends  from  the  stomach  to  the  large 
intestine.  It  is  about  70  feet  long  and  from  one  to  two  inches  in 
diameter. 


26 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


33.  The  large  intestine  is  about  22  feet  long  and  varies  in 
diameter.     It  consists  of  four  parts,  the  csecum,  great  colon,  small 
colon,  and  rectum. 

34.  The  mucous  membrane  of  the  intestines  is  covered  with 
minute  projections  called  villi,  which  absorb  the  nutriment  of  the 


FIG.  13.— Frontal  section  of  stomach  and  first  part  of  duodenum  of  horse.  C,  Cardiac 
orifice.  Photograph  of  specimen  fixed  in  situ.  (From  Sisson's  Anatomy  of  the 
Domestic  Animals;  copyright,  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.) 

food  after  it  has  been  prepared  by^  digestion.  The  mucous  mem- 
brane also  contains  small  glands  which  pour  their  secretions  into  the 
intestines.  These  glands  and  villi  are  more  numerous  in  the  small 
intestine  than  in  the  large. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  27 

35.  The  anus  is  a  muscular  ring  forming  the  posterior  opening 
of  the  alimentary  canal.     It  appears  as  a  round  projection  below  the 
root  of  the  tail. 

36.  The  stomach  and  intestines  are  suspended  in  the  abdominal 
cavity  by  strong,  fibrous  bands,  the  mesentery,  which  are  attached 
above  to  the  lower  surface  of  the  muscle  below  the  spinal  column. 
Accompanying  these  fibrous  bands  are  blood  vessels,  lymphatic 
vessels  and  glands,  and  nerves.     Inclosing  the  intestines  and  lining 
the  abdominal  cavity  is  a  serous  membrane  called  the  peritoneum. 
The  mesentery  is  a  part  of  the  peritoneum. 

37.  In  the  abdominal  cavity  are  three  large  glands,  the  liver, 
pancreas,  and  spleen.    The  spleen  is  a  ductless  gland.     The  liver 
and  the  pancreas  are  part  of  the  digestive  system. 

38.  The  liver  lies  behind  the  diaphragm  and  in  front  of  the 
stomach.     It  weighs  from  10  to  12  pounds.     Its  function  is  to  secrete 
bile,  which  is  poured  into  the  small  intestines,  where  it  aids  diges- 
tion. 

39.  The  pancreas  is  situated  behind  the  stomach  and  in  front 
of  the  kidneys,  in  the  upper  portion  of  the  abdominal  cavity.     It 
weighs^about  17  ounces.     Its  function  is  to  secrete  pancreatic  fluid, 
which  is  poured  into  the  small  intestine,  to  aid  in  digestion. 

40.  The  spleen  is  attached  to  the  left  side  of  the  stomach.     It 
is  reddish  gray  in  color  and  weighs  from  2  to  3  pounds.    Its  function 
is  not  definitely  known,  but  it  is  supposed  to  be  concerned  in  the 
formation  and  destruction  of  blood  corpuscles.     It  also  appears  to 
act  as  a  reservoir  for  the  extra  supply  of  blood  required  by  the 
stomach  during  digestion. 

41 .  The  abdominal  cavity  is  inclosed  by  the  muscles  of  the  back 
above,  the  abdominal  muscles  on  the  sides  and  below,  and  the  dia- 
phragm in  front.     In  the  rear  it  is  continuous  with  the  pelvic  cavity. 

PHYSIOLOGY    OP  DIGESTION. 

42.  The  function  of  the  digestive  organs  as  a  whole  is  to  take  in 
the  food,  digest  it,  absorb  the  nutriment,  and  discharge  the  waste 
material  from  the  body.     The  various  steps  are  as  follows: 

43.  Food  is  taken  into  the  mouth  by  the  lips,  prehension,  and  is 
there  ground  up  by  the  teeth,  mastication,  and  mixed  with  saliva, 
insalivation.    Saliva,   which  is  secreted  by  the  salivary  glands, 
moistens  the  food  and  acts  chemically  upon  certain  parts.     The 
tongue  determines  the  taste  of  the  food  and  by  its  muscular  action 


28  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

assists  in  insalivation.  From  the  mouth  the  food  is  carried  back 
by  the  tongue  to  the  pharynx.  As  soon  as  it  reaches  the  pharynx 
the  act  of  swallowing  becomes  involuntary  and  is  completed  by  the 
pharynx  and  esophagus. 

44.  When  the  food  reaches  the  stomach  it  is  subjected  to  a  me- 
chanical rolling  and  mixing  in  the  left  side  of  the  stomach  (macera- 
tion).    It  gradually  passes  to  the  right  side  of  the  stomach,  where 
it  is  acted  upon  by  the  gastric  juice.     It  then  passes  into  the  small 
intestine  and  is  called  chyme. 

45.  In  the  small  intestine,  the  chyme  is  acted  on  by  the  bile 
and  pancreatic  fluid  and  is  then  called  chyle.     The  villi  of  the  small 
intestines  take  up  those  parts  of  the  food  that  have  been  rendered 
absorbable  by  digestion  and  the  remainder  is  passed  on  to  the 
cecum,  which  is  the  water  reservoir.     Here  it  is  soaked  and  diges- 
tion continues  slowly  in  the  cecum  and  great  colon.     The  digested 
parts  of  the  food  are  absorbed  here  and  the  waste  materials  are  passed 
on  into  the  small  colon.     In  the  small  colon  the  moisture  is  absorbed 
and  the  residue  is  formed  into  pellets  of  dung  which  are  stored  in 
the  rectum,  to  be  discharged  at  intervals  through  the  anus  (defe- 
cation). 

THE  RESPIRATORY  SYSTEM. 

46.  The   respiratory  system   consists   of   the   nostrils,    nasal 
•chambers,  pharynx,   larynx,  trachea,  bronchi,  and  the  lungs,  all  of 
which,  except  the  air  sacs,  are  lined  with  mucous  membrane. 

47.  A  mucous  membrane  is  a  thin  layer  of  tissue  lining  all 
cavities  and  canals  of  the  body  which  communicate  with  the  external 
air. 

48.  Serous  membranes  are  thin,  glistening  structures  which 
line  the  cavities  of  the  body  and  cover  to  a  certain  extent  the  organs 
therein  contained.     They  secrete  a  fluid  called  serous  fluid  (serum) 
which  moistens  their  surfaces  and  prevents  friction.    The  synovia! 
membranes,  the  peritoneum,  and  the  plurae  are  serous  membranes. 

49.  The  nostrils  are  two  oblong  openings  above  the  upper  lip. 
They  are  the  anterior  openings  of  the  nasal  chambers. 

50.  The  nasal  chambers  extend  from  the  nostrils  to  the  pharynx 
and  occupy  the  bony  canals  above  the  mouth,  from  which  they"  are 
separated  by  the  hard  palate.    They  are  separated  from  each  other 
by  the  cartilaginous  septum  nasi.    Each  chamber  is  divided  into 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  29 

three  passages  by  the  turbinated  bones.     The  sense  of  smell  is  located 
at  the  back  of  the  nasal  chambers. 

51.  The  pharynx  is  an  elongated  cylindrical  muscular  cavity 
common  to  the  respiratory  and  digestive  tracts.     It  lies  just  back  of 


f 


FIG.  14.— Respiratory  apparatus.  3,  Nasal  chamber;  4,  tongue;  5,  pharynx;  6,  larynx; 
7,  epiglottis,  or  potlid;  8;  trachea,  or  windpipe;  9,  Esophagus,  or  gullet;  10,  section 
of  left  bronchus;  11,  ramifications  of  the  right  bronchus;  12,  right  lung;  13,  left  lung, 
seen  from  above;  14,  sternum;  15,  ribs;  15a,  section  of  the  left  ribs;  16,  heart;  17, 
posterior  aorta  (cut  off);  18,  anterior  aorta  (cut  off). 

the  mouth,  above  the  larynx,  and  is  continued  backward  by  the 
esophagus. 

52.  The  larynx  is  a  muscular,  cartilaginous  box,  situated  in  the 
back  part  of  the  maxillary  space.  It  has  an  anterior  opening  into 
the  pharynx  and  a  posterior  one  into  the  trachea,  with  which  it  is 


30  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

continuous.  It  gives  passage  to  the  air  on  its  way  to  and  from  the 
lungs,  and  is  the  organ  of  voice.  The  anterior  opening  is  guarded 
by  a  flexible  cartilage  called  the  epiglottis,  which  closes  mechanic- 
ally in  the  act  of 'swallowing  and  prevents  the  passage  of  food  or 
water  into  the  larynx,  trachea,  and  lungs. 

53.  The  trachea  is  a  flexible  cylindrical  tube,  composed  of 
from  40  to  50  incomplete  cartilaginous  rings,  the  number  varying 
according  to  the  length  of  the  neck.     It  extends  from  the  larynx 
to  the  base  of  the  heart,  where  it  divides  into  the  right  and  left 
bronchi.    These  enter  the  lungs  and  subdivide  into  the  bronchial 
tubes,  the  final  subdivisions  terminating  in  the  air  cells.     The 
bronchi  and  bronchial  tubes  have  cartilaginous  plates  in  their  walla 
to  prevent  their  collapse.    The  air  cells  are  minute  sacs  composed 
of  a  single  layer  of  tissue  cells  and  are  surrounded  by  a  network  of 
capillaries. 

54.  The  lungs,  the  essential  organs  of  respiration,  are  two  light, 
spongy  organs  of  conical  shape,  situated  in  the  thoracic  cavity,  one 
on  either  side.     They  are  composed  of  elastic  fibrous  tissue  and  con- 
tain bronchial  tubes,  air  cells,  blood  vessels,  lymphatic  vessels,  and 
nerves. 

55.  The  thoracic  cavity  is  inclosed  by  the  thoracic  vertebrae, 
ribs,  sternum,  the  muscles  between  the  ribs  (intercostal  muscles), 
and  the  diaphragm.     It  contains  the  lungs,  heart,  large  blood  ves- 
sels, lymph  vessels,  nerves,  the  posterior  portion  of  the  trachea,  the 
bronchi  and  a  portion  of  the  esophagus.    The  thoracic  cavity  is 
lined  by  two  serous  sacs,  the  right  and  left  pleurae. 

5 8. "The  diaphragm  is  a  muscular  and  tendinous  partition  form- 
ing the  posterior  wall  of  the  thoracic  cavity  and  separating  it  from 
the  abdomen. 

57.  Respiration  consists  of  two  acts;  inspiration,  the  drawing  of 
the  air  into  the  lungs;  and  expiration,  the  expulsion  of  the  air  from 
the  lungs.  These  acts  are  involuntary  and  are  controlled  by  the 
nervous  system.  When  the  horse  is  at  rest  respiration  occurs  about 
12  times  per  minute.  The  amount  of  air  taken  in  at  each  inspira- 
tion is  about  250  cubic  inches,  the  same  amount  being  expelled  at 
each  expiration. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  31 

THE  UROGENITAL  SYSTEM. 

58.  The  urinary  organs  are  the  kidneys,  ureters,  bladder,  arid 
urethra. 

59.  The  kidneys  are  two  glands  situated  one  on  either  side  of 
the  spinal  column  immediately  below  the  lumbar  vertebrae.     Their 
function  is  to  separate  waste  material  (urine)  from  the  blood. 

60.  The  ureters  are  two  fibrous  tubes  conveying  the  urine  from 
the  kidneys  to  the  bladder. 

61.  The  bladder  is  a  muscular  sac  in  which  the  urine  is  stored 
until  discharged  from  the  body. 

62.  The  urethra  is  a  mucous  tube  which  extends  from  the 
bladder  to  the  head  of  the  penis,  in  the  male.     In  the  female  it 
extends  from  the  bladder  to  the  floor  of  the  vagina,  about  3  inches- 
from  the  external  opening. 

63.  The  urine  is  a  yellowish  fluid  composed  of  water,  various 
salts,  and  waste  materials  from  the  body.     The  normal  amount 
secreted  is  from  3  to  6  quarts  in  24  hours.     The  color  and  quantity^ 
are  variable,  due  to  variations  in  food,  work,  and  the  temperature 
of  the  air. 

64.  The  principal  male  generative  organs  are  the  testicles 
and  penis. 

65.  The  female  generative  organs  are  the  ovaries,  fallopian 
tubes,  uterus,  vagina,  and  vulva. 

THE  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEM. 

66.  The  circulatory  system  consists  of  the  heart,  arteries,  capil- 
laries, veins,  and  the  blood. 

67.  The  heart  £fig.  16)  is  a  hollow  organ,  made  up  of  involun- 
tary muscles.    It  is  situated  in  the  middle  and  left  side  of  the 
thoracic  cavity,  between  the  lungs,  and  is  inclosed  in  a  serous  sac 
called  the  pericardium.     In  shape  it  is  a  blunt  cone  with  the  base 
upward  and  it  weighs  about  6  J  pounds.     It  is  divided  into  two  parts, 
right  and  left,  by  a  longitudinal  muscular  wall,  or  septum.     Each 
part  is  divided  into  two  cavities,  the  atrium  above  and  the  ventricle 
below.     On  each  side  the  atrium  and  the  ventricle  communicate  by 
openings  which  are  guarded  by  valves  to  prevent  the  back  flow  of 
blood,  but  there  is  no  communication  between  the  two  sides.     The 
function  of  the  heart  is  to  maintain  the  circulation  by  continually 
pumping  the  blood  through  the  arteries  as  it  receives  it  from  the  veins. 

106233°— 17 3 


32  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

68.  Arteries  are  strong  thick- walled  tubes  which  carry  the  blood 
from  the  heart  to  all  parts  of  the  body.  They  give  off  branches  and 
subdivide  until  they  terminate  in  the  capillaries. 


FIG.  15. — Circulatory  apparatus.  1,  Heart  (right  ventricle);  2,  heart  (left  ventricle) 
3,  heart  (left  auricle);  3a,  heart  (right  auricle);  4,  pulmonary  arteries  (cut  off); 
5,  pulmonary  veins  (cut  off);  6,  anterior  aorta;  7,  common  carotid  artery;  9,  left 
brachial  artery;  13,  humeral  artery;  14,  radial  artery;  15,  metacarpal  artery;  16; 
digital  artery;  17,  posterior  aorta;  18,  branches  distributed  to  the  stomach,  spleen; 
pancreas,  etc.;  19,  branches  distributed  to  the  intestines;  20.  branch  to  the  kidneys; 
22,  posterior  vena  cava;  24,  external  iliac  artery;  25,  internaliliac  artery;  27,  femoral 
artery;  28,  posterior  tibial  artery;  29,  metatarsal  artery;  30,  venous  network  of  the 
foot;  33,  jugular  vein;  34,  anterior  vena  cava. 

69.  Capillaries  are  small,  thin-walled  vessels  that  are  just  large 
enough  to  permit  the  passage  of  the  blood  corpuscles.  In  these 
vessels  occurs  the  exchange  of  substances  between  the  blood  and 
the  tissues,  the  tissues  being  supplied  with  oxygen  and  nutritious 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


33 


material,  the  blood  receiving  waste  in  the  form  of  carbonic  acid  gas. 
An  exception  to  this  process  is  found  in  the  capillaries  surrounding 
the  air  cells  of  the  lungs,  where  the  blood  gives  off  carbonic  acid  gas 
and  receives  oxygen.  The  capillaries  form  a  close  network  in  all 
the  tissues  of  the  body,  but  are  invisible  to  the  naked  eye. 


Pidmowiry  mn-s 


Riijht 


FIG.  16.— Section  of  heart  of  horse.  Specimen  hardened  in  situ  and  cut  nearly  at 
right  angles  to  the  ventricular  septum.  The  left  ventricle  is  contracted,  but  not 
ad  maximum.  V.  a.,  Segment  of  aortic  valve.  (From  Sisson's  Anatomy  of  the 
Domestic  Animals;  copyright,  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.) 

70.  Veins  are  the  vessels  that  return  the  blood  to  the  heart. 
They  begin  at  the  capillaries  and  by  uniting  form  larger  veins  which 
finally  empty  into  the  atria.  Veins  differ  from  arteries  in  that 
their  walls  are  thinner  and  less  firm,  and  by  their  having  valves 
which  prevent  the  blood  flowing  backward  within  them.  Veins 


34  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

accompany  arteries,  as  a  rule,  and  bear  the  same  names;  among 
exceptions  to  this  rule  may  be  noted  the  anterior  and  posterior  vena 
cava  and  the  jugular  veins.  The  circulation  through  the  veins  is 
assisted  by  the  contraction  of  the  muscles  during  movement  and 
respiration. 

71.  The  blood  is  a  fluid  which  carries  oxygen  and  nutritive 
material  to  all  the  tissues  of  the  body  and,  together  with  the  lymph, 
carries  the  waste  material  to  the  excretory  organs.     It  is  an  opaque, 
thickish  fluid  with  a  salty  taste.     Its  color  varies,  being  a  bright  red 
or  scarlet  in  the  arteries  and  a  dark  purple  in  the  veins,  except  in  the 
pulmonary  artery,  which  carries  purple  or  venous  blood,  and  the 
pulmonary  veins,  which  carry  red  or  arterial  blood.     It  forms  a 
clot  when  the  blood  vessels  are  ruptured  and  the  blood  is  exposed 
to  the  air  or  tissues. 

72.  Blood  is  composed  of  serum  and  red  and  white  corpuscles.    The 
serum  is  a  thin,  yellowish  fluid  in  which  the  corpuscles  float.     It  con- 
tains the  soluble  nutrient  material  from  the  food. 

73.  The  red  corpuscles  carry  oxygen  to  the  tissues  and  carbonic 
acid  gas  away  from  them.    When  they  are  charged  with  oxygen  they 
give  the  scarlet  color  to  the  blood,  and  the  purple  color  when  charged 
with  carbonic  acid  gas.    The  red  corpuscles  are  iormed  in  the  bone 
marrow. 

74.  The  white  corpuscles  repair  and  assist  in  replacing  worn  out, 
diseased  or  injured  tissues.     They  also  protect  the  tissues  by  destroy- 
ing the  germs  which  produce  disease.    They  are  formed  in  the 
lymphatic  glands  and  the  spleen. 

75.  There  are  two  divisions  of  the  circulation,  the  pulmonary 
and  the  systemic. 

(a)  The  pulmonary  circulation  takes  the  blood  from  the  heart  to 
the  lungs  and  back  to  the  heart.     The  impure  blood  from  the  whole  of 
the  body  enters  the  right  atrium  by  the  anterior  and  posterior  venae 
cavae',  from  the  right  atrium  it  passes  to  the  right  ventricle]  from  the 
right  ventricle  it  is  pumped  through  the  pulmonary  artery  to  the  lungs, 
where  it  is  purified  by  giving  off  carbonic  acid  gas  and  taking  up  oxy- 
gen.    From  the  lungs  the  now  purified  blood  is  returned  to  the  heart 
through  the  pulmonary  veins  and  emptied  into  the  left  atrium. 

(b)  The  systemic  circulation.     From  the  left  atrium  the  blood  passes 
into  the  left  ventricle,  thence  into  the  aorta  to  be  pumped  to  all  parts 
of  the  body,  being  distributed  by  means  of  arteries  and  capillaries; 
from  the  capillaries  it  is  collected  by  veins  and  brought  back  to  the 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  3$ 

right  atrium  through  the  anterior  and  posterior  venae  cavae  to  be  again 
sent  to  the  lungs  for  purification. 

76.  The  aorta  is  the  beginning  of  the  arterial  system.     It  is 
given  off  at  the  base  of  the  left  ventricle  and  divides  into  thoracic  and 
abdominal  parts. 

(a)  The  thoracic  aorta  passes  forward  and  divides  into  branches 
which  supply  the  front  part  of  the  thorax,  the  front  limbs,  the  neck, 
and  the  head. 

(b)  The  abdominal  aorta  passes  upward  and  backward,  below  the* 
spinal  column,  to  the  last  lumbar  vertebrae  where  it  divides  into 
four  branches  which  are  distributed  to  the  hind  quarters  and  posterior 
limbs.    Between  its  origin  at  the  base  of  the  left  ventricle  and  its 
termination  in  the  lumbar  region  it  gives  off  branches  to  the  muscles- 
of  the  ribs,  the  lungs  (for  their  nourishment),  liver  stomach,  spleent 
pancreas,  intestines,  kianeys,  and  muscles  of  the  loins. 

77.  (a)  The  anterior  vena  cava,  a  large,  short  vein,  returns  the 
blood  from  the  parts  supplied  by  the  thoracic  aorta.     It  is  located  in 
the  front  part  of  the  thorax  and  empties  its  blood  into  the  right 
atrium. 

(b)  The  posterior  vena  cava,  the  largest  and  longest  vein  in  the  body, 
returns  the  blood  from  the  parts  supplied  by  the  abdominal  aorta. 
It  commences  at  the  entrance  of  the  pelvic  cavity,  runs  forward  under 
the  bodies  of  the  vertebrae,  and  empties  its  blood  into  the  right 
atrium  along  with  that  from  the  anterior  vena  cava. 

78.  The  contraction  of  the  heart  sends  the  blood  out  in  waves  and 
causes  a  temporary  increased  distention  of  the  walls  of  the  arteries. 
These  waves  pass  from  the  heart  toward  the  extremities  and  can  be 
felt  where  the  arteries  are  near  the  surface.     The  waves,  or  beats, 
are  called  the  pulse  and  correspond  to  the  contractions  of  the  heart. 
The  normal  pulse  rate  is  from  36  to  40  beats  a  minute. 

THE  LYMPHATIC  SYSTEM. 

79.  The  lymphatic  system  consists  of  a  series  of  vessels,  a  num- 
ber of  glands  through  which  the  vessels  pass,  and  certain  fluids  known 
as  lymph  and  chyle. 

80.  The  lymph  vessels  are  thin,  delicate  tubes,  similar  to  veins,, 
which  gather  the  lymph  from  the  tissues  and  convey  it  to  the  blood. 
The  lymph  from  the  right  fore  extremity,  the  right  side  of  the  head, 
neck,  and  thorax,  is  collected  by  the  right  lymphatic  vessel.     From 


36  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

all  other  parts  of  the  body  it  is  collected  by  the  thoracic  duct',  both 
vessels  emptying  their  lymph  into  the  anterior  vena  cava  just  in 
front  of  the  heart. 

81.  Lymph  glands  are  small  groups  of  cells  through  which  the 
lymph  vessels  pass  and  in  which  white  corpuscles  are  formed.     They 
also  act  as  niters  for  the  removal  of  disease  germs  and  other  injurious 
substances. 

82.  Lymph  is  a  watery  fluid  by  which  the  tissues  are  nourished, 
and  by  which  waste  material  is  gathered  from  them  and  eliminated. 
Lymph  is  derived  from  the  blood  and  passes  into  the  tissues  by  oozing 
through  the  thin  walls  of  the  capillaries.     After  bathing  and  nourish- 
ing the  tissues  it  is  conveyed  by  the  lymph  vessels  back  to  the  blood, 
again.    The  flow  of  lymph  is  brought  about  by  the  contraction  of  the 
muscles  in  the  vicinity  of  the  vessels. 

83.  Chyle  is  a  milky  fluid  formed  in  the  intestines.     It  contains 
the  nutritive  elements  of  the  food  and  is  conveyed  by  a  series  of 
lymph  vessels  to  tjie  blood. 

THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM. 

84.  The  nervous  system  is  divided  into  two  minor  systems,  the 
cerebro-spinal,  which  is  to  a  considerable  extent  influenced  by  the 
will  of  the  animal,  and  the  sympathetic,  over  which  the  will  has  no 
control. 

85.  In  the  cerebro-spinal  system  the  central  portion  is  composed 
of  two  parts;  the  brain,  which  occupies  the  cranial  cavity,  and  the 
spinal  cord,  which  occupies  the  canal  in  the  yertebrial  column. 
The  communicating  portion  of  this  system  consists  of  the  cerebro- 
spinal  nerves,  which  leave  the  brain  and  spinal  cord  in  symmetrical 
pairs  and  are  distributed  to  the  voluntary  muscles  and  the  organs 
of  common  sensation  and  special  sense. 

86.  In  the  sympathetic  system  the  central  portion  consists  of  a 
double  chain  of  ganglia  (groups  of  nerve  cells)  connected  by  nerves, 
which  extends  from  the  head  to  the  tail  below^  and  on  each  side  of 
the  spinal  column.     The  communicating  portion  of  this  svstem  is 
distributed  to  the  involuntary  muscles,  mucous  membranes,  internal 
organs,  and  blood  vessels. 

87.  A  nerve  consists  of  a  bundle  of  tubular  fibers,  held  together 
by  connective  tissue.    The  nerve  fibers  are  simply  transmission 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


37 


lines  conveying  impressions  from  the  nerve  endings  to  the  brain 
or  cord  and  conveying  impulses  from  the  brain  or  cord  to  the  muscles 


FIG.  17.— Nervous  system  of  the  horse.  1,  Brain;  2,  optic  nerve;  3,  maxillary  nerve 
(fifth);  4,  mandibiilar  nerve  (fifth);  5,  vagus  nerve;  6,  medulla  oblongata;  7,  right 
bracl.ial  plexus;  8,  musculo-cutaneous  nerve;  9,  median  nerve;  10,  radial  nerve; 
11,  ulnar  nerve;  12,  vagus  nerve;  13,  coeliac  plexus;  14,  semilunar  ganglion;  15, 
lumbo-sacral  plexus;  16,  femoral  nerve;  17,  great  sciatic  nerve;  18,  peroneal  nerve; 
19,  external  saphenic  nerve;  20.  tibial  nerve;  21,  metatarsal  nerve;  22,  radial  portion 
of  median  nerve;  23,  metacarpal nerves;  24,  digital  branches;  s.  s. ,  sympathetic  chain; 
c,  inferios  cervical  plexus;  g,  gutteral  ganglion;  Sp.,  great  splanchnic  nerve;  p.  m., 
posterior  mesenteric  plexus;  p,  pelvic  plexus.— (From  Strangeways'  Veterinary 
Anatomy.) 

and  various  organs.     In  the  cerebro-spinal  system  these  impulses 
are  considerably  influenced  by  the  will  of  the  animal. 


38 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


THE  EYE. 

88.  The  eyes  are  the  organs  of  sight  and  are  situated  in  the 
orbital  cavities.  The  eye  is  spherical  in  shape  and  is  held  in  posi- 
tion by  muscles  which  turn  it  and  retract  it  (draw  it  back)  in  the 
orbital  cavity.  A  pad  of  fat  below  and  behind  the  eye  protects  it 

from  injury  due  to 
blows  and  causes  the 
membrana  nictitans  to 
pass  over  the  front  of 
the  eye  when  it  is  re- 
tracted by  the  mus- 
cles. 

89.  The  eye  is  pro- 
tec  ted  by  two  mova- 
ble fleshy  curtains, 
the  upper  and  lower 
eyelids.  These  are 
composed  of  muscular 
and  fibrous  tissue  in 
their  central  portion 
and  are  covered  ex- 
ternally with  skin. 
The  internal  surface 
of  the  evelids  the 
membrana  nictitans 
and  the  front  part  of 
the  eye  are  covered  with  a  mucous  membrane,  the  conjunctiva,  which 
is  continuous  with  the  skin  at  the  edges  of  the  eyelids.  In  the  edges 
of  the  eyelids  are  strong  hairs  which  protect  the  eye  from  dust  and 
small  objects  floating  in  the  air. 

90.  The  membrana  nic  titan,  or  accessory  eyelid  (haw),  is  situated 
between  the  inner  side  of  the  orbital  cavity  and  the  eyeball,  within 
the  lids.     When  the  eye  is  retracted  it  passes  over  the  front  part  of 
the  eye,  removing  any  foreign  objects  and  moistening  the  cornea. 

91.  The  eye  proper  is  composed  of  three  coats  and  certain  internal 
structures. 

92.  The  outer  covering  of  the  eye  is  formed  by  the  sclerotic  coat 
and  the  cornea.     The  sclerotic  coat  is  composed  of  strong  white 
fibrous  tissue  and  forms  the  protective  covering.     It  covers  four- 


FIG.  18.  —  Section  of  the  eye.    c,  Cornea;  eyelids;  /,  fluid; 

erV6;  P' 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  39 

fifths  of  the  eyeball  and  affords  attachment  for  the  muscles  of  the  eye. 
In  front  of  and  continuous  with  the  sclerotic  coat  is  the  cornea,  a 
transparent  tissue  which  admits  the  light  to  the  interior  of  the  eye. 

93.  The  choroid,  or  middle  coat,  is  a  vascular  membrane  of  a 
dark  color.     At  the  juncture  of  the  sclerotic  coat  and  the  cornea  the 
choroid  coat  sends  down  a  circular  dark  colored  membrane,  the  iris, 
in  the  center  of  which  is  the  pupil,  a  small  opening  for  the  admission 
of  light.     By  muscular  contraction  the  pupil  can  be  increased  or 
decreased  in  size  to  regulate  the  amount  of  light  passing  into  the 
eye.     On  the  iris  above  and  below  the  pupil  are  several  small  black 
projections  cajled  granula  iridis,  or  soot  balls.     The  use  of  these 
bodies  is  not  definitely  known. 

94.  The  retina,  or  inner  coat,  is  the  expansion  of  the  optic  nerve. 
It  receives  the  impressions  of  sight,  and  the  optic  nerve  transmits 
them  to  the  brain. 

95.  The  crystalline  lens  is  situated  behind  the  iris  and  pupil. 
It  is  a  circular,  transparent  body,  thick  in  the  middle  and  tapering 
toward  the  edges.     Its  function  is  t#  focus  the  rays  of  light  on  the 
retina. 

96.  The  aqueous  humor,  a  watery  fluid,  occupies  the  space 
between  the  cornea  and  the  crystalline  lens.     The  vitreous  humor, 
a  jelly  like  fluid,  occupies  the  space  between  the  retina  and  the 
crystalline  lens.     The  function  of  these  fluids  is  to  maintain  the 
proper  shape  of  the  eyeball. 

THE  EAR. 

97.  The  ears  are  the  organs  of  hearing.     They  are  located  one  on 
either  side  of  the  poll. 

98.  The  ear  may  be  divided  into  two  portions,   external  and 
internal. 

99.  The  external  ear  is  funnel-shaped,  formed  of  cartilage,  and 
covered  with  skin  both  inside  and  outside.     There  are  numerous 
fine  hairs  on  the  inside  of  the  funnel  which  prevent  the  passage  of 
foreign  bodies  into  the  internal  ear.     The  lower  portion  of  the  funnel 
communicates  with  the  internal  ear  and  is  supplied  with  numerous 
sebaceous  glands.    There  are  muscles  attached  to  the  lower  part  of 
the  cartilage  by  which  the  ears  are  moved  at  will. 

100.  The  internal  ear  is  inclosed  in  a  bony  chamber.     Here  the 
nerve  endings  receive  the  impressions  of  sound  and  transmit  them 
to  the  brain.     Separating  the  internal  ear  from  the  external  ear  is 
the  tympanum,  or  ear  drum. 


40  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

THE  SKIN. 

101.  The  skin  covers  the  external  surface   of  the  body.     It 
varies  in  thickness  according  to  the  amount  of  protection  the  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  body  require.     The  skin  is  the  special  organ  of 
touch  and  is  supplied  with  sensory  nerves,  particularly  at  the  muz- 
zle and  lips.     The  long  hairs  (feelers)  growing  from  the  muzzle,  and 
in  special  nerve  structures  in  the  dermis. 

102.  The  skin  consists  of  two  parts;  the  outer,  called  the  epider- 
mis, or  cuticle;  and  the  inner,  the  corium,  dermis,  or  true  skin. 

103.  The  epidermis  is  the  outer  protective  covering.     The  hoof, 
ergot,  and  chestnuts  are  modifications  of  the  epidermis. 

104.  The  dermis  lies  beneath  the  inner  surface  of  the  epidermis 
and  continually  replaces  it  as  it  is  worm  away.     It  contains  the  hair 
follicles,  the  sebaceous  and  the  sweat  glands. 

105.  Hairs  grow  from  the  hair  follicles,  and  form  the  outer  pro- 
tective covering  of  the  body  known  as  the  coat.     The  coat  is  shed 
twice  a  year,  in  the  spring  and  in  the  fall,  and  is  replaced  by  a 
lighter  or  heavier  growth  according  to  the  season. 

108.  The  sebaceous  glands  secrete  an  oily  substance  which  is 
formed  within  them.  Where  the  skin  is  covered  with  hair  the 
sebaceous  fluid  is  discharged  into  the  hair  follicles.  It  softens  and 
waterproofs  the  hair  and  surrounding  skin,  keeping  them  flexible 
and  giving  the  hair  the  gloss  that  is  seen  in  healthy  animals.  AVhere 
no  hair  is  present  the  glands  discharge  directly  on  the  surface  oi 
the  skin,  keeping  it  soft  and  supple. 

107.  The  sweat  glands  are  groups  of  cells  which  excrete  sweat. 
They  communicate  with  the  outer  surface  by  simple  tubes  which 
pour  their  excretions  on  the  surface  of  the  skin.     Sweat  consists  of 
water  and  various  salts  and  waste  materials  from  the  blood.     It 
evaporates  on  the  surface  of  the  skin  and  assists  in  regulating  the 
temperature  of  the  body. 

THE  FOOT. 

108.  The  foot  is  composed  oi  four  parts:  the  bones',  the  elastic 
structures;  the  corium;  and  the  hoof,  the  protective  organ  of  the  foot. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


41 


FIG.  19.— Sagittal  section  of  digit  and  distal  part  of  metacarpus  of  horse.  A,  Meta- 
carpal  bone;  B,  first  phalanx",  .C,  second  phalanx;  D,  third  phalanx;  E,  distal  sesa- 
moid  bone;  1,  volar  pouch  of  capsule  of  fetlock  joint;  2,  intersesamoidean  ligament; 
3,  4,  proximal  end  of  digital  synovial  sheath;  5,  ring  formed  by  superficial  flexor 
tendon;  6,  fibrous  tissue  underlying  ergot;  7,  ergot;  8,  9,  9',  branches  of  digital  ves- 
sels; 10,  distal  ligament  of  distal  sesamoid  bone;  11,  suspensory  ligament  of  distal 
sesamoid  bon--11"  "" -•-- *  —  J  ^-^  —  J-  -'*-—-  ---  —  ----—•-  -- - 


42  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

BONES    OP  THE    FOOT. 

109.  The  bones  of  the  pastern  and  foot  are  the  first  phalanx 
(long  pastern  bone),  the  second  phalanx  (short  pastern  bone),  the 
third  phalanx  (coffin  bone),  and  the  navicular  bone  (distal  sesamoid). 
The  first  two  bones  require  no  description. 

110.  The  third  phalanx  (coffin  bone)  is  entirely  inclosed  by 
the  hoof,  which  it  resembles  in  shape. 

The  upper  or  articular  surface  faces  upward  and  backward  and 
articulates  with  the  second  phalanx.  Immediately  behind  and  below 
this  surface  is  a  small  area  for  the  articulation  of  the  navicular  bone. 

The  wall  surface  (front  and  sides)  slopes  downward  and  forward. 
It  is  roughened  for  the  attachment  of  the  laminar  corium  and  perfo- 
rated by  numerous  small  openings  for  the  passage  of  blood  vessels  and 
nerves.  At  the  top  of  this  surface,  in  front,  is  a  ridge  to  which  the 
tendon  of  the  extensor  of  the  foot  is  attached. 

The  under  surface  corresponds  in  shape  to  the  sole  of  the  hoof. 
It  is  smooth  except  at  the  back  part,  which  is  roughened  for  the 
attachment  of  the  tendon  of  the  deep  flexor  of  the  foot. 

The  wings  (angles)  one  on  either  side,  project  backward  and  give 
attachment  on  their  upper  borders  to  the  cartilages  of  the  foot. 

111.  The  navicular  bone  (distal  sesamoid)  is  shuttle-shaped, 
and  lies  behind  the  junction  of  the  second  and  third  phalanges  with 
which  it  articulates.     The  deep  flexor  tendon  of  the  foot  passes  over 
its  lower  surface. 

THE   ELASTIC   STRUCTURES   OP  THE   FOOT. 

112.  The  cartilages  of  the  third  phalanx,  also  known  as  the 
lateral  cartilages  (fig.  21),  are  large  elastic  plates  of  cartilage,  attached 
one  to  either  wing  of  the  bone.     They  project  backward  and  upward, 
their  upper  borders  extending  above  the  hoof,  where  they  may  be  felt 
beneath  the  skin  above  the  coronet  at  the  heels. 

113.  The  digital  cushion  (plantar  cushion)  (fig.  19),  the  prin- 
cipal elastic  structure  of  the  foot,  is  a  wedge-shaped  pad,  situated 
above  the  frog,  below  the  deep  flexor  tendon  of  the  foot,  and  between 
the  cartilages  of  the  third  phalanx.     The  apex  or  points  is  directed 
forward  and  lies  just  below  the  lower  end  of  the  deep  flexor  tendon. 
The  base  or  back  part  lies  under  the  skin  of  the  heels.     The  digital 
cushion  acts  as  a  buffer  to  the  foot  and  prevents  jar. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


I 

Hstal  end  of  small  man-    Art.- 


FIG.  20.— Skeleton  of  digit  and  distal  part  of  metacarpus  of  horse,  lateral  view.  1-7, 
Eminences  and  depression  for  attachment  of  ligaments.  Cartilage  of  third  phalanx 
is  removed.  (From  Sisson's  Anatomy  of  the  Domestic  Animals;  copyright,  W.  B. 
Saunders  Co.) 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


FIG.  21.— Third  phalanx  of  horse,  lateral  view,  a,  6,  Anterior  and  posterior  extremi- 
ties of  cartilage.  (From  Sisson's  Anatomy  of  the  Domestic  Animals;  copyright. 
W.  B.  SaundersCo.) 


C«*  edge  of  skin 
Cori-umof  periople 

Coronary  cor i urn -^ 

Laminar  cqfi 


FIG.  22.— Lateral  view  of  foot  of  horse  after  removal  of  hoof  and  part  of  skin.  (After 
Schmaltz,  Atlas  d.  Anat.  d.  Pferdes.)  Dotted  lines  in  front  of  navicular  bone 
indicate  position  of  coffin  joint.  (From  Sisson's  Anatomy  of  the  Domestic  Ani- 
mals; copyright,  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.) 


MANUAL  FOE  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


THE    CORIUM. 


114.  The  corium  of  the  hoof  is  the  highly  vascular  part  of  the 
corium  or  dermis  of  the  skin  which  completely  covers  the  coffin  bone, 
the  digital  cushion,  and  a  large  surface  of  the  cartilages  of  the  foot. 
It  furnishes  nutrition  to  the  hoof,  and  is  divided  into  five  parts 
which  nourish  corresponding  parts  of  the  hoof. 


FIG.  23.— Ground  surface  of  foot  of  horse  after  removal  of  half  of  hoof  to  show  corium. 
(After  Schmaltz,  Atlas  d.  Anat.  d.  Pferdes.)  (From  Sisson's  Anatomy  of  the 
Domestic  Animals;  copyright,  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.) 

(a)  The  perioplic  corium  or  ring  (figs.  22,, 23)  is  a  narrow  band  which 
lies  in  a  groove  at  the  upper  border  of  the  wall.  At  the  heels  it 
widens  and  blends  with  the  corium  of  the  frog.  It  supplies  nutrition 
to  the  periople. 

(6)  The  coronary  corium  or  ring  (figs.  22,  23)  is  a  thick  band  which 
occupies  the  coronary  groove  on  the  inside  of  the  upper  border  of 
the  wall.  It  furnishes  nutrition  to  the  bulk  of  the  wall. 


46 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


(c)  The  laminar  corium  (sensitive  laminae)  (fig.  22)  is  attached  to 
the  wall  surface  of  the  third  phalanx  and  to  the  lower  part  of  its 
cartilages.  It  bears  numerous  delicate  folds  or  laminae  which 


FIG.  24.— Digit  of  horse,  showing  surface  relations  of  bones 
and  joints.  The  cartilage  is  largely  exposed,  c,  First 
phalanx;  6,  second  phalanx;  c,  third  phalanx;  d,  cartilage; 


Sisson's  Anatomy  of  the  Domestic  Animals;  copyright, 
W.  B.  Saunders  Co.) 

interleave  with  the  horny  laminae  of  the  wall  and  bars.  They  (the 
laminae  of  the  corium)  supply  nourishment  to  the  horny  laminae 
and  to  the  horn  of  the  white  line.  By  their  intimate  union  with  the 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  47 

laminae  of  the  wall  they  support  the  weight  of  the  body  within  the 
hoof. 

(d)  The  corium  of  the  sole  (sensitive  sole)  (figs.  19,  23)  corresponds 
to  the  horny  sole,  to  which  is  supplies  nutrition. 

(e)  The  corium  of  the  frog  (sensitive  frog)  (fig.  23)  is  molded  on  the 
upper  surface  of  the  frog  and  is  attached  to  the  under  surface  of  the 
digital  cushion.     It  nourishes  the  frog. 

THE   HOOP. 

115.  The  hoof  is  the  horny  covering  of  the  foot.  It  is  divided 
into  three  parts,  the  wall,  sole,  and/ro^. 

(a)  The  wall  is  that  part  of  the  hoof  which  is  visible  when  the  foot 
is  placed  on  the  ground.  It  covers  the  front  and  sides  of  the  foot, 
and  is  bent  abruptly  inward  and  forward  at  the  heels  to  form  the 
bars.  The  latter  appear  on  the  bottom  of  the  foot  as  horny  ridges 
which  extend  forward  and  inward  toward  the  point  of  the  frog. 
The  bars  secure  a  solid  bearing  for  the  back  part  of  the  foot;  they 
give  additional  strength  to  the  hoof,  and,  being  a  part  of  the  wall, 
are  intended  to  bear  weight.  For  convenience  in  study  the  wall 
may  be  divided  into  three  parts,  the  toe,  quarters,  and  heels. 

The  toe  is  the  front  part  of  the  wall. 

The  quarters,  one  on  either  side,  extend  backward  from  the  toe 
to  the  heels. 

The  heels  are  the  hindermost  part  of  the  foot.  They  are  located  at 
the  point  where  the  wall  bends  inward  to  become  the  bars. 

The  external  surface  is  smooth,  and  its  upper  portion  is  covered 
with  a  thin  layer  of  soft  horn  called  the  periople.  Extending  from 
the  periople  to  the  bottom  of  the  foot  is  a  thin  layer  of  horny  scales 
which  gives  the  surface  of  the  wall  its  smooth,  glossy  appearance. 

The  internal  surface  is  concave  from  side  to  side,  and  presents  about 
600  thin,  white,  parallel  plates  of  horn  called  laminae,  which  extend 
from  the  coronary  groove  to  the  bottom  of  the  wall.  These  horny 
laminae  dovetail  with  the  corresponding  laminae  of  the  corium  and 
bind  the  wall  of  the  hoof  to  the  third  phalanx  and  the  greater  part 
of  its  cartilages. 

The  upper  or  coronary  border  is  thin,  and  its  outer  surface  is  covered 
by  the  periople.  The  inner  side  of  this  border  is  hollowed  out  to 
form  the  coronary  groove,  which  extends  all  the  way  round  the  top 
of  the  wall  and  contains  the  thick  coronary  corium. 

106233°— 17 4 


48 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


, 

sulci  between  frog  and  bars;  10,10,  bulbs  of  hoof.    ( 
Domestic  Animals;  copyright,  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.) 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  49 

The  lower  or  ground  border  comes  in  contact  with  the  ground,  and 
is  the  part  to  which  the  shoe  is  fitted.  Its  inner  surface  is  united 
with  the  outer  border  of  the  sole  by  a  soft,  white  horn,  which  appears 
on  the  bottom  of  the  foot  as  the  so-called  white  line. 

(b)  The  sole  is  a  thick,  half -moon-shaped  plate  of  horn  forming 
the  greater  part  of  the  bottom  of  the  foot.     Its  outer  border  is  joined 
to  the  inner  part  of  the  lower  border  of  the  wall  by  the  previously 
mentioned  white  line. 

Its  inner  border  it  V-shaped,  and  is  attached  to  the  bars,  except 
at  its  narrow  part,  where  it  joins  the  point  of  the  frog. 

The  use  of  the  sole  is  to  protect  the  sensitive  parts  above.  It  is 
not  intended  to  bear  weight,  except  on  a  margin  about  one-eighth 
of  an  inch  wide  inside  of  the  white  line. 

(c)  The  frog  is  a  wedge-shaped  mass  of  soft  horn  which  occupies 
the  V-shaped  space  bounded  by  the  bars  and  sole,  and  extends 
below  these  on  the  bottom  of  the  foot. 

On  the  lower  or  ground  surface  are  two  prominent  ridges,  separated 
behind  by  a  cavity  called  the  cleft,  and  joined  in  front  to  form  the 
apex  or  point  of  the  frog. 

The  base  or  posterior  extremity  is  depressed  in  the  center  and 
bulged  at  the  sides,  where  it  unites  with  the  wall  at  the  heels,  form- 
ing two  round  prominences  called  the  bulbs  of  the  hoof. 

The  upper  surface  of  the  frog  is  the  exact  reverse  of  the  lower  and 
shows  a  middle  ridge,  the  spine  or  frog-stay.  Between  the  sides  of 
the  frgg  and  the  bars  are  two  cavities  called  the  commissures. 

The  frog  protects  the  sensitive  structures  above,  acts  as  a  pad  in 
assisting  the  digital  cushion  in  breaking  jar,  and  prevents  the  foot 
from  slipping.  The  frog-stay  forms  a  firm  union  between  the  frog 
and  the  frog  cprium  above.  It  may  also  assist  in  the  expansion  of 
the  foot  by  being  forced  like  a  wedge  into  the  digital  cushion  when 
the  foot  comes  to  the  ground. 

EXPANSION   AND   CONTRACTION   OF  THE   HOOP. 

116.  Expansion. — When  weight  is  placed  on  the  foot  it  is  re- 
ceived by  a  yielding  joint  (coffin  joint),  an  elastic  wall,  the  rubber- 
like  frog,  the  digital  cushion,  and  the  more  or  less  yielding  sole. 
The  digital  cushion  and  the  frog  are  compressed  between  the  ground 
below  and  the  structures  above,  which  causes  them  to  spread  out 
sidewise,  carrying  with  them  the  cartilages  and  bars  and  the  wall 


50  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

at  the  quarters.  This  is  called  expansion,  and  amounts  to  about 
one-twenty-fifth  of  an  inch  total  increase  in  width  of  the  foot  at  the 
heel. 

117.  Contraction. — When  weight  is  removed  from  the  foot,  the 
digital  cushion  and  frog  return  to  their  normal  shape,  and  the  car- 
tilages and  quarters  move  inward  to  where  they  were  before  expan- 
sion occurred.    This  is  called  contraction. 

118.  The  benefits  derived  from  these  movements  are  many; 
they  diminish  jar  or  shock  to  the  foot  and  leg,  and  prevent  the  evil 
results  of  concussion;  they  increase  the  elasticity  of  the  entire  limb, 
and  assist  in  the  circulation  of  the  blood  in  the  foot. 


So* 

FIG.  26.— FOOT  OF  THE  HORSE. 

,  Metacarpal  bone  ;  2,  extensor  tendon  ;'  5,  coronary  coriura  ;  A.  laminar  corium  ; 
5,  wall  ;•  6,  laminae ;  7,  volar  nerve ;  8,  raetacarpal  vein  ;  9,  digital  artery  ; 
10,  superficial  flexor  tendon;  11,  frog.  '(From  "Diseases  of  the  Horse."  U.  S. 
Department  of  Agriculture. 


CHAPTER  II. 

NAMES  AND  CONFORMATION  OF  EXTERNAL  REGIONS — 
APPEARANCES  OF  HEALTH. 

NAMES  AND  CONFORMATION  OF  EXTERNAL  REGIONS. 

119.  The  external  regions  and  structures  of  the  body  should 
present  the  following  appearances: 

HEAD  AND   NECK 

Head. — Clear  cut,  lean,  straight,  and  of  proportionate  size. 

Forehead.—  Broad,  full,  and  flat. 

Face. — Straight.  When  convex  (bulging)  the  horse  is  said  to  have 
a  Roman  nose.  A  concave  (hollow)  face  is  called  a  dish  face. 

Lower  jaw. — Wide  and  strong,  with  plenty  of  space  between  its 
branches  for  the  larynx. 

Muzzle. — The  muzzle  includes  the  nostrils  and  the  lips. 

Lips. — Small,  thin,  and  firm. 

Nostrils. — Large  and  free  from  coarse  hairs  in  their  entrances. 

Eyes. — Large,  clear,  bright,  prominent,  and  free  from  cloudiness 
and  spots;  lids  thin,  well  open,  and  evenly  curved. 

Ears. — Medium  size,  pointed,  fine,  set  moderately  close,  and 
carried  erect. 

Poll. — Smooth  and  free  from  enlargements  and  scars. 

Throat  and  parotid  region. — Clean  and  free  from  swollen  or  en- 
larged glands. 

Neck. — Of  moderate  length,  well  muscled,  clean,  well  arched, 
nicely  set  on,  and  not  too  narrow  just  in  rear  of  the  throat;  windpipe 
large  and  prominent;  a  neck  with  a  concave  upper  border  is  known 
as  an  ewe  neck. 

Mane. — Fine  and  silky. 

Jugular  channel. — Free  from  enlargements,  smooth,  and  clean. 

120.  Forehand. 

Withers. — Extending  well  back,  muscular,  neither  too  high  nor 
too  low,  and  free  from  scars. 

51 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


Shoulders. — For  cavalry  horses,  long,  sloping,  and  well  muscled. 
For  artillery  and  draft  horses,  they  should  be  more  nearly  upright 
and  their  front  line  clearly  marked  with  a  smooth,  even  surface  and 
free  from  excessive  muscular  development  at  a  point  marked  "A," 
figure  27,  which  prevents  a  close  fit  of  the  collar. 


FIG.  27.— External  regions  of  the  horse.  1,  Lips;  2,  muzzle;  3,  face;  4,  forehead;  5, 
eyebrows;  6,  forelock;  7,  ears;  8,  lower  jaw;  9,  cheek;  10,  nostril;  11,  poll;  lla,  throat; 
12,  parotid;  13,  neck;  13a,  mane;  14,  jugular  channel;  15,  breast  (front  of  chest);  16, 
withers;  17,  back;  18,  ribs,  or  barrel;  19,  girth;  20,  loins;  21,  croup;  22,  tail;  23,  dock; 
24,  flank;  25,  belly;  26,  sheath;  27,  testicles;  28,  point  of  shoulder;  28a.  shoulder;  28&, 
arm;  29.  elbow;  30,  forearm;  31.  chestnut;  32,  knee;  33,  cannon;  34,  fetlock  joint; 
35,  pastern;  36,  coronet;  37,  foot;  38.  fetlock;  39,  haunch  (point  of  hip);  40,  thigh; 
41,  stiHe;  42,  buttock;  43,  gaskin;  44,  hock;  44a,  point  of  hock;  45,  chestnut;  46, 
cannon;  47,  fetlock  joint;  48,  fetlock;  49,  pastern;  50,  coronet;  51,  foot. 

Arms. — Short,  muscular,  and  set  well  forward. 
Elbows. — Large  and  long  and  clear  of  the  chest. 
Forearms. — Long,  broad,  and  well  muscled. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  53 

Knees. — Straight,  broad,  deep,  and  free  from  puffiness,  Bears  and 
swellings.  A  knee  bent  backwards  is  called  a  calf  knee.  The  op- 
posite condition  is  known  as  knee-sprung  or  over  in  the  knees. 

Cannons. — Short,  broad,  flat,  and  of  uniform  size.  Tendons  smooth, 
and  well  set  back.  If  smaller  below  the  knee  than  elsewhere,  the 
leg  is  said  to  be  tied  in  below  the  knee. 

Fetlocks. — Wide,  smooth,  well  supported,  and  free  from  puffy 
swellings. 

Pasterns. — Of  moderate  length,  smooth,  free  from  enlargements, 
and  forming  an  angle  of  form  45°  to  50°  with  the  ground. 

Feet. — Of  proportionate  size,  uniform,  and  circular;  heels  wide, 
and  one-third  the  height  of  the  toe;  walls  smooth  and  free  from 
cracks,  fissures,  and  rings;  bars  strong,  sole  concave,  frog  large  and 
elastic,  horn  dense  and  tough. 

Legs. — Viewed  from  the  front,  vertical,  with  toes  pointing  straight 
to  the  front.  Viewed  from  the  side,  slightly  inclined  to  the  fear. 
When  the  toe  points  obliquely  forward  and  inward,  the  animal  is 
said  to  be  pigeon-toed.  The  opposite  condition  is  known  as  toe  out 
or  splayfooted. 

121.  Body. 

Breast  and  chest. — Of  moderate  width  and  considerable  depth  for 
cavalry  horses.  Both  deep  and  wide  for  draft  horses.  The  girth  is 
the  measure  around  the  body  at  the  chest.  It  should  be  large. 

Ribs. — Long,  well  arched,  close  together.  Last  rib  close  to  the 
point  of  the  hip. 

Back. — Short,  straight,  broad,  well  muscled,  and  free  from  en- 
largements and  scars.  A  concave  back  is  called  a  sway  back.  A 
convex  back  is  called  a  roach  back. 

Loins. — Broad,  short,  strong,  and  well  muscled. 

Flanks. — Close,  full  (not  hollowed  out),  and  deep. 

Underline  of  the  chest  and  belly. — Long  and  well  let  down.  When 
this  line  passes  obliquely  backward  and  upward,  the  horse  is  said 
to  be  herring  gutted. 

122.  Hindquarters. 

Croup. — Long,  rounded,  and  sloping  slightly  downward.  When  it 
droops  and  becomes  narrow  below  the  tail  the  horse  is  said  to  be 
goose  rumped. 

Haunch  (point  of  hip).— Not  too  prominent,  yet  not  drooped  or 
sunken. 

Dock. — Large  and  muscular. 

Tail. — Set  fairly  high,  and  carried  well  away  from  the  body. 
Hairs  fine  and  silky. 


54  MANUAL  FOB,  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

Thighs  and  buttocks. — Long  and  muscular,  muscles  extending  well 
down  into  the  gaskin.  When  the  muscles  of  the  inner  side  of  the 
thighs  are  but  little  developed,  the  horse  is  said  to  be  split  up  behind. 

Stifles. — Large,  broad,  well  muscled,  and  free  from  puffiness. 

Gaskins. — Long,  broad,  and  muscular. 

Hocks. — Large,  wide,  deep  from  front  to  rear,  smooth,  well  sup- 
ported, and  free  from  puffy  swellings  and  bony  enlargements;  point 
prominent,  clean ,  and  standing  well  away  from  the  joint.  The  hocks 
should  stand  well  apart,  but  not  enough  to  give  the  horse  the  appear- 
ance of  being  bow-legged.  When  the  hocks  stand  close  together  and 
the  hind  feet  well  apart,  with  the  toes  turned  out,  the  horse  is  said 
to  be  cow  hocked.  The  term  sickle  hock  is  applied  to  hocks  that  ap- 
pear overly  bent  when  viewed  from  the  side. 

Cannons. — Short,  wide,  and  flat;  tendons  smooth  and  well  defined, 
and  the  line  from  the  point  of  the  hock  to  the  fetlock  straight,  and 
nearly  perpendicular. 

Fetlocks. — Large,  wide,  well  supported,  and  free  from  puffy  swell- 
ings. When  the  fetlock  is  inclined  too  far  forward,  the  condition  is 
called  cocked  ankle. 

Pasterns. — Of  moderate  length,  large,  free  from  enlargements,  and 
inclined  at  an  angle  of  from  50°  to  55°  with  the  ground. 

Feet. — Same  as  fore  feet,  except  that  the  shape  is  oval,  the  sole  more 
concave,  and  the  wall  more  nearly  vertical. 

APPEARANCES  DP  HEALTH. 

123.  Manner  of  standing. — Fore  feet  square  and  firm  on  the 
ground;  one  hind  foot  may  or  may  not  be  resting  on  the  toe.     A  fore 
leg  is  never  rested  unless  injured,  diseased,  or  greatly  fatigued.     In 
the  latter  condition  the  feet  are  alternately  lifted  and  replaced  in 
position  by  a  slow  and  regular  stamping  movement.     The  head  is 
neld  erect,  the  eyes  are  wide  open  and  there  is  a  lively  play  of  the 
ears. 

124.  Skin. — Loose,  supple,  and  easily  moved  about  over  the  struc- 
tures beneath. 

125.  Coat. — Smooth,  sleek,  and  gLossy.     In  cold  weather,  unless 
blankets  are  used,  the  hair  stands  upright,  the, coat  becomes  heavy 
and  coarse  and  loses  its  gloss. 

126.  Pulse. — Strong,  full,  regular,  and  beating  from  36  to  40  times 
a  minute.    The  number  of  beats  is  increased  by  exercise,  excite- 
ment, and  disease. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  55 

The  pulse  is  taken  by  placing  the  fore  or  middle  finger  trans- 
versely (crosswise)  on  the  submaxillary  artery  at  the  margin  of  the 
lower  jaw,  and  counting  the  pulsations  for  half  a  minute  and  then 
multiplying  the  result  by  two. 

127.  Respiration. — Free,  soft,  and  noiseless.    Number  of  respira- 
tions per  minute : 

At  rest 10-12 

Walking  200  yards 28 

Trotting  5  minutes 52 

Galloping  5  minutes 52 

After  exercise  the  breaching  should  subside  quickly  to  normal, 
The  ratio  of  respiration  to  the  beat  of  the  heart  is  about  one  respira- 
tion to  four  heartbeats. 

The  respirations  are  counted  by  watching  the  rise  and  fall  of  the 
flank,  the  movements  of  the  nostrils,  or,  on  a  cold  day,  the  steamy 
expiration  of  the  breath. 

128.  Temperature. — Varies  from  99°  to  100°  F.     It  is  increased 
by  exercise,  excitement,  and  disease.    Age  has  a  slight  influence, 
the  temperature  being  higher  in  young  animals  and  lower  in  old  ones. 
In  the  Tropics  it  may  average  as  high  as  100.5°  F. 

The  temperature  is  taken  with  a  clinical  thermometer  in  the 
rectum.  The  thermometer  is  moistened  or  oiled,  the  mercury  is 
shaken  down  to  96  or  below,  and  the  bulb  of  the  thermometer  is 
inserted  into  the  anus,  and  allowed  to  remain  three  minutes,  when 
it  is  withdrawn  and  the  temperature  noted. 

129.  Defectation — Occurs  from  10  to  12  times  in  24  hours,  the 
droppings  being  fairly  well  formed,  free  from  offensive  odor,  and 
varying  in  color  from  yellow  to  green,  according  to  the  nature  of  the 
food.     The  amount  of  feces  passed  in  24  hours  varies  from  36  to  40 
pounds,  depending  upon  the  size  of  the  animal  and  the  amount  of 
food  given. 

130.  Urination.— Urine  is  passed  several  times  daily,  in  quan- 
tities of  a  quart  or  more.     It  is  a  thick  yellowish  fluid,  and  the  quan- 
tity passed  in  24  hours  varies  from  3  to  6  quarts.     During  the  act  of 
urination  horses  straddle,  grunt,  and  assume  a  very  awkward  position, 
which  must  not  be  mistaken  for  pain . 


CHAPTER  III. 
STABLE   HYGIENE— CARE   OF   THE   SICK   AND   INJURED. 

STABLE  HYGIENE. 

131.  Ventilation. — The  object  of  ventilation  is  to  supply  pure 
air  to  the  lungs,  to  dilute  and  remove  the  products  of  respiration, 
and  the  ordor  and  gases  arising  from  the  fluid  and  solid  excrements 
which  have  been  evacuated  by  the  occupants  of  the  building. 

132.  Composition  of  air. — Pure  air  consists  of: 

Parts. 

Oxygen 2,  096 

Nitrogen 7,  900 

Carbonic  acid ......  4 


Total 10,000 

It  also  contains  a  small  quantity  of  watery  vapor. 

Oxygen  is  the  chief  useful  part  of  the  air  for  purifying  the  blood. 
Nitrogen  dilutes  the  oxygen  and  renders  it  respirable.  The  amount 
of  carbonic  acid  is  very  small,  but  if  it  rises  beyond  6  parts  in  10,000 
the  air  is  impure  and  unfit  to  breathe. 

Air  is  rendered  impure  by  the  respiration  of  men  and  animals,  its 
carbonic  acid  and  watery  vapor  are  increased,  its  oxygen  diminished, 
and  a  proportion  of  organic  matter  added  to  it.  So  long  as  respira- 
tion is  occurring  in  the  open  air  these  impurities  are  gotten  rid  of  as 
fast  as  they  are  formed,  but  in  the  air  of  buildings  it  is  different,  for 
here  they  accumulate  unless  means  are  at  hand  for  getting  rid  of 
them.  The  employment  of  such  means  is  known  as  ventilation. 

133.  Testing  the  ventilation. — The  proper  time  to  test  the 
ventilation  is  in  the  morning  before  the  doors  are  opened.     If  on 
entering  the  stable  a  sense  of  stuffiness  is  detected,  the  ventilation 
is  defective,  and  more  air  must  be  supplied.   . 

134.  Draft  and  chill. — A  draft  is  a  current  of  air  passing  through 
a  confined  space,  such  as  a  window  or  door,  at  such  a  rate  as  to  pro- 
duce a  feeling  of  cold  when  it  strikes  the  skin.     The  effect  of  such  a 
draft  on  a  warm  skin  is  to  drive  the  blood  into  the  internal  organs 
and  produce  chill  and  shivering.     Tying  animals  in  a  draft  must 
therefore  be  carefully  avoided. 

56 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  57 

135.  Windows  and  roof  ventilators. — In  calm  weather  the 
windows  and  ventilators  should  always  be  kept  open.     During 
storms  they  should  be  closed  on  the  windward  side  only.    When 
the  storm  ceases  they  should  all  be  opened  again.    In  warm  weather 
the  doors  should  also  be  kept  open. 

136.  Temperature  of  stable  air. — Horses  suffer  very  little 
from  cold;  they  stand  changes  of  temperature  remarkably  well,  and 
chills  from  standing  in  a  draft  when  heated  and  tired  are  the  only 
changes  of  temperature  which  are  likely  to  produce  sickness .    Stables 
are  therefore  not  intended  to  keep  animals  warm,  but  to  protect  them 
from  draft  and  storm. 

Hot  stables  produce  a  fine  glossy  coat,  cause  the  animals  to  put  on 
fat,  but  also  lower  their  vitality  and  increase  their  susceptibility 
to  disease.  Cold  stables  produce  a  rough  heavy  coat,  there  is  not 
much  tendency  to  put  on  fat,  and  the  animals  require  more  to  eat, 
owing  to  the  increased  demand  on  the  heat-producing  function. 
They  are  healthier,  however,  and  better  able  to  stand  exposure  and 
hardships,  such  as  animals  of  the  military  service  may  at  any  time 
be  called  upon  to  do. 

When  new  horses  are  put  for  the  first  time  in  the  stable,  or  when 
older  horses  return  from  maneuvers  or  duty  in  the  field,  the  greatest 
care  should  be  taken  with  regard  to  ventilation.  Every  door  and 
every  window  should  be  left  open  or  for  a  certainty  they  will  con- 
tract a  catarrh. 

137.  Care  of  stalls  and  floors. — As  soon  as  the  horses  are 
through  feeding  in  the  morning  they  should  be  removed  from  the 
stable  and  the  stalls  thoroughly  cleaned.     At  the  same  time  the 
doors  and  windows  should  be  opened  to  thoroughly  air  and  dry  out 
the  building. 

Mangers  and  feed  boxes  must  be  kept  clean.  Hay  and  grain  that 
have  been  left  in  them  should  be  removed  and  the  boxes  washed  at 
least  once  a  week,  and  always  after  bran  mashes  have  been  fed. 

The  bedding  is  carefully  shaken  out  and  sorted,  and  all  parts 
which  can  be  used  again  are  put  to  one  side. 

Manure  and  waste  bedding  must  be  taken  to  the  manure  heap 
daily. 

138.  Cement,  brick,  and  stone  floors,  during  warm  weather 
and  in  the  Tropics,  are  best  cleaned  by  scrubbing  with  water,  using 
the  hose  and  stable  brooms  where  available,  the  floors  being  allowed 
to  dry  before  putting  down  the  bedding.    In  cold  weather  this  is 


58  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

not  practicable,  and  the  cleaning  should  be  done  by  scraping  with 
a  hoe  or  shovel  and  sweeping  with  a  stable  broom. 

If  the  floors  become  slippery  from  ice,  sand  or  sifted  ashes  should 
be  put  on  them  before  the  bedding  is  put  down;  this  to  prevent 
injury  to  the  horses  from  slipping. 

Should  the  floors  wear  smooth  and  become  slippery,  the  surface 
should  be  roughened  by  chipping  with  a  stone  or  cold  chisel  and 
mallet.  The  chisel  can  be  made  by  the  troop  blacksmith. 

When  for  any  purpose  the  horses  are  tied  in  during  the  day,  the 
stalls  should  be  cleaned  again  as  soon  as  the  horses  are  turned  out. 

139.  Dirt  floors. — Dirt  floors  require  continual  work  to  keep 
them  in  good  condition.    As  soon  as  wet  spots  or  depressions  form 
they  should  be  dug  out  and  filled  with  fresh  clay  well  wet  and 
tamped  in.    The  front  of  the  stall  floor  should  be  2  inches  higher 
than  the  floor  at  the  rear. 

140.  Bedding. — The  monthly  allowance  of  bedding  is  100  pounds 
of  straw  or  hay  for  each  horse-,  or  3 J  pounds  daily.    To  give  animals 
a  good  bed,  this  must  be  used  as  economically  as  possible. 

During  pleasant  weather  all  parts  of  the  bedding  which  can  be 
used  again  are  taken  out  and  spread  on  the  bedding  racks  to  dry. 
In  the  evening  it  is  returned  to  the  stalls  and  enough  fresh  straw  or 
bedding  added  to  make  a  comfortable  bed .  Habitually  the  bedding 
should  be  put  down  just  before  the  horses  are  tied  in  for  the  night. 
Putting  it  down  in  the  morning  prevents  the  stalls  drying  out  and 
allows  the  stable  police  to  conceal  the  fact  that  they  have  neglected 
to  clean  the  stables  properly. 

141.  Care  of  the  corral. — The  corral  should  be  cleaned  twice  a 
day,  once  at  morning  stables  and  again  in  the  evening  after  the 
horses  have  been  tied  in  for  the  night. 

Thorough  drainage  should  be  provided,  and  all  depressions  kept 
filled,  so  that  after  rains  no  pools  of  standing  water  may  remain. 

The  picket  line  should  be  drawn  tight  and  raised  high  enough  so 
that  the  horses  can  not  rub  themselves  on  it.  Seven  feet  from  the 
ground  is  about  the  proper  height.  The  fastenings  at  the  end  of 
the  line  should  be  outside  the  corral. 

The  floor  of  the  picket  line  should  be  raised  and  trenches  to  carry 
off  the  rain  should  be  provided  so  that  the  ground  on  which  the 
horses  stand  may  be  kept  dry. 

142.  Water  troughs. — Water  troughs  should  be  emptied  and 
thoroughly  cleaned  each  morning.     Under  no  circumstances  should 
strange  animals  be  permitted  to  drink  at  the  water  trough  or  be  fed 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  59 

in  the  stable,  as  one  animal  with  a  contagious  disease  may  infect 
all  the  animals  of  the  organization. 

143.  Grooming. — Grooming  is  essential  to  the  health  and  appear 
ance  of  the  domesticated  horse.     Its  objects  are  cleanliness,  preven- 
tion of  disease,  particularly  of  the  skin,  and  -the  improvement  of~ 
the  animal's  general  condition.    While  many  diseases  are  not  the 
direct  result  of  dirt,  it  is  nevertheless  true  that  they  are  most  fre- 
quently found  where  dirty  conditions  prevail. 

Horses  should  be  thoroughly  groomed  at  least  once  a  day,  and  this 
should  be  immediately  afjter  exercise  or  work.  They  should  also 
be  brushed  off  before  going  to  drill  or  exercise. 

The  idle  horse  should  be  groomed  the  §ame  as  the  rest. 

Mud  should  be  wisped  off  with  hay  or  straw,  or  it  should  be  allowed 
to  dry,  then  removed  with  a  brush. 

144.  Wet  horses. — Wet  horses  should  be  dried  before  being- 
groomed  or  left  tied  up  to  the  line  or  in  the  stable.     If  wet  from  rain 
or  by  washing,  wisping  with  loose  straw  and  lively  rubbing  with 
grooming  rags  or  pieces  of  gunny  sacking  is  a  good  method  of  making 
them  dry  and  warm. 

145.  Sweating  horses. — Sweating  horses  should  be  blanketed 
and  walked  about  until  cool,  then  rubbed  and  wisped  until  dry. 
Returning  horses  from  work  wet  with  sweat  may  be  avoided  by 
allowing  them  to  walk  the  last  half  mile  or  so  of  the  return  journey. 

1 46.  Hand  rubbing-. — Hand  rubbing  is  most  soothing  and  rest- 
ful to  tired  muscles  and  limbs.    It  also  removes  the  loose  hair  and 
produces  a  smooth  glossy  coat. 

To  remove  hair  and  stimulate  the  skin,  the  hands  are  slapped 
down  briskly  on  the  coat  one  after  the  other,  the  weight  of  the  body 
is  thrown  against  them,  while  both  are  moved  over  the  skin  with 
firm  pressure. 

The  legs  should  be  rubbed  briskly  with  the  fingers  and  palms  in. 
the  direction  of  the  hair.  After  rubbing,  the  legs  should  be  care- 
fully bandaged,  taking  care  that  the  bandages  are  not  too  tight. 

147.  Washing  horses. — As  a  general  practice  this  should  not 
be  allowed  except  in  warm  climates,  and  then  only  when  the  tem- 
perature of  the  air  and  the  water  used  is  approximately  the  same  as 
that  of  the  body.     In  cold  and  changeable  climates  washing  may 
cause  chilling  and  lead  to  sickness,  usually  respiratory  diseases  and 
chapping  of  the  skin. 

When  horses  are  washed,  great  care  must  be  taken  that  they  are 
thoroughly  dried  by  wisping  and  rubbing  and  that  they  are  not 


«0  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

exposed  to  drafts  before  being  dried.  Washing  mud  off  the  legs  and 
belly  frequently  results  in  such  diseases  as  scratches,  grease  heel, 
and  mud  fever.  These  conditions  are  not  caused  by  the  mud,  but 
are  the  result  of  improperly  drying  the  legs  after  washing.  When 
mud  can  not  be  wisped  off  with  hay  or  straw  it  should  be  allowed  to 
dry,  then  removed  with  a  brush.  If  for  any  reason  the  legs  must  be 
washed  they  should  be  dried  and  bandaged  loosely  with  flannel 
bandages.  When  the  bandages  are  removed  the  legs  should  be  hand 
rubbed  thoroughly. 

Soap  should  not  be  used  on  the  legs,  as  this  removes  the  natural 
greasiness  of  the  coat  and  irritates  the  skin. 

148.  Clipping-. — Clipping  in  the  spring  is  especially  advisable, 
and  in  individual  cases  and  under  certain  circumstances  it  may 
become  a  necessity ;  but  no  horse  should  be  clipped  without  authority 
from  the  organization  commander.     In  winter  a  clipped  horse  should 
be  provided  with  a  blanket  at  all  times  when  not  working.    Under 
no  circumstances  should  a  horse  be  blanketed  while  at  work. 

Horses  taken  from  cold  regions  to  the  Tropics  still  develop  their 
winter  coats.  Under  such  conditions  clipping  is  a  necessity. 

Should  it  become  necessary  to  keep  horses  clipped,  they  should 
be  clipped  at  least  three  times  a  year;  the  first  time  in  October  or 
November,  again  in  January,  and  a  third  time  in  March  or  April  or 
just  before  the  spring  shedding  of  the  coat.  Better  still,  the  clippers 
should  be  run  over  the  coat  every  time  it  appears  at  all  long. 

In  clipping  the  legs,  care  should  be  taken  not  to  cut  the  short  hairs 
.•at  the  back  of  the  pasterns  or  in  the  hollows  of  the  heels.  These 
hairs  when  clipped  irritate  the  skin  and  may  cause  scratches. 

149.  Blanketing. — Horses  stand  changes  of  temperature  and 
inclement  weather  remarkably  well.     Blankets  therefore  are  not 
absolutely  essential  to  the  animal's  health. 

In  garrison  and  camp,  except  in  extremely  cold  climates,  the  use 
of  blankets  should  be  limited  to  animals  that  have  been  clipped,  and 
to  those  that  have  become  chilled,  wet,  or  heated.  They  should  be 
T^orn  in  the  stable  or  camp  only,  and  should  never  be  permitted 
while  horses  are  at  exercise  or  work. 

All  blankets  should  be  shaken  daily  and  aired. 

150.  Care  of  che  feet. — The  healthy  foot  requires  only  to  be 
kept  clean.    In  cold  climates  the  feet  need  be  cleaned  but  once 
a  day;  but  in  hot,  damp  climates,  where  there  is  a  great  amount  of 
•decomposing  matter  in  the  soil,  they  should  be  well  cleaned  out  both 
morning  and  evening.    The  evening  cleaning  should  be  done  after 
the  horses  are  tied  in  for  the  night. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  61 

The  cleaning  is  done  with  the  hoof -hook,  the  point  of  which  should 
be  blunted  so  as  not  to  tear  away  the  horn  of  the  commissures  and 
cleft  of  the  frog. 

151.  Cleaning  the  sheath. — The  sheath  should  be  cleaned 
occasionally  by  washing.     Some  horses  require  it  more  often  than 
others,  and  especially  is  it  required  during  hot  and  dusty  weather. 
In  the  Tropics  and  auring  certain  seasons  of  the  year,  the  presence 
of  screw-worms  and  maggots  from  the  attacks  of  flies  renders  close 
attention  to  this  detail  very  necessary.     In  some  horses  a  thick 
cheesy-like  substance  accumulates  at  the  end  of  the  penis  on  either 
side  of  the  urethra  forming  the  so-called  bean,  which  may  interfere 
with  urination. 

The  bean  should  be  carefully  removed  and  the  penis  and  inside  of 
the  sheath  well  cleaned  with  warm  water  and  castile  soap .  When  the 
parts  are  thoroughly  cleaned,  rinse  with  a  warm  creolin  solution 
(1-100)  and  dry.  In  cold  weather  drying  must  be  done  with  great 
care  in  order  to  prevent  chilling.  To  avoid  injuring  the  sheath  and 
penis,  the  finger  nails  of  the  man  doing  the  washing  must  be  cut  short 
and  made  smooth. 

152.  Salting. — A  lump  of  salt  should  be  kept  in  each  feed  box. 
If  salt  is  kept  in  the  corral,  it  should  be  in  a  waterproof  box  protected 
from  rain,  for  if  exposed  to  moisture  it  will  melt  and  run  on  the 
ground.     The  ground  becoming  salty  around  the  box,  the  horses 
acquire  the  habit  of  licking  it  and  eating  the  dirt. 

Loose  salt  only  should  be  given  in  the  field. 

The  daily  allowance  of  salt  for  each  public  animal  is  0.8  ounce. 

153.  Water. — A  horse  requires  from  5  to  15  gallons  of  water  daily, 
depending  upon  the  temperature  and  the  amount  of  work  he  is  doing. 
On  board  ship  10  gallons  daily  should  be  provided. 

Water  should  be  freshj  pure,  and  clear,  and  free  from  taste,  color, 
and  smell. 

154.  Watering. — Horses  should  be  watered  before  feeding,  or, 
if  this  is  impossible,  not  until  two  hours  after  feeding.     They  may 
be  watered  while  at  work,  but,  if  hot,  they  should  be  kept  moving 
until  cooled  off. 

In  temperate  climates,  horses  should  be  watered  three  times  a  day, 
morning,  noon,  and  evening. 

In  the  Tropics  and  during  warm  weather,  horses,  except  when  they 
are  heated,  should  have  free  access  to  water  at  all  times. 

In  winter,  horses  that  are  tired  or  heated  should  be  given  water 
that  has  been  slightly  warmed .  In  warm  weather  and  in  the  Tropics, 


62  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

they  may  at  all  times  be  permitted  to  drink  freely  of  water  that  is  of 
the  same  temperature  as  that  of  the  air. 

In  taking  horses  to  water,  they  should  go  at  a  walk.  There  should 
be  no  crowding  or  hurrying,  and  each  animal  should  be  given  plenty 
of  time  to  drink  his  fill. 

In  camp,  where  water  is  obtained  from  a  river  or  a  stream,  horses 
must  be  watered  above  the  place  designated  for  bathing  and  for 
washing  clothing. 

In  watering  from  streams  whose  bottoms  are  of  mud  or  fine  sand, 
causing  the  water  to  become  roily,  buckets  or  improvised  troughs 
should  be  used . 

155.  Feeding1. — Forage  is  any  food  suitable  for  horses  and  can 
be  divided  into  two  general  classes,  hay  and  grain.     The  ration  must 
be  sufficiently  bulky  to  keep  the  stomach  and  intestines  partially 
filled  at  all  times,  as  the  process  of  digestion  is  best  carried  out  in 
this  state.     Without  sufficient  bulk,  conditions  can  not  be  main- 
tained, no  matter  how  nourishing  the  food. 

The  capacity  of  the  horse's  stomach  is  small  in  comparison  to  his 
size.  He  therefore  requires  to  be  fed  frequently. 

156.  Feeding-  tired  horses. — Exhausting  work  has  a  temporary 
weakening  effect  on  the  digestion,  and  tired  horses  should  be  allowed 
to  recover  from  its  effect  before  they  are  given  a  heavy  feed  of  grain. 
Give  such  animals  plenty  of  tepid  water,  a  few  pounds^  of  hay,  and 
good  care  until  the  system  has  recovered  from  exhaustion. 

Animals  that  have  been  kept,  from  food  for  a  long  time  should 
first  be  watered  and  given  a  small  feed  of  hay  to  partially  fill  the 
stomach  before  feeding  grain. 

157.  Feeding  Jiay. — It  is  best  not  to  give  any  hay  at  the  feed 
immediately  preceding  the  time  at  whic^h  animals  are  to  be  required 
for  work,  especially  work  at  the  fast  gaits.    When  the  work  is  done 
mostly  in  the  morning,  3  to  4  pounds  of  hay  may  be  fed  to  advantage 
with  the  noon  feed  of  grain,  the  remainder  of  the  hay  ration  being 
given  with  the  evening  feed. 

158.  Feeding  grain. — Grain  should  be  fed  three  times  daily, 
giving  the  largest  feed  at  night.     Should  it  become  necessary  to 
change  the  grain  ration,  as  from  oats  to  corn,  the  allowance  of  grain 
should  be  cut  down  to  one-half,  and  the  amount  gradually  increased 
until  the  animals  become  accustomed  to  it.    When  two  different 
grains,  such  as  corn  and  oats,  are  issued,  they  should  be  fed  sepa- 
rately, feeding  the  corn  at  night  as  it  takes  longer  to  thoroughly 
masticate  and  digest  it.     If  corn  and  oats  are  fed  together,  the  corn 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  63 

being  the  harder  will  not  be  properly  masticated,  and  a  portion  of 
its  nutriment  will  be  lost.  To  get  the  best  results,  horses  should 
be  fed  at  regular  hours,  and  it  is  absolutely  necessary  that  the  food 
be  pure,  clean,  and  sound. 

159.  Time  required  for  eating. — It  takes  a  horse  from  5  to 
10  minutes  to  eat  1  pound  of  grain,  and  from  15  to  20  minutes  to  eat 
1  pound  of  hay. 

160.  The  forage  ration. — The  forage  ration  for  a  horse  is  14 
pounds  of  hay  and  12  pounds  of  oats,  corn,  or  barley;  for  a  field  artil- 
lery horse  of  the  heavy  draft  type  weighing  1,300  pounds  or  over, 
17  pounds  of  hay  and  14  pounds  of  oats,  corn,  or  barley;  for  a  mule, 
14  pounds  of  hay  and  9  pounds  of  oats,  corn,  or  barley.     To  each 
animal  3  pounds  of  bran  may  be  issued  in  lieu  of  that  quantity  of 
grain. 

161.  Hay. — Hay  is  any  good  grass  cut  at  the  proper  time  and  well 
cured. 

162.  Characteristics  of  'good  hay. — Good  hay  should  be  mod- 
erately fine,  somewhat  hard  to  the  touch,  sound,  sweet  smelling, 
well  cured,  and  free  from  weeds.     The  color  should  be  a  bright 
natural  green,  and  should  give  an  idea  of  newness.     The  flowering 
heads  of  the  grasses  ought  to  be  present  and  should  not  shell  out 
when  rubbed.    When  chewed,  it  should  have  a  mild,  pleasant  taste. 

163.  Defects  in  hay. — Hay  may  be  badly  cured,  overripe,  mow 
burned,  caked  in  the  bale,  dusty,  musty,  or  moldy.     All  such  hay- 
is  unfit  to  use  and  should  be  put  aside  and  reported  to  the  organi- 
zation commander. 

164.  Badly  saved  hay. — Badly  saved  hay  is  such  as  results  from 
getting  wet  while  being  cured.     If  not  dusty  or  moldy,  it  may  be 
fed,  but  it  does  not  have  the  full  nutritive  value. 

165.  Overripe  hay. — Overripe  hay  is  yellow,  dry,  and  hard, 
with  the  leaves  broken  off  and  the  heads  shelled  out.     Such  hay  is 
of  no  more  value  than  straw. 

166.  Mow-burned  hay. — Mow-burned  hay  is  the  result  of  over- 
heating in  the  stack,  due  to  being  stored  away  while  damp.     Such 
hay  varies  in  color  from  light  brown  to  dark,  or  almost  black.     The 
stalk  is  dry  and  brittle  with  a  bitter,  pungent  odor  and  taste.     Such 
hay  should  not  be  used  as  it  may  produce  digestive  derangements 
and  kidney  diseases. 

167.  Hay  caked  in  the  bale. — Baled  hay  that  externally  has 
a  good  appearance  but  does  not  spring  apart  when  the  wires  are 
taken  off  has  been  baled  wet,  and  presents  the  same  appearance  as 
mow-burned  hay.     Such  hay  is  unfit  for  use. 


64  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

168.  Dusty  hay. — Dusty  hay,  due  to  gradual  dry  decay  frora 
long  exposure  to  the  sun  or  attacks  of  insects,  produces  dry  coughs 
and  digestive  derangements  and  should  not  be  used. 

169.  Musty  and  moldy  hay. — Musty  or  moldy  hay  is  readily 
recognized  by  the  presence  of  the  white  mold  on  the  leaves  and 
stalks;  when  shaken,  it  gives  off  a  very  irritating  dust.    This  hay 
is  bitter  to  the  taste  and  its  use  is  dangerous.    Where  no  other  hay 
or  roughage  is  available,  it  may  be  used,  but  it  must  be  opened  out 
and  dried,  well  shaken  to  get  rid  of  the  mold,  and  wet  with  salt 
water — a  tablespoonful  of  salt  to  a  bucket  of  water.     Its  effect  must 
be  carefully  watched  and  it  should  be  fed  only  when  no  other  hay 
can  be  obtained. 

Horses  can  not  be  fed  on  grain  alone,  so  if  hay  is  not  obtainable  a 
substitute  must  be  found. 

170.  Grain  hay. — Hay  made  from  oats,  wheat,  and  barley,  cut 
before  it  is  matured  is  frequently  used.     Such  hay  contains  a  pro- 
portion of  grain  which  reduces  the  bulk  of  the  ration.    To  allow  for 
this  the  grain  ration  should  be  reduced  about  3  pounds  and  the 
hay  increased  the  same  amount. 

171.  Straw. — Clean  straw  of  oats,  wheat,  barley,  and  rye,  and, 
in  the  Tropics,  rice  straw  may  be  fed  when  hay  can  not  be  obtained, 
but  it  must  be  clean,  sound,  and  free  from  dirt  and  weeds.     Dried 
corn  fodder  may  also  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  hay. 

172.  Green  forage. — When  green  grass  or  green  corn  fodder  is 
fed  in  lieu  of  hay,  the  average  proportion  allowed  is  3  pounds  of 
green  food  to  1  pound  of  hay,  or  42  pounds  of  green  food  daily. 
Care  must  be  taken  that  green  foods  are  not  piled  up  and  allowed  to 
heat  before  feeding,  for  this  will  cause  scouring  and  colic. 

173.  Grazing. — Grazing  is  very  beneficial  and  advantage  should 
be  taken  of  every  opportunity  to  give  the  horses  a  bite  of  grass. 
In  turning  horses  out  for  the  first  time  to  graze,  care  must  be  taken 
that  they  do  not  overeat. 

Grazing  on  wet  or  frosted  alfalfa  or  clover  must  not  be  permitted, 
as  flatulent  colic  is  almost  sure  to  result. 

174.  Grains. — Grains  are  not  the  natural  food  of  the  horse, 
but  they  are  necessary  to  obtain  from  horses  the  maximum  amount 
of  energy  they  are  capable  of  yielding.    All  grains  do  not  have 
the  same  feeding  value;  oats,  corn,  and  barley  have  been  found 
to  give  the  best  results. 

175.  Oats. — Oats  are  the  best  and  most  valuable  grain  for  horses. 
The  oat  is  composed  of  two  parts,  the  hull  or  husk  and  the  kernel. 
The  larger  the  kernel,  in  proportion  to  the  hull,  the  better  the  oat. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  65 

The  husk  is  thinner  in  white  oats  than  in  the  red  and  black  varieties. 
The  short  plump  oat  is  a  heavy  one,  while  the  longer  and  more 
bearded  the  oat,  the  lighter  it  is. 

176.  Weight  of  oats. — The  legal  weight  of  a  bushel  of  oats  is 
32  pounds,  but  northern  oats  often  weigh  as  much  as  45  pounds  to 
the  bushel. 

177.  Feeding  oats. — Oats  are  fed  whole,  it  being  only  necessary 
to  grind,  crush,  or  steam  them  for  animals  with  poor  teeth. 

178.  Characteristics  of  oats. — Oats  should  be  short  and  plump, 
of  good  color,  hard  to  the  feel,  rattling  when  poured  out  on  a  solid 
surface,  without  smell,  breaking  across  when  bitten,  and  having- 
the  taste  of  good  oatmeal.    They  should  also  be  free  from  dirt, 
stalks,  stems,  and  seeds  of  other  plants. 

179.  Defects  in  oats. — Oats  may  be  clipped,  foxy,  bleached  or 
sulphured,  damp,  sprouting,  musty,  or  moldy.     All  defective  grain 
should  be  put  aside  and  reported  at  once. 

180.  Clipped  oats. — Clipped  oats  are  oats  from  which  the  beards 
have  been  removed  by  passing  them  over  a  revolving  screen.     This 
process  produces  a  shorter,   plumper  looking  grain,  which  packs 
better  and  weighs  more  to  the  bushel.    The  cut  ends  may  be  seen, 
and  if  the  hand  is  put  deep  into  the  sack  the  clipped  beards  may  be- 
found  adhering  to  it  on  removal.     If  such  oats  are  clean  and  sound, 
the  process  does  not  detract  from  their  value  as  a  food. 

181.  Foxy  oats. — When  oats  are  stored  before  they  are  suffi- 
ciently dried,   they  become  heated,   their  color  is  changed  to  a, 
deep  yellow  or  brown,  both  the  husk  and  the  kernel,  and  they 
acquire  a  peculiar  bitter  odor  and  taste.     Such  oats  are  termed 
foxy.    They  are  unfit  for  food. 

182.  Bleached  or  sulphured  oats. — Foxy  oats  are  sometimes 
bleached  with  the  fumes  of  sulphur  to  destroy  their  color  and  smell, 
but  the  process  does  not  remove  the  stain  or  bitter  taste  from  the 
kernel.     To  detect  this  fraud,  rub  a  small  quantity  of  the  suspected 
oats  between  the  palms  of  the  hands  until  they  become  warm, 
or  heat  over  a  fire;  when  warmed  they  give  off  the  characteristic 
odor  of  sulphur.     Such  oats  are  not  fit  to  use. 

183.  Damp  oats. — When  oats  have  been  wet  and  sufficient  time 
has  not  elapsed  to  allow  of  their  heating  and  spoiling,  they  may  be 
fed,  even  though  soft. 

184.  Sprouting  oats. — Such  oats  are  unfit  for  food. 

185.  Musty    oats. — Mustiness   is   a    condition   resulting    from 
dampness.    Musty  oats  are  easily  recognized  by  their  softened, 


66  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

discolored  kernel  and  hull,  and  their  bitter  and  musty  taste  and 
smell.  They  are  unfit  for  food,  and  are  sometimes  poisonous, 
producing  diseases  of  the  digestive  organs  and  kidneys. 

186.  Moldy  oats. — Moldy  oats  are  in  a  state  of  positive  decay, 
and  are  absolutely  unfit  for  food.    They  are  recognized  by  their 
softened,  rotten  condition,  and  by  the  presence  of  the  mold  on 
the  hull. 

187.  Corn. — Corn  is  a  very  good  substitute  for  oats,  but  is  less 
desirable  by  reason  of  its  tendency  to  produce  heat  and  fat.     It  is 
therefore  most  useful  in  cold  climates  where  more  than  the  usual 
amount  of  animal  heat  is  required. 

188.  Feeding  corn. — Corn  may  be  fed  whole,  either  shelled  or 
on  the  cob,  or  it  may  be  crushed.     It  is  usually  given  as  a  part 
ration  only. 

189.  Characteristics  of  corn. — Corn  should  be  dry,  hard,  of 
bright  color,  and  free  from  dirt;  when  bitten  into  it  should  taste 
sweet  and  have  no  distinct  smell. 

Heated,  discolored,  or  moldy  corn  is  unfit  to  use. 

190.  Weight  of  corn. — Seventy  pounds  of  corn  on  the  cob  should 
make  1  bushel  or  56  pounds  of  shelled  corn. 

191.  Kafir   corn — Milo   maize. — In   emergencies,    both   these 
grains  may  be  fed  the  same  as  corn.    Weight,  56  pounds  to  the 
bushel. 

192.  Barley. — Barley  is  a  very  good  horse  feed,  and  may  be  used 
as  a  substitute  for  oats.     It  may  be  fed  whole,  but  is  better  crushed 
or  soaked  in  water  for  two  or  three  hours  before  feeding.     Weight,  48 
pounds  to  the  bushel. 

193.  Characteristics  of  barley. — Barley  should  be  plump  and 
short,  hard,  with  a  thin  wrinkled  skin  and  small,  fine,  but  not 
shrunken  ends.     It  should  be  of  a  pale  golden  yellow  color,  and 
free  from  odor,  dirt,  and  discolored  grains. 

194.  Spelt  or  emmer. — This  grain  resembles  barley  and  may 
be  used  in  the  same  way. 

195.  Bye. — Rye  may  be  fed  in  emergencies  in  quantities  not 
exceeding  8  to  10  pounds  a  day. 

196.  Wheat. — Wheat  is  not  a  satisfactory  food  for  horses,  and 
should  be  used  only  in  cases  of  emergency.     It  is  fed  in  quanti- 
ties not  exceeding  6  pounds  daily. 

197.  Flour. — Flour  may^be  fed  to  horses,  but  it  should  be  made 
into  a  sloppy  gruel  before  giving. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  67 

198.  Bice. — Unhusked  rice,  after  the  horses  become  accustomed 
to  it,  is  a  useful  grain,  and  as  much  as  14  pounds  may  be  fed  daily. 
Only  unhusked  or  unthrashed  rice  should  be  used. 

199.  Linseed  meal  (flaxseed  meal,  oil  meal). — An  excellent 
food  for  horses  that  have  become  run  down  in  condition.     It  has  a 
slightly  laxative  action,  produces  an  oily  skin  and  a  sleek  glossy 
coat,  and  may  be  given  with  other  feed  in  quantities  of  from  J  to  1 
pound  daily. 

200.  Bran. — Bran  is  an  excellent  food  for  the  horse.     Fed  once 
or  twice  a  week  in  the  form  of  a  mash  it  proves  a  mild,  beneficial 
laxative.    When  used  continuously,  the  animal  system  becomes 
accustomed  to  it  and  the  laxative  property  is  less  marked.     Dry 
bran  in  small  quantities  is  said  to  have  a  constipating  effect. 

201.  Characteristics  of  bran. — Bran  should  be  light  in  weight, 
dry,  sweet,  flaky,  free  from  lumpa  and  dirt,  and  sweet  to  the  taste. 

202.  Bran  mashes. — A  bran  mash  is  made  by  pouring  boiling 
water  on  2  or  3  pounds  of  bran  in  a  bucket.     A  tablespoonful  of  salt 
may  be  added,  and  the  whole  covered  up  and  set  aside  until  suffi- 
ciently cool. 

INDICATIONS  OF  DISEASE. 

203.  Loss  of  appetite. — Loss  of  appetite  is  usually  one  of  the 
first  indications  of  disease.     It  may,  however,  be  due  to  overeating, 
excitement,  or  fatigue. 

204.  The  pulse  in  disease. — Any  deviation  from  the  normal, 
strong,  full,  and  regular  pulse  indicates  an  abnormal  condition. 

A  rapid,  full,  bounding  pulse  is  found  in  the  first  stages  of  fever. 

A  weak,  small,  and  rapid  pulse  occurs  in  the  later  stages  of  fever 
and  is  an  indication  of  great  weakness. 

A  quick,  feeble,  fluttering  pulse  indicates  the  approach  of  death. 

An  abnormally  slow  pulse  denotes  disease  or  injury  to  the  brain 
or  spinal  cord. 

205.  Breathing  in  disease. — Difficult  or  rapid  breathing  in 
animals  at  rest  is  a  prominent  symptom  of  disease  of  the  respiratory 
organs;  it  may  also  l>e  observed  in  some  cases  of  flatulent  colic. 

206.  Temperature  in  disease. — In  fever  or  in  diseases  of  an 
inflammatory  nature  the  temperature  of  the  body  rises  above  the 
normal  standard  .^    In  contagious  diseases  a  rise  of  temperature  often 
precedes  any  visible  symptoms,  a  fact  which  is  of  great  importance 
in  detecting  and  weeding  out  suspected  animals. 


68  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

When  in  a  locality  where  such  diseases  as  surra,  influenza,  or 
contagious  pneurqonia  are  known  to  exist,  early  morning  tempera- 
tures of  all  the  animals  of  the  organization  should  be  taken  regularly 
every  day,  or  at  least  every  other  day.  Any  animal  showing  a  tem- 
perature of  102°  F.,  or  over,  should  be  isolated  at  once. 

CARE  OF  THE  SICK. 

207.  Nursing. — By    nursing  is   meant  the   prompt  and   well- 
directed  attention  to  the  comforts  and  needs  of  the  patient.     Good 
nursing  is  therefore  of  the  utmost  importance  in  the  care  of  the  sick 
and  injured. 

208.  The  sick  stall. — The  first  and  most  important  point  is  to 
place  the  sick  animal  in  a  clean,  light,  well-ventilated  box  stall, 
free  from  drafts  and  located  as  far  as  possible  from  other  animals. 
Clean  bedding  should  be  provided  and  the  stall  kept  free  from 
manure  and  moisture.     If  such  a  stall  can  not  be  obtained,  a  double 
stall,  with  the  kicking  bar  removed  and  ropes  or  bars  placed  across 
the  back  of  it,   will  answer  the  purpose.     During  cold  seasons, 
paulins  or  horse  covers  may  be  hung  in  such  a  manner  as  to  protect 
the  patient  from  drafts,  care  being  taken  to  allow  sufficient  air  to 
enter  this  improvised  stall. 

Horses  suffering  from  diseases  of  the  nervous  system,  such  as  teta- 
nus, require  to  be  kept  absolutely  quiet,  and  must  be  removed  as 
far  as  possible  from  all  noise.  It  is  best  that  only  one  man  be  allowed 
to  attend  them,  as  a  change  of  attendants  may  cause  excitement  and 
thus  increase  the  severity  of  the  disease. 

A  horse  suffering  from  colic  requires  a  well  bedded  space  suffi- 
ciently large  to  prevent  injuring  himself  while  rolling  during  the 
spasms  of  pain.  In  such  cases  a  man  should  be  constantly  in  attend- 
ance, as  the  animal  may  become  cast  and  unable  to  get  up  without 
assistance. 

In  the  field  sick  animals  should  be  kept  by  themselves  and  made 
as  comfortable  as  circumstances  may  permit. 

209.  Clothing. — Clothing,  when  required,  should  be  provided 
according  to  the  season.    It  should  be  light  as  well  as  warm,  and 
should  be  changed,  brushed,  and  aired  at  least  once  a  day. 

210.  Bandaging  for  warmth. — When  circumstances  require  it, 
the  legs  should  be  well  hand-rubbed  and  wrapped  in  flannel  band' 
ages  evenly  and  loosely  applied.    Bandages  should  be  changed  and 
the  legs  well  rubbed  twice  daily. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  69 

211.  Shoes. — Animals  which  are  likely  to  remain  on  sick  report 
for  some  time  should  have  their  shoes  removed. 

212.  Feeding  sick  horses. — Only  the  choicest  food,  and  food 
suitable  to  the  requirements  of  each  case,  should  be  provided.     The 
grain  ration  must  be  reduced,  and  the  appetite  tempted  with  daintily 
prepared  food,  such  as  fresh  grass,  bran  mashes,  carrots,  or  steamed 
oats.    Green  alfalfa,  or  cured  alfalfa  which  has  been  soaked  for  an 
hour  or  two  in  clean  water  to  which  a  small  quantity  of  salt  has  been 
added,  is  usually  eaten  with  great  relish. 

A  lump  of  rock  salt  should  be  kept  in  the  manger  at  all  times. 

Food  should  be  given  often  and  only  in  such  quantities  as  the 
patient  will  readily  eat.  The  feed  should  be  placed  within  easy 
reach,  and  any  portion  left  over  should  be  at  once  removed  and  the 
feed  box  thoroughly  cleaned — washed. 

Food  that  is  wet,  such  as  bran  mashes  or  steamed  oats,  soon  sours 
in  warm  weather  and  gets  cold  or  may  freeze  during  the  winter.  If 
eaten  in  this  condition  it  may  cause  diarrhea  or  colic. 

Horses  suffering  from  colic  should  have  food  withheld  for  at  least 
12  hours  after  all  pain  has  disappeared,  and  then  fed  only  in  small 
quantities  during  the  next  24  hours. 

213.  Watering  sick  horses. — A  supply  of  fresh  water  should  be 
kept  constantly  within  reach  and  changed  at  least  three  times  a  day 
or  oftener  in  warm  weather. 

214.  Grooming  sick  horses. — Horses  that  are  weak  and  de- 
pressed should  not  be  worried  with  unnecessary  grooming.     Such 
animals  should  be  carefully  hand-rubbed  or  wisped  at  least  once  a 
day,  and  their  eyes,  nostrils,  and  docks  should  be  wiped  out  with  a 
sponge  or  soft  cloth.    The  feet  must  also  be  cleaned. 

Animals  that  are  only  slightly  indisposed  should  be  groomed  in 
the  usual  way. 
Animals  with  tetanus  should  not  be  cleaned  at  all. 

215.  Utensils  to  he  kept  clean. — Buckets,  feed  boxes,  mangers, 
and  all  utensils  used  in  or  about  the  sick  stall  must  be  kept  abso- 
lutely clean. 

CARE  OF  THE  INJURED. 

216.  Seriously  injured  animals. — When  an  animal  is  seriously 
injured  and  stands  with  difficulty,  it  should  be  placed  in  slings 
(p>ar.  243,  fig.  37)  to  partially  support  the  weight  of  the  body.    For 
slinging,  a  single  stall,  having  a  level  floor,  free  from  bedding,  is 
more  suitable  than  a  large  one. 


70  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

217.  Slightly  injured  animals. — When  an  animal  is  but  slightly 
injured  there  is  no  necessity  of  placing  it  in  slings.     An  ordinary 
stall  with  a  level  floor  is  all  that  is  required. 

After  an  injury  has  been  dressed  the  patient  should  be  allowed 
to  stand  without  being  disturbed.  If  very  lame  and  movement  is 
painful,  the  quieter  he  is  kept  the  more  quickly  will  recovery  take 
place. 

218.  Best. — Absolute  rest  and  perfect  quiet  are  essential,  and 
when  secured  they  hasten  the  process  of  recovery  without  inflicting 
unnecessary  pain. 

219.  Restraint  of  injured  animals. — In  some  cases  it  becomes 
necessary  to  restrain  the  animal  so  that  he  can  not  injure  himself 
by  rubbing  or  biting  the  affected  parts.     This  may  be  done  by  cross- 
tying  (see  par.  235),  or  by  the  use  of  the  neck  cradle  (par.  233,  fig.  30), 
or  side  rod  (see  par.  234,  fig.  31). 

220.  Bandaging  injured  parts. — Bandages  are  used  on  the  legs 
of  injured  animals  to  check  bleeding,  to  protect  the  injured  parts, 
and  to  support  packs  used  in  applying  hot  and  cold  lotions.     Band- 
ages should  be  adjusted  evenly,  and  not  so  tight  as  to  cause  pain 
or  obstruct  the  circulation. 

22 1 .  Feeding,  watering,  and  grooming  of  injured  animals. — 
See  paragraphs  211,  212,  213. 

MISCELLANEOUS  . 

222.  Feeding  horses  that  bolt  their  feed.— -Horses  that  eat 
rapidly  and  greedily  are  said  to  bolt  their  feed.    To  compel  such 
animals  to  eat  more  slowly,  let  1  pound  of  dry  bran  form  a  part  of 
each  feed,  or  place  several  large  round  stones  in  the  feed  box  among 
the  grain. 

223.  Feeding  idle  horses. — Horses  which  for  any  reason  are 
compelled  to  stand  idle  for  a  day  or  more  should  have  their  grain 
ration  reduced  to  6  or  7  pounds  a  day,  depending  upon  the  condition 
of  the  horses,  and  2  pounds  of  bran  in  the  form  of  a  mash  should  form 
a  part  of  each  daily  ration. 

224.  Feeding    thin    horses    and    delicate    feeders. — Such 
animals  should  be  kept  by  themselves  and  fed  a  little  at  a  time  and 
often.    The  diet  should  be  changed  frequently,  and  should  consist 
of  grass,  alfalfa,  bran,  either  dry  or  in  the  form  of  a  mash,  linseed 
meal,  steamed  oats,  and  hay  slightly  damp  and  sprinkled  with  salt. 
A  supply  of  fresh  water  should  be  kept  constantly  within  reach. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  71 

225.  Halter  pulling. — Halter  pullers  may  be  secured  by  fasten- 
ing ropes  or  chains  across  the  stall  behind  them,  or  they  may  be 
turned  loose  in  a  box  stall.    The  habit  may  be  broken  in  the  earlier 
stages  by  a  slip  noose  about  the  flank,  the  rope  being  carried  forward 
between  the  front  legs,  through  the  halter  ring,  and  fastened  securely 
to  the  manger  or  a  post.    To  prevent  injury,  a  folded  sack  or  piece  of 
cloth  should  be  secured  beneath  the  rope  at  the  point  where  it 
passes  over  the  back. 

226.  Windsucking  and  crib  biting. — These  are  incurable  vices 
which  usually  increase  with   age.    Causes  unknown.    They  are 
thought,  however,  to  be  a  result  of  idleness,  and  to  be  learned  by 
imitation.     Keep   such  horses  by   themselves   to   prevent   others 
from  learning  the  habit.     Place  them  in  smoothly  finished  stalls 
without  mangers  or  racks  and  feed  off  the  floor. 

227.  Condition. — Condition  is  fitness  for  work.     Horses  that 
have  been  idle  from  injury  or  disease  are  not  in  condition,  and 
should  not  be  put  to  hard  or  fast  work  until  they  have  received 
from  one  to  three  weeks'  preparation  in  the  way  of  gradually  increas- 
ing exercise.    Walking  is  the  exercise  which  develops  muscles; 
walking  alternated  with  steady  short  trots,  is  the  best  method  of 
getting  horses  in  shape. 

227  J.  Exhaustion. — Exhausted  horses  should  receive  a  good 
stimulant  (aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia,  nitrous  ether,  etc.),  and  their 
legs  and  body  should  be  well  rubbed  and  massaged.  They  should 
also  be  provided  with  a  good  bed.  If  on  the  march  they  should  be 
unsaddled  or  unharnessed,  a  rest  should  be  permitted  and  a  drink  of 
water  provided,  after  which  they  may  be  taken  slowly  to  camp.  In 
hot  weather  put  the  animal  in  the  shade  and  apply  ice  or  cold  water 
to  the  head.  In  cold  weather  blanket  the  body  and  bandage  the 
legs.  When  rested,  feed  bran  mashes,  grass,  hay,  and  steamed  oats. 


CHAPTER  IV. 
RESTRAINT  AND  CONTROL  OF  ANIMALS. 

228.  The  object  of  restraint  is  to  quiet  or  secure  the  animal 
in  such  a  manner  that  it  may  neither  injure  itself  nor  those  that  are 
handling  it.  All  experience  demonstrates  that  animals  which  are 
most  refractory  and  vicious  under  harsh  and  violent  management 
will  become  reassured  and  tractable  when  treated  with  ordinary 
kindness  and  gentleness.  Nervous  and  excitable  animals  especially 
should  be  dealt  with  quietly,  so  as  to  calm  them  and  gain  their  con- 
fidence when  they  are  about  to  be  submitted  to  restraint  and  pain. 
Noise  and  excitement  should  be  avoided  as  much  as  possible,  and 
the  preliminary  stages  of  applying  apparatus  of  restraint  gone  through 
steadily,  intelligently,  and  with  gentle  hands  and  voice. 

The  apparatus  should  inconvenience  or  pain  the  animal  as  little 
as  possible,  and  it  ought  to  be  readily  applicable  reliable  when  in 


FIG.  28.— Twitch.    (From  Flemming's  Operative  Veterinary  Surgery.) 

use,  and  easily  removed  when  no  longer  required.  The  respiration 
should  be  interfered  with  as  little  as  possible.  The  horse  and  mule 
breathe  only  through  the  nostrils;  therefore,  these  should  be  kept 
free  and  open.  The  trachea,  chest,  and  flanks  should  not  be  pressed 
upon,  as  difficulty  in  respiration  alone  will  cause  violent  struggling 
and  may  result  in  suffocation. 

229.  The  kind  of  restraint  to  be  used  will  generally  depend 
not  only  upon  the  nature  of  the  purpose  for  which  it  is  intended, 
but  also  upon  the  disposition  or  temperament  of  the  horse.     The 
horse  is  secured  in  the  standing  position  by  the  head  or  legs  or  both. 

230.  Securing-  the  head. — The  head  is  usually  secured  by  means 
of  a  switch,  blindfold,  neck  cradle,  or  side  rod. 

231.  The  twitch  (fig.  28). — The  twitch  is  a  severe  instrument  of 
control,  and  should  not  be  applied  unless  absolutely  necessary.    It 

72 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


73 


is  too  frequently  used  on  horses  which  could  be  more  easily  and 
humanely  managed  by  gentleness,  patience,  and  tact. 

The  ordinary  twitch  is  a  round  piece  of  wood,  from  1  to  5  feet  in 
length,  and  l|  to  2  inches  in  diameter,  with  a  hole  near  one  end 
through  which  a  piece  of  cord  is  passed  and  tied  in  a  loop  sufficiently 
large  to  allow  the  closed  fist  to  pass  through  easily. 

The  loop  is  passed  over  the  upper  lip,  which  is  seized  by  the  hand 
and  drawn  forward,  care  being  taken  to  turn  the  edges  of  the  lip  in 
to  prevent  injury  to  the  mucous  membrane;  the  cord  is  then  twisted 
by  turning  the  stick  until  sufficient  pressure  is  obtained,  which  is 
usually  manifested  by  the  closing  of  the  animal's  eyelids. 


FIG.    29.— Blindfold.    (From    Flemming's 
Operative  Veterinary  Surgery.) 


FIG.  30.— Neck  cradle.  (From. 
Flemming's  Operative  Veteri- 
nary Surgery.) 


232.  The  blindfold  (fig.  29). — Sudden  deprivation  of  sight  often 
so  alarms  or  stupefies  horses  that  they  are  rendered  quite  docile,  or 
at  least  more  manageable,  while  if  really  vicious  they  can  not  take 
advantage  of  a  favorable  opportunity  to  injure  those  around  them. 

Any  nontransparent  covering  will  exclude  the  vision;  an  empty 
grain  sack,  towel,  or  piece  of  cloth  tied  across  the  face  from  one  side 
of  the  halter  or  head  stall  to  the  other,  but  the  leather  mule  blind 
or  the  operating  hood  is  best  if  available. 

233.  The  neck  cradle  (fig.  30  6).— The  neck  cradle  allows  lateral 
and  downward  movements  of  the  head  to  only  a  limited  extent.     This 


74 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


may  be  used  to  prevent  the  animal  from  biting  and  tearing  his 
wounds,  the  dressings,  or  the  blanket. 

It  is  composed  of  from  8  to  12  round  pieces  of  hardwood,  about  1J 
inches  in  diameter  and  about  18  inches  in  length,  pierced  at  each 
end  by  a  hole,  through  which  a  cord  passes.  These  rods  are  kept 
3  or  4  inches  apart,  either  by  knots  on  the  cords  or  by  short  pieces  of 
wood  perforated  from  end  to  end,  and  strung  on  the  cord  between 
the  rods.  The  ends  of  the  cords  are  tied  on  the  upper  border  of  the 

neck  and  so  adjusted  that  the  upper 
ends  of  the  rods  are  just  back  of 
the  lower  jaw,  the  lower  ends  rest- 
ing on  the  shoulder  at  the  seat  of 
the  collar. 

234.  The  side  rod  (fig.  31).— 
The  side  rod  is  a  round  wooden  rod, 
from  3J  to  4  feet  in  length,  with  a 
cord  or  small  strap  and  buckle  at 
each  end.    One  end  (A)  is  attached 
to  the  nose  band  of  the  halter,  while 
the  other  (B)  is  fastened  to  a  sur- 
cingle firmly  secured  around    the 
body  at  the  girth.    The  side  rod  is 
used  to  prevent  the  tearing  of  dress- 
ings or  clothing  with  the  teeth. 

235.  Cross  tying.  —  Cross  tying 
is  useful  in  keepng  an  animal  from 
lying  down,  and  in  preventing  the 
tearing  of  dressings  or  clothing  with 
the  teeth. 

It  consists  in  typing  the  head  in 
an  elevated  position  with  two  tie. 
ropes,  one  attached  on  either  side 

of  the  halter  to  the  rings  in  the  nose 
band>  and  ^  Qne  ^  either  gide 

of  the  stall,  in  such  a  manner  as 


FIG,  3l.-Side  rod.    (From    Flem- 
mmg's   Operative  Veterinary   Sur-    band>  and 


not  to  allow  the  nose  to  be  lowered  below  the  point  of  the  shoulder. 
The  food  should  be  placed  in  a  raised  manger  or  rack. 

236.  Muzzles.  —  Muzzles  should  be  constructed  of  leather  or 
heavy  woven  wire,  and  should  have  a  snap  on  either  side  for  attach- 
ment to  the  side  rings  of  the  halter.  They  may  be  applied  to 
vicious  horses  that  bite,  or  to  animals  that  have  digestive  diseases  to 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  75 

prevent  their  taking  food.  They  are  useful  also  to  prevent  animals 
from  licking  their  wounds  or  tearing  their  dressings. 

237.  Securing  a  foreleg. — (a)  With  a  rope  or  strap:  A  rope  or 
a  strap  may  be  used  to  attach  the  pastern  to  the  forearm.  The  leg  is 
well  bent  at  the  knee,  and  the  rope  or  strap  is  attached  to  the  pastern 
by  means  of  a  loop  and  then  passed  around  the  forearm  and  back  to 
the  pastern  and  tied. 

A  broad  leather  strap  with  a  double  loop  and  a  strong  buckle  is  to  be 
preferred,  as  it  is  less  likely  to  injure  the  leg. 

(6)  The  side  line:  This  is  a  rope  about  20  feet  long,  with  a  loop  or 
a  hobble  strap  at  one  end.  The  loop  or  strap  is  put  around  the 


FIG.  32.— Securing  a  hind  leg  forward  by  side  line.    (From  Flem- 
ming's  Operative  Veterinary  Surgery.) 

Eastern  of  the  limb  to  be  raised,  and  the  rope  is  passed  over  the 
orse's  back  to  the  opposite  side,  where  it  is  held  by  an  assistant 
after  the  leg  has  been  lifted  up  and  well  flexed;  or  it  is  passed  in 
front  of  the  chest,  around  over  the  back  to  the  same  pastern,  where  it 
is  tied,  the  weight  and  strain  being  thus  thrown  on  the  back. 
The  side  line  may  also  be  used  in  securing  the  hind  leg. 

238.  Securing  a  hind  leg  f  orwardby  side  line,  first  method. — 
See  figure  32. 

239.  Securing  a  hind  leg  forward  by  side  line,   second 
method. — See  figure  33. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


FIG.  33.— Securing  a  hind  leg  forward  by  side  line.    (From  Flem- 
ming's  Operative  Veterinary  Surgery.) 


FIG.  34. — Securing  a  hind  leg  backward  by  side  line.    (From  Flemming's 
Operative  Veterinary  Surgery.) 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


77 


240.  Securing  a  hind  leg  backward  by  side  line  (fig.  34). — 
A  large  loop  of  the  side  line  is  thrown  over  the  neck,  and  the  rope 
carried  back  to  the  pastern  of  the  foot  to  be  secured,  and  by  one  or 
two  twists  aiound  itself,  is  brought  backwards  where  it  is  held  by  an 
assistant. 

241.  Securing  the  fore  and  hind  limbs  in  the  standing 
position. — See  figure  35. 

242.  Throwing  a  horse  down  by  means  of  a  rope  (fig.  36). — 
In  throwing  a  horse  down,  care  must  be  taken  to  throw  him  as 
quickly,  securely, 

and  safely  as  possi- 
ble. As  a  fall  is 
always  more  or  less 
violent,  it  is  neces- 
sary that  precau- 
tions be  taken  to 
prevent  injury, 
either  by  throwing 
the  horse  on  soft 
ground,  as  on  the 
lawn,  or  on  a  bed 
of  hay,  straw,  or 
similar  material, 
care  being  taken 
that  all  injurious 
bodies  such  as 
stones,  pieces  of 
wood,  iron,  nails, 
etc.,  be  removed 
from  the  ground  or  FIG.  35.— Securing  the  fore  and  hind  limbs  in  the  standing- 
floor  upon  which  P°sition.  (From  Flemming's  Operative  Veterinary  Sur- 

the  animal  is  to  be 

thrown.     The  size  of  the  bed  should  be  at  least  one  and  one-half 

times  the  length  and  height  of  the  horse. 

(a)  The  casting  rope  (fig.  36).— A  simple  way  of  throwing  a  horse 
is  by  means  of  a  strong  and  flexible  rope,  30  feet  long,  and  from 
three-fourths  to  1  inch  in  diameter.  This  is  doubled,  and  at  2  or  3- 
feet  from  the  bend  is  tied  into  a  knot. 

The  loop  thus  formed  is  passed  over  the  animal's  head  and  the- 
rope  adjusted  as  shown  in  figure  36.  A  strong  man  holds  the  horse's 


78  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

liead,  on  which  tfiere  is  a  strong  halter,  and  a  twitch  on  the  nose  if 
necessary. 

Two  or  three  assistants  pull,  at  a  given  signal  or  word,  each  rope 
backward,  this  draws  the  hind  legs  suddenly  upward  and  forward, 
the  animal  then  either  falls  or  is  easily  pushed  over  on  its  side, 
when  the  ropes  can  be  fastened  to  the  loop  around  the  neck  by 
means  of  several  half  or  double-half  hitches,  and  the  fore  limbs 
secured  to  the  hind  ones  by  the  same  means. 


FIG.  36. — The  casting  rope  applied.    (From   Flemming's   Operative   Veterinary 

Surgery.) 

As  soon  as  the  horse  falls  the  man  at  the  head  places  one  knee  on 
the  neck  and  raises  the  horse's  nose  from  the  ground,  turns  it  back 
toward  the  body  and  retains  it  in  that  position  until  the  animal  is 
released. 

243.  Slinging  the  horse  (fig.  37).— When  a  horse  is  so  severely 
injured  as  to  stand  with  difficulty,  or  if  it  is  desired  to  keep  him  in  the 
standing  position  without  allowing  him  to  move  about,  the  slings 
may  be  used.  Before  using,  all  parts  should  be  carefully  inspected 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


79 


to  make  sure  that  they  are  strong  enough  to  support  the  weight  of  the 
animal.  They  must  be  so  adjusted  as  to  fit  closely  behind  the 
elbows  in  such  a  manner  as  to  bear  the  weight  of  the  body  on  the 
chest  and  not  on  the  abdomen.  This  position  is  maintained  by  the 
use  of  the  breast  strap  and  breeching,  which  prevent  the  shifting  of 
the  body  girth.  The  slings  must  not  be  too  tightly  drawn;  the 
animal  should  stand  squarely  on  his  feet,  and  there  should  bo  just 


FlG.  37.— The  horse  in  slings. 

room  enough  between  the  front  border  of  the  body  girth'and  the  chest 
to  admit  the  insertion  of  two  fingers. 

The  slings  are  only  intended  to  aid  in  standing.  If  the  patient 
refuses  to  bear  weight  on  his  legs  and  attempts  "to  lie  down,  the  stall 
should  be  well  bedded,  the  animal  gently  lowered  to  the  floor,  and 
the  slings  removed. 

The  stall  in  which  the  slings  are  placed  should  be  level,  dry,  and 
free  from  bedding. 


CHAPTER  V. 
ADMINISTRATION,  ACTIONS,  AND  USES  OF  MEDICINES. 

244.  Administration  of  medicines. — Medicines  may  enter  the 
body  through  any  of  the  following  channels:  By  the  mouth;  by  the 
lungs  and  upper  air  passages;  by  the  skin,  externally ;  by  the  rectum ; 
by  the  skin,  hypodermically ;  by  injection  into  a  vein  (intravenously) 

245.  By  the  mouth.. — (a)  In  the  form  of  powders,  by  placing  the 
drug  upon  the  tongue  or  in  the  food.    When  given  in  tne  food  the 
powder  should  be  mixed  with  the  handful  of  wet  bran  or  oats,  for 
if  placed  in  the  dry  oats  the  powder  will  sift  through  them  to  the 
bottom  of  the  box  where  the  animal  will  not  get  it;  if  it  has  a  marked 
taste  it  should  be  well  covered  up  in  plenty  of  bran  mash. 

(6)  In  the  form  of  a  ball,  made  by  rolling  the  drug  in  tissue  paper 
or  by  putting  it  into  a  capsule. 

To  give  a  ball:  The  ball  is  held  by  the  four  fingers  of  the  right 
hand.  The  left  hand  grasps  the  horse's  tongue,  carefully  pulls  it 
out,  and  turns  it  upward  in  the  right  interdental  space  so  that  it 
opens  the  mouth.  With  the  right  hand  the  ball  is  carried  well  back 
into  the  mouth  and  dropped  at  the  root  of  the  tongue.  When  the 
right  hand  is  withdrawn,  the  left  hand  carries  the  tongue  to  the 
middle  of  the  mouth  and  releases  it.  When  the  tongue  is  released 
the  ball  is  carried  backward  into  the  pharynx  and  swallowed. 

(c)  In  the  form  of  a  drench,  by  first  elevating  the  head  and  then 
slowly  pouring  the  liquid  into  the  mouth.    This  is  a  difficult  pro- 
cedure at  times,  and  in  all  cases  needs  to  be  done  carefully  and 
slowly,  pouring  only  a  little  into  the  mouth  at  a  time  in  order  to  avoid 
wasting  the  medicine  and  to  prevent  choking  the  animal.     If  the 
animal  should  cough  the  head  must  be  lowered  at  once  to  allow  the 
liquid  which  has  entered  the  larynx  to  be  expelled. 

(d)  By  injecting  the  liquid  into  the  back  of  the  mouth  by  means 
of  a  syringe. 

246.  By  the  lungs  and  upper  air  passages. — Medicines  are 
brought  in  contact  with  the  mucous  lining  of  the  respiratory  tract 
by  inhalation.     Inhalations  are  given  by  placing  a  bucket  containing 
hot  water  or  scalded  bran,  to  which  1  ounce  of  turpentine,  carbolic 
acid,  or  creolin  has  been  added,  in  the  bottom  of  a  gunny  sack.    The 

80 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  81 

horse's  nose  is  then  inserted  into  the  top  of  the  sack  where  it  is  held 
from  20  to  30  minutes.  Or  hot  bricks  may  be  placed  in  a  pail  and 
tar  or  othei  medicine  poured  upon  them  and  the  animal  allowed  to 
inhale  the  vapor.  Liquids  should  under  no  consideration  be  injected 
or  poured  into  the  nostrils. 

247.  By  the  skin. — Medicines  are  applied  to  the  skin  for  their 
local  action  only:  (a)  To  destroy  parasites;  (6)  for  their  antiseptic 
action ;  (c)  for  their  soothing  or  stimulating  effect;  (d)  for  their  blister- 
ing action. 

248.  By  the  rectum. — Medicines  may  be  given  by  the  rectum 
when  the  animal  is  unable  to  swallow;  also  to  destroy  worms  in  the 
rectum,  and  to  cause  evacuation  of  the  bowel.    For  the  latter  pur- 
pose warm  water  is  most  useful. 

249.  By  the  skin,  hypodermically. — Medicines  are  given  under 
the  skin,  in  concentrated  form  (alkaloids),  when  prompt  action  is 
desired.     Such  medicines  are  to  be  used  only  as  directed  by  the 
veterinarian. 

250.  By  injection  into  a  vein. — Medicines  are  administered 
into  a  vein  when  rapid  action  is  required.     This  method  is  used  only 
by  veterinarians. 

WEIGHTS  AND  MEASURES. 

251.  Weights. 

60  grains  (gr.) 1  dram  (3). 

8  drams 1  ounce  (5). 

16  ounces 1  pound  (lb.). 

252.  Liquid  measure. 

60  minims  (min.) 1  fluid  dram  (f  3). 

8  fluid  drams 1  fluid  ounce  (f  3). 

16  fluid  ounces 1  pint  (Oi). 

32  fluid  ounces 1  quart  (Oil). 

4  quarts 1  gallon  (Ci). 

253.  Solutions  are  liquid  preparations  containing  substances 
which  readily  dissolve. 

(a)  A  saturated  solution  is  made  by  adding  to  a  liquid  all  of  a 
drug  that  the  liquid  will  dissolve. 
Cb)  To  make- 
One  per  cent  solution  of  creolin,  add  1  part  creolin  to  99  parts  water. 
Two  per  cent  solution  of  creolin,  add  2  parts  creolin  to  98  parts 
water. 


82  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

Three  per  cent  solution  of  creolin,  add  3  parts  creolin  to  97  parts 
water. 

Four  per  cent  solution  of  creolin,  add  4  parts  creolin  to  96  parts 
water. 

Five  per  cent  solution  of  creolin,  add  5  parts  creolin  to  95  parts 
water. 

Ten  per  cent  solution  of  creolin,  add  10  parts  creolin  to  90  parts 
water. 

Twenty  per  cent  solution  of  creolin,  add  20  parts  creolin  to  80  parts 
water. 

Fifty  per  cent  solution  of  creolin,  add  50  parts  creolin  to  50  parts 
water. 

Water  and  creolin  are  used  above  merely  as  example.  Other 
fluids — alcohol,  ether,  glycerine,  etc. — are  also  used  in  making 
solutions. 


(c)  To  make — 
One  per  cen 
parts  of  water. 


'ne  per  cent  solution  of  a  solid  drug,  add  1  part  of  the  solid  to  100 
of  ^ 


Two  per  cent  solution  of  a  solid  drug,  add  2  parts  of  the  solid  to  100 
parts  of  water. 

Three  per  cent  solution  of  a  solid  drug,  add  3  parts  of  the  solid  to 
100  parts  of  water. 

Four  per  ct?nt  solution  of  a  solid  drug,  add  4  parts  of  the  solid  to  100 
parts  of  water. 

Five  per  cent  solution  of  a  solid  drug,  add  5  parts  of  the  solid  to  100 
parts  water. 

Ten  per  cent  solution  of  a  solid  drug,  add  10  parts  of  the  solid  to 
100  parts  water. 

254.  Mixtures  are  liquid  preparations  containing  substances 
which  do  not  dissolve. 

255.  Liquid  measure — approximate  value. 

A  drop 1  minim. 

A  teaspoonful 1  dram. 

A  tablespoonful 4  drams  (J  ounce). 

Ordnance  tin  cup,  old  style 28  ounces. 

Ordnance  tin  cup,  new  style 22  ounces. 

One  minim  always  equals  one-sixtieth  part  of  a  dram;  a  drop  does 
not,  for  drops  of  various  liquids  differ  in  size  and  weight. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  83 

256.  Metric  measures. 

1  c.  c.  stands  for  1  cubic  centimeter  and  equals  16  minims. 
4  c.  c.  equal  1  dram  by  measure. 
30  c.  c.  equal  1  ounce. 
500  c.  c.  approximately  equal  1  pint. 
1,000  c.  c.  approximately  equal  1  quart. 

257.  Dry  measure — approximate  value. — An  ordnance  spoon 
holds  approximately  1  ounce  of — 

Salt, 

Zinc  sulphate. 
Lead  acetate. 
Potassium  nitrate. 

Potassium  permanganate,  etc.,  when  heaping  full. 
An  ordnance  spoon  holds  approximately  2  drams  of — 
Gentian. 
Fenugreek. 
Ginger. 
Nux  vomica,  etc. 

ACTIONS  AND  USES  OP  MEDICINES. 

258.  Antiseptics. — Agents,  used  on  or  in  the  body  in  the  treat- 
ment of  wounds  or  diseases,  which  prevent  the  growth  and  develop- 
ment of  germs.     Ex.:  Carbonic  acid,  bichloride  of  mercury,  iodine, 
creolin,  etc. 

259.  Anesthetics. — Agents  that  produce  loss  of  the  sense  of 
touch  or  pain.     Ex. :  Chloroform  and  ether. 

260.  Astringents. — Agents  which  contract  tissues  and  check 
secretions.     Ex.:  Alum,  zinc,  tannic  acid,  etc. 

261.  Anodynes. — Agents    which    relieve    pain.     Ex.:  Opium, 
belladonna,  cannabis  indica. 

262.  Antispasmodics. — Agents  which  prevent  or  allay  spas- 
modic   contraction    of    voluntary    or   involuntary    muscles.     Ex.: 
Belladonna,  cannabis  americana. 

263.  Alteratives. — Agents  which  reestablish  the  healthy  func- 
tions of  the  body.     Ex. :  Potassium  nitrate  and  potassium  iodide. 

264.  Carminatives. — Agents  which  aid  in  the  expulsion  of  gas 
from  the  stomach  and  intestines.     Ex. :  Ginger,  turpentine,  aromatic 
spirits  of  ammonia. 

265.  Caustics. — Agents  which  destroy  tissue  by  burning.     Ex.: 
Copper  sulphate,  lunar  caustic  (silver  nitrate). 


84  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

266.  Cholag-og-ues. — Agents  which  promote  secretion  of  bile. 
Ex.:  Calomel,  aloes. 

267.  Disinfectants. — Agents  which  destroy  the  germs  that  cause 
infectious  diseases.     Ex.:  Chloride  of  lime,  carbolic  acid,  creolin, 
formalin. 

268.  Deodorants. — Agents    which    disguise  or  destroy  odors. 
Ex. :  Creolin,  carbolic  acid. 

269.  Diuretics. — Agents  which  increase  the  excretion  of  urine. 
Ex. :  Nitrate  of  potash,  turpentine,  nitrous  ether. 

270.  Expectorants. — Agents  which  act  upon  the  mucous  mem- 
branes of  the  respiratory  organs  and  favor  the  removal  of  their 
secretions.    Ex. :  Ammonia  chloride,  tar,  turpentine. 

271.  Febrifuges  (antipyretics). — Agents  which  reduce  fever. 
Ex. :  Nitrous  ether,  quinine,  cold  water. 

272.  Laxatives. — Mild    cathartics.    Ex.:  Small    doses    of-   oil, 
bran  mash,  green  foods. 

273.  Purgatives     (cathartics). — Agents    which     empty    the 
bowels.    Ex.:  Aloes,  salts,  and  linseed  oil. 

274.  Parasiticides. — Agents  which  kill  animal  and  vegetable 
parasites  infesting  the  skin.     Ex.:  Carbolic  acid,  creolin,  salicylic 
acid. 

275.  Stomachics. — Agents    which     promote    digestion.     Ex.: 
Gentian,  ginger,  fenugreek. 

276.  Styptics. — Agents  which  check  hemorrhage.     Ex.:  Tinc- 
ture of  iron. 

277.  Stimulants.— Agents   which    promptly   but   temporarily 
increase  nervous  vigor.     Ex.:  Alcohol,  aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia, 
ether. 

278.  Sedatives. — Agents  which  soothe    the  nervous    system. 
Ex.:  Bromide  of  potassium,  cannabis  indica. 

279.  Tonics. — Agents  which  gradually  but  permanently  improve 
the  general  health  and  increase  vigor.     Ex. :  Iron,  sulphate,  gentian, 
nux  vomica. 

280.  Vesicants  (blisters). — Agents  which  cause  inflammation 
of  the  skin  with  a  discharge  of  serum  under  the  epidermis.     Ex.: 
Cantharides,  biniodide  of  mercury. 

Blistering. — Clip  the  hair,  and  brush  away  the  dirt  from  the  part 
to  be  blistered,  then  apply  the  blister  and  rub  briskly  for  from 
5  to  20  minutes,  the  amount  of  rubbing  depending  on  the  thickness 
of  the  skin  and  the  effect  desired .  The  longer  the  rubbing  is  kept  up 
the  more  severe  will  be  the  effect.  In  thin-skinned  horses,  rubbing 
for  five  minutes  is  usually  sufficient.  The  animal  should  then  be 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  85 

controlled  by  cross  tying  or  tying  the  head  up  short  to  prevent  him 
from  biting,  rubbing,  or  lying  on  the  blistered  area.  The  tail  must 
be  tied  up  if  within  reach  of  the  blister.  The  blister  should  be  left 
on  for  24  hours  and  then  washed  off  and  the  parts  kept  clean  and  well 
oiled  to  prevent  cracking  of  the  skin.  Blisters  should  not  be  applied 
to  the  back  of  joints  or  to  any  acutely  inflamed  parts. 

281.  Vermicides. — Agents  which  kiH  intestinal  worms.     Ex.: 
Turpentine,  copper  sulphate,  iron  sulphate. 

282.  Vermifuges. — Agents  which  remove  intestinal  worms  by 
purgation.     Ex.:  Aloes,  linseed  oil. 

MEDICINES. 

283.  Acetanilid. — Antiseptic.    Used   externally  as  a   dusting 
powder,  alone  or  in  combination  with  other  drugs. 

284.  Acid,     arsenious    (arsenic). — Irritant,    caustic    poison. 
It  is  sometimes  given  as  a  tonic  in  the  form  of  Fowler's  solution 
in  J  to  1  ounce  doses. 

285.  Acid,  boracic  (boric  acid). — Nonirritant  antiseptic.    Used 
in  all  strengths  up  to  a  saturated  solution  as  a  mild  soothing  anti- 
septic in  diseases  of  the  eyes,  and  as  a  wet  or  dry  dressing  for  wounds. 
Also  in  the  form  of  an  ointment  for  burns,  etc.,  strength  10  per  cent. 
Used  alone  or  in  combination  with  other  drugs. 

286.  Acid,  carbolic  (phenol). — A  caustic,  disinfectant,  and  anti- 
septic.    Pure  carbolic  occurs  in  crystals  which  may  be  dissolved 
by  heat  and  the  addition  of  glycerin,  alcohol,  or  water.    Carbolic 
acid  is  a  powerful  poison  and  is  readily  absorbed  from  raw  surfaces, 
hence  must  not  be  used  too  freely  in  strong  solutions.     A  5  per  cent 
solution  may  be  used  to  disinfect  the  unbroken  skin,  but  on  raw 
surfaces,  a  2  per  cent  solution  is  sufficiently  strong.    When  applied 
externally  in  full  strength  it  burns  the  skin  and  causes  it  to  turn 
white.     This  burning  action  may  be  stopped  by  the  application  of 
alcohol.     In  poisoning,  alcohol,  brandy,  or  whisky  should  be  given. 

287.  Acid,  salicylic. — A  useful  antiseptic,  but  irritating  to  the 
tissues  and  but  slightly  soluble  in  water.     A  saturated  alcoholic 
solution  is  of  value  in  the  treatment  of  indolent  sores  and  ulcers. 

288.  Acid,  tannic. — Astringent.     Dose  J  to  2  drams.     Useful 
internally  in  the  treatment  of  diarrhea  and  dysentery,  given  alone 
or  in  combination  with  other  drugs.     Externally  it  is  used  to  check 
bleeding  from  raw  surfaces;  in  solution,  in  alcohol  or  witch-hazel, 
it  may  be  used  to  harden  tender  shoulders.     It  is  also  useful  in  the 
form  of  an  ointment,  1  to  4,  for  scratches,  etc. 


86  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

289.  Alcohol. — Stimulant  and  antiseptic.     Dose  2  to  4  ounces 
in  a  pint  of  water  every  four  to  six  hours,  as  required.     Of  great 
value  in  the  treatment  of  debilitating  diseases. 

290.  Aloes,  Barbados. — Purgative.     Dose  6  to  8  drams.    This  is 
a  slow  but  powerful-acting  cathartic,  taking  about  24  hours  to  operate. 
Of  value  whenever  an  active  purge  is  desired.     May  be  given  in  the 
form  of  a  ball  or  in  solution  in  hot  water.     It  should  not  be  given 
when  there  is  great  weakness,  a  tendency  to  diarrhea,  or  in  respiratory 
diseases.     Ginger  is  generally  given  with  aloes  to  overcome  the 
griping  which  it  causes.  Drams. 

Aloes 6-8 

Ginger • 1-2 

Make  into  a  ball. 

291.  Alum.— Astringent  and  styptic.     Used  externally  in  the 
treatment  of  thrush.     In  a  2  per  cent  solution  it  is  valuable  as  a  wash 
for  sore  mouths. 

292.  Ammonia,  aromatic  spirits. — Stimulant  and  carminative. 
Dose  1  to  2  ounces  diluted  with  1  pint  of  water.     Of  great  value  in 
exhaustion,  and  in  the  treatment  of  colics. 

293.  Ammonia,   aqua  (solution  of  ammonia). — Used  exter- 
nally only  and  in  the  form  of  stimulating  liniments.  Parts 

Aqua  ammonia 1 

Turpentine. 1 

Olive  oil 2 

Shake  well  before  using. 

Of  value  to  relieve  the  pain  caused  by  insect  stings,  i.  e.,  bees, 
wasps,  etc. 

294.  Ammonia,    chloride    of. — Expectorant.     Dose,    2    to    4 
.drams.     Useful  in  all  irritable  conditions  of  the  respiratory  mucous 

membranes. 

295.  Belladonna,  fluid  extract  of. — Antispasmodic  and  ano- 
dyne.    Dose,  ^  to  2  drams.     Used  internally  in  colics  to  relieve  pain 
and  spasms.     Useful  in  eye  lotions  to  relieve  pain  and  to  dilate  the 
pupil.     In  the  treatment  of  painful  affections  of  the  eye  the  fol- 
lowing is  of  value: 

Zinc  sulphate grains. .     20 

Belladonna,  fluid  extract dram. .       1 

Water  to  make  4  ounces. 

Drop  a  few  drops  into  the  eye  twice  a  day  with  a  dropper. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  87 

296.  Camphor,  gum.— Antispasmpdic,  stimulant,  expectorant, 
antiseptic.     Dose,  1  to  2  drams.     It  is  useful  in  the  treatment  of 
diarrhea.     Externally  it  is  used  in  liniments  for  its  stimulating  and 
anodyne  actions.     A  useful  preparation  known  as  soap  liniment  is 
made  as  follows: 

Parts. 

Castile  soap 10 

Camphor,  gum 5 

Alcohol 70 

Water 1 15 

297.  Cannabis  indica  or  cannabis  americana,  fluid  extract 
of. — Anodyne,  antispasmodic.     Dose,   2  to  4  drams.     Very  much 
used  in  the  treatment  of  colics,  as  it  relieves  pain  without  causing 
constipation;  also  of  value  in  the  treatment  of  tetanus  to  control  the 
muscular  spasms. 

298.  Cantharides,  powdered  (Spanish  fly). — Vesicant.     Used 
only  for  its  blistering  effect,  made  up  in  an  ointment  with  cosmoline 
in  the  strength  of  1  part  cantharides  to  4  or  6  parts  of  cosmoline. 
Prepare  by  rubbing  the  ingredients  together  with  a  spatula. 

299.  Charcoal. — A  mild  antiseptic  and  deodorant.     Used  as  a 
dry  dressing  for  foul-smelling  wounds,  either  alone  or  in  combina- 
tion with  other  drugs. 

300.  Chloroform. — Antispasmodic,   anodyne,  and  carminative. 
Dose,  1  to  2  drams.     Local  anesthetic  when  rubbed  into  the  skin 
and  a  general  anesthetic  when  inhaled. 

301.  Creolin. — Disinfectant,  antiseptic,  parasiticide,  and  deo- 
dorant.    Used  principally  as  an  antiseptic  in  1  to  2  per  cent  solu- 
tions; also  in  the  same  strength  or  up  to  5  per  cent  to  destroy  para- 
sites of  the  skin.     Useful  in  the  form  of  an  ointment;  strength,  5  to  10 
per  cent.     To  disinfect  nail  wounds  in  the  foot  apply  creolin  full 
strength  on  cotton  or  oakum.     A  good  ointment  for  parasitic  skin 
diseases  is  made  as  follows : 

Parts. 

Acetanilid 10 

Creolin 5 

Cosmoline 20 

Melt  the  cosmoline  and  while  cooling  add  the  other  ingredients., 
Creolin  is  also  used  internally  as  a  vermifuge,  1  ounce  in  a  quart 
of  water,  given  on  an  empty  stomach.  To  kill  rectal  worms,  give 
1  ounce  creolin  in  a  quart  of  water  as.an  injection. 


88  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

302.  Chloro-naphtholeum  (Kreso). — Action  same  as  creolin, 
but  not  BO  useful,  being  more  oily  and  less  refined.     Principally 
used  as  a  disinfectant. 

303.  Collodion. — Used   as   a  protective   dressing   for   wounds. 
When  painted  on  the  skin  it  rapidly  dries  and  leaves  a  thin  pro- 
tective coating.    The  skin  must  be  dry  or  the  collodion  will  not 
adhere. 

304.  Cosmoline  (petrolatum,  vaseline). — Used  as  a  base  for 
ointments  and  as  a  soothing  agent  applied  to  blistered  or  abraded 
surfaces. 

305.  Digitalis,  fluid  extract  of. — A  dangerous  poison. 

306.  Ether,  spirits  nitrous  (sweet  spirits  of  niter) — Stimu- 
lant, an tispasmodic,  and  diuretic.     Dose,  1  to  2  ounces.     This  is 
one  of  the  most  generally  useful  drugs  we  have.     Used  in  the  treat- 
ment of  fevers,  especially  those  accompanied  by  weakness.     An 
excellent  remedy  in  the  treatment  of  colic,  combined  with  bella- 
donna or  cannabis  indica. 

307.  Ether,    sulphuric. — Stimulant,    an  tispasmodic,    carmina- 
tive, and,  when  inhaled,  anesthetic.     Dose,   1  to  2  ounces,  well 
diluted.     Useful  in   the   treatment  of  thumps.     Given  in  colics, 
especially  flatulent  colics,  to  diminish  the  production  of  gas  and 
cause  its  expulsion.     It  may  be  given  alone  or  with  other  drugs. 

308.  Flaxseed  meal  (linseed  meal). — A  laxative  food,  and  an 
excellent  poultice  material. 

309.  Formalin. — Antiseptic,  disinfectant,  and  deodorant.    Used 
externally  only.     It  is  very  irritating  and  should  not  be  used  stronger 
than  1  dram  to  a  quart  of  water  (approximately  one  two-hundredth) 
for  ordinary  purposes. 

310.  Genetian,  powdered. — Stomachic,  and  bitter  tonic.     Dose 
i  to  1  ounce.     It  increases  the  secretions  of  the  stomach  and  intes- 
tines and  improves  the  appetite.     Usually  combined  with  other 
drugs. 

311.  Gentian,  fluid  extract. — Action,  uses,  and  dose,  same  as 
the  powdered  drug.     May  be  given  diluted,  when  the  animal  will 
not  take  the  powder  in  the  feed. 

312.  Ginger. — Stomachic  and  carminative.     Dose,  2  drams  to  1 
ounce.     Used  in  indigestion  accompanied  by  flatulency.     Also  in 
combination  with  purgatives  to  hasten  their  action  and  lessen  the 
griping  caused  by  them. 

313.  Glycerine. — Used  as  a  base  in  the  same  manner  as  cosmo- 
line.     Used  internally  in  cough  mixtures  to  moisten  and  soothe  the 
throat.     The  following  is  a  useful  cough  remedy: 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  83> 

Fluid  extract  belladonna drams. .  4 

Nitrous  ether ounces. .  2 

Glycerine » . . do 2 

Water  to  make do 8 

Mix  and  give  one-half  ounce  three  times  daily. 

314.  Iodine   crystals. — Alterative,   absorbent,   and  antiseptic. 
Seldom    used   internally.     Used    externally,  iodine  is  a  powerful 
antiseptic.     The  tincture  is  made  by  dissolving  1  ounce  of  the  crys- 
tals in  a  pint  of  alcohol.    A  good  solution  for  external  use  is  made  as. 
follows: 

Iodine ounce. .       11 T       -, , 

Potassium  iodide do. ...       3 \L^L  f. 

Water .pint..       ij     solutlon- 

Either  the  tincture  or  the  solution  is  valuable  in  the  treatment  of 
wounds,  sores,  ulcers,  curbs,  splints,  enlarged  tendons,  etc.  For 
such  purposes  it  is  applied  once  or  twice  daily  with  a  small  cotton 
swab. 

315.  lodof  orm.     Antiseptic. — It  contains  more  than  90  per  cent 
of  iodine  and  is  a  valuable  agent  in  the  treatment  of  wounds.     It  may 
be  used  alone  or  in  combination  with  other  drugs,  as: 

Acetanilid  and  boric  acid,  equal  parts, 
lodoform  sufficient  to  give  a  light  yellow  color. 

316.  Iron,  tincture,  chloride  of. — Styptic  and  tonic.    A  valu- 
able agent  for  building  up  the  system  and  enriching  the  blood.     Use- 
ful during  recovery  from  debilitating  diseases.     Dose,  1  to  2  ounces,, 
well  diluted. 

317.  Iron,    sulphate    of. — Tonic,    astringent,    and   vermicide. 
Dose,  i  to  1  dram.    Used  internally  as  a  tonic  and  to  destroy  worms. 
Used  externally  as  an  astringent  dusting  powder. 

318.  Lead,  acetate  of  sugar  (sugar  of  lead). — Astringent. 
Used  externally  in  the  form  of  white  lotion,  for  its  cooling  and  sooth- 
ing action  in  the  treatment  of  sprains,  bruises,  itching  skin  diseases r 
cuts,  burns,  and  scratches.     All  local  conditions  with  heat,  pain,  and 
swelling  are  benefited  by  its  use.     White  lotion  is  made  as  follows: 

Lead  acetate ounce. .  1 

Zinc  sulphate do 1 

Water  to  make quart. .  1 

Shake  well  and  apply  several  times  daily. 


90  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

319.  Lime,  chloride  of. — Disinfectant  and  deodorant.     Must  be 
fresh  and  kept  in  sealed  jars.     Used  6  ounces  to  the  gallon  of  water  to 
disinfect  stables. 

320.  Liquor  cresolis  (solution  of  cresol). — Antiseptic  and  disin- 
fectant.   Used  externally  in  1  to  2  per  cent  solutions.    It  is  a  power- 
ful antiseptic  and  much  less  poisonous  than  carbolic  acid.     It  froms 
a  soapy  solution  and  is  a  very  efficient  cleaning  agent. 

321.  Lunar  caustic  (silver  nitrate). — Caustic.     Used  for  the 
removal  of  excessive  granulations  (proud  flesh)  and  warts  and  to 
stimulate  slow  healing  ulcers. 

322.  Mercury,  bichloride  of  (corrosive  sublimate). — Antisep- 
tic and  disinfectant.     Put  up  in  tablets  containing  7J  grains  of  mer- 
cury.   One  tablet  to  a  pint  of  water  makes  a  1-1000  solution,  the 
strength    most  commonly  used  in  the  treatment  of  wounds.     If  in 
bulk,  used  7J  grains  of  bichloride  of  mercury  to  a  pint  of  water,  and 
add  7J  grains  of  ammonium  chloride  or  table  salt  to  insure  solution  of 
the  mercury. 

323.  Mercury,  mild  chloride  of  (calomel). — Cholagogue,  purga- 
tive, antiseptic,  and  drying.     Dose,  J  to  1  dram.     Frequently  com- 
bined with  aloes  to  make  the  physic  ball : 

Calomel drams. .    J-l 

Aloes do 4-6 

Ginger do 1 

Water  to  make  a  ball. 

Used  externally  as  a  dry  dressing  in  the  treatment  of  thrush. 

324.  Mercury,  biniodide  of  (red  iodide).— Used  as  a  blister- 
ing agent  in  the  treatment  of  spavin,  splints,  ringbone,  sidebone, 
thickened  tendons,  etc. 

A  mercury  blister  is  prepared  as  follows: 

Parts. 

Biniodide  of  mercury 1 

Cosmoline  or  lard 5-6 

Mix  and  rub  together  thoroughly. 

325.  Nux  vomica,  fluid  extract  of. — A  nerve  stimulant  and 
tonic.     Dose,  1  to  2  drams.     Very  useful  in  the  treatment  of  debilitat- 
ing diseases.     Usually  given  with  o  ther  drugs,  gentian,  iron  sulphate, 
etc. 

326.  Nux  vomica,  powdered. — Action  and  dose  the  same  as 
the  fluid  extract.     These  drugs  must  not  be  given  for  more  than  five 
or  six  days  at  a  time,  as  poisoning  may  result. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  91 

327.  Oil,  linseed. — Laxative.     Dose,  1  to  2  pints.     Much  used 
in  the  treatment  of  colics.     The  raw  oil  should  always  be  used. 

328.  Oil,   olive. — Laxative.     Dose,    1   to   2  pints.     Principally 
used  in  making  oily  solutions  for  external  use  and  as  a  soothing 
application  in  irritable  conditions  of  the  skin. 

329.  Oil,     turpentine. — Stimulant,     diuretic,     antiepasmodic, 
antiseptic,  carminative,  expectorant,  and  vermicide.     Dose,  1  to  3 
ounces,  well ^ diluted  with  oil.     This  is  a  most  useful  drug  and  of 
great  value  in  the  treatment  of  colics,  especially  flatulent  colic. 
As  a  vermicide  a  single  large  dose,  2  to  4  ounces,  is  given  in  a  pint  of 
linseed  oil,  on  an  empty  stomach.     Used  externally  in  stimulating 
liniments  and  to  disinfect  nail  wounds.     Given  as  an  inhalation  in 
respiratory  diseases,  1  to  2  ounces  to  a  pail  of  boiling  water. 

330.  Opium,  tincture  of  (laudanum). — Anodyne,    and  anti- 
spasmodic.     Dose,  1  to  2  ounces.     It  checks  secretion  from  mucous 
membranes  and  is  of  value  in  the  treatment  of  diarrhea  and  dysen- 
tery. 

331.  Opium,  powdered. — Action  same  as  tincture.     Dose  1  to  2 
drams. 

332.  Potassium  arsenate,  solution  of  (Fowler's  solution). — 
Alterative  and  tonic.     Dose,  ^  to  1  ounce. 

333.  Potassium    bromide  .—Nerve    sedative.     Dose,    1    to    2 
ounces.     Used  to  allay  nervous  excitability.     In  tetanus  it  is  given 
in  very  large  doses,  2  to  8  ounces. 

334.  Potassium  iodide. — Alterative,  diuretic,  and  expectorant. 
Dose,  2  to  4  drams. 

335.  Potassium  nitrate    (saltpeter). — Alterative,    febrifuge, 
diuretic.     Dose,  2  to  4  drams.     Internally  much  used  in  the  treat- 
ment of  fevers.     In  the  treatment  of  laminitis  it  is  used  in  large 
doses,  2  to  4  ounces,  two  or  three  times  daily.     Externally  it  is  used 
as  a  cooling  lotion  in  the  treatment  of  sprains  and  bruises: 

Potassium  nitrate ounces. .       5 

Ammonia  chloride do 5 

Water pint. .       1 

Mix  and  keep  the  affected  parts  saturated  with  the  solution. 

336.  Potassium  permanganate. — Antiseptic,  disinfectant,  and 
deodorant.     Used  externally  as  an  antiseptic  in  the  treatment  of 
wounds,  1  to  2  drams  to  the  pint  of  water.     Full  strength  it  is  mildly 
caustic. 


92  MANUAL  FOK  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

337.  Quinine,  sulphate  of. — Tonic,  stomachic,  antiseptic,  and 
febrifuge.     Dose,  J  to  1  dram  three  times  daily.     Used  in  the  treat- 
ment of  all  febrile  (fever)  diseases. 

338.  Soap,  castile. — A  cleaning  agent.     Used  in  removing  grease 
and  dirt  from  the  skin  surrounding  the  margins  of  wounds.    Should 
not  be  applied  to  raw  surfaces.    Also  used  in  making  soap  liniment. 

339.  Sodium  bicarbonate. — Stomachic.     Dose,  2  to  8  drams. 
Used  externally  to  allay  itching  and  the  pain  of  slight  burns,  £  to  1 
ounce  to  a  pint  of  water.     Used  internally  in  chronic  indigestion. 

340.  Sulphur. — Parasiticide.     Used  in  the  form  of  an  ointment 
in  the  treatment  of  skin  diseases  such  as  mange  and  eczema: 

Parts. 

Sulphur 1 

Lard 4 

Apply  twice  a  day. 

341.  Tar,  pine. — Antiseptic,  cstimulant,  expectorant,  and  para- 
siticide.    Dose,  2  to  4  drams.     Used  as  a  protective  dressing  in  the 
treatment  of  corns  and  punctured  wounds  of  the  foot.     Also  in  the 
treatment  of  skin  diseases.     A  good  application  is  made  as  follows: 

Ounces. 

Tincture  iodine 2 

Sulphur 1 

Oil  of  tar 4 

Olive  or  linseed  oil  to  make  1  pint. 

Mix.     Shake  well  before  applying. 

First  thoroughly  cleanse  skin,  and,  when  dry,  rub  the  mixture  in 
well  and  leave  on  for  several  days.     Wash  off  and  repeat  if  necessary. 

342.  Witch  hazel. — Astringent.     Used  externally  as  a  cooling 
application  to  reduce  swelling  and  relieve  pain. 

343.  Zinc,    sulphate    of. — Antiseptic    and    astringent.     Used 
externally  in  the  form  of  white  lotion,  for  the  treatment  of  bruises, 
collar  sores,  sore  shoulders,  saddle  sores,  etc. 

344.  Zinc  oxide. — Mildly  astringent  and  antiseptic.     Used  as  a 
dry  dressing  for  wounds,  either  alone  or  in  combination  with  other 
drugs:  Zinc  oxide,  boric  acid,  and  acetanilid,  equal  parts. 

Also  used  as  an  ointment  in  the  treatment  of  abrasions  and 
scratches. 

Parts. 

Zinc  oxide 1 ' 

Cosmoline 4 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  9$ 

345.  Bandages. 

Flannel. — Use  chiefly  on  the  legs  for  warmth,  support,  protection, 
and  the  retention  of  dressings. 

Co^on.— Used  for  the  retention  of  dressings  and  the  protection  of 
wounds. 

346.  Dressings. 

Absorbent  cotton. — Used  as  a  substitute  for  sponges  in  the  cleansing 
of  wounds;  to  make  packs  by  soaking  it  in  medicinal  solutions;  and 
to  retain  dry  dressings  in  contact  with  the  surfaces  of  wounds. 

Antiseptic  gauze. — A  light,  loosely  woven  variety  of  cloth,  which 
has  been  saturated  with  an  antiseptic  and  dried.  Used  as  a  covering" 
for  wounds.  Gauze  must  be  kept  clean  and  the  par,,  that  is  to  come 
in  contact  with  the  wound  should  never  be  touched  with  the  fingers- 
or  hands. 

Oakum. — Prepared  fiber  from  old  ropes.  Used  principally  in. 
packing  horses'  feet.  It  may  also  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  sponges^ 
and,  in  the  absence  of  cotton  and  gauze,  as  a  covering  for  wounds. 

347.  Packs. — Packs  are  made  by  soaking  cotton,  gauze,  oakumr 
or  similar  material  in  hot  or  cold  medicinal  solutions,  after  which, 
they  are  applied  to  the  part  with  a  bandage. 

348.  Poultices. — Poultices  are  preparations  for  the  local  applica- 
tion of  heat  and  moisture.     They  are  made  usually  of  flaxseed  meal 
and  bran,  but  other  substances,  such  as  oatmeal  and  bread,  may  be 
used.    The  material  from  which  they  are  to  be  made  is  stirred  up 
in  hot  water  until  thick  and  pasty.     This  mass  is  then  spread  on  a- 
piece  of  sacking  or  cloth  of  any  kind  and  applied,  while  hot,  directly 
to  the  part  and  held  in  place  by  means  of  bandages  or  other  appli- 
ances.    When  poultices  are  intended  for  use  on  wounds,  such  as 
punctures  of  the  foot,  etc.,  from  2  to  4  drams  of  carbolic  acid  or 
creolin  should  be  added  to  the  mass  to  render  it  antiseptic. 

Poultices  are  most  useful  about  the  feet.  They  should  be  changed 
twice  daily  and  immersed  in  hot  water  every  hour  to  keep  them 
fresh  and  to  prevent  drying.  Their  application  should  not  be  con- 
tinued for  more  than  three  or  four  days  at  a  time. 

349.  The  field  medicine  chest. — The  following  supplies  are- 
ordinarily  sufficient  for  a  troop  of  cavalry  for  one  month,  and  are 
intended  for  use  in  the  field  when  no  veterinarian  accompanies  the 
troops.     They  should  be  carefully  and  tightly  packed  in  a  well  made 
box  with  a  hinged  lid,  hasp,  staple,  and  padlock.     The  drugs  should 
be  kept  in  glass  stoppered  bottles,  if  obtainable,  and  all  bottles  and 
boxes  should  be  plainly  labeled  with  name  and  dost  of  contents  and 
the  labels  well  pasted  on.     Use  the  oakum  for  packing  the  bottles,, 


94  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

and  as  it  becomes  used  up  for  other  purposes  replace  it  with  sacking 
or  other  suitable  material.  To  prevent  the  wasting  of  medicine  in 
the  field,  great  care  should  be  taken  not  to  make  up  at  anyone  time 
jnore  than  is  actually  needed. 

Basin,  granite,  1-quart 1 

Drenching  bottle,  pint,  leather  covered 1 

Twitch,  short,  to  fit  in  box 1 

Farrier's  instrument   pocket   case,    in   canvas    or 

leather  cover 1 

Eye  dropper 

Graduate  glass,  2-ounce 1 

Syringe,   metal   or  hard   rubber,    2   to   4   ounces 

capacity 1 

Extra  corks,  assorted  sizes dozen . .  1 

Ammonia,  aromatic  spirits  of ounces . .  8 

Ammonia  liniment do 8 

Belladonna,  fluid  extract  of .  .do 1 

Bandages,  cotton dozen. .  1 

Bandages,  flannel do J 

Bichloride  of  mercury  tablets ounces . .  2 

Ootton,  absorbent. . . : do 16 

Oannabis  Indica  or  Americana do 4 

€reolin  or  Kreso do 16 

Drying  powder. do 8 

Ether,  nitrous , do ....  8 

Eye   lotion,    saturated   solution   of   boracic   acid, 

ounces 4 

•Gauze,  antiseptic package. . 

Iodine,  tincture  of ounces . . 

Lead  acetate do 8 

Oakum pounds . .  2 

Potassium  nitrate. ounces . .  8 

Potassium  permanganate do 2 

Soap,  castile. pounds. .  1^ 

Tar,  pine do 1 

Zinc  sulphate ounces. . 

Zinc  ointment,  in  4-ounce  tins do 8 

Silk  for  sutures  and  needles  in  packet  case. 


CHAPTER  VI. 
WOUNDS  AND  THEIR  TREATMENT. 

WOUNDS. 

350.  A  wound  is  an  injury  to  any  part  of  the  body  involving  a 
separation  of  the  tissues  of  the  affected  part. 

Wounds  are  classified  as  incised,  lacerated,  punctured,  bruised,  and 
gunshot. 

Incised  wounds  are  clean  cuts  made  by  a  sharp  instrument. 

Lacerated  wounds  are  injuries  in  which  the  tissues  are  more  or  less 
torn.  They  are  made  by  blunt  objects,  such  as  hooks  and  the  teeth 
of  horses  and  mules. 

Punctured  wounds  are  made  by  pointed  objects,  such  as  nails, 
splinters,  thorns,  and  the  prongs  of  forks  and  rakes. 

Bruised  wounds  are  injuries  in  which  the  skin  is  not  broken, 
such  as  are  caused  by  falls,  kicks,  the  bumping  of  various  parts  of 
the  body  against  blunt  objects,  and  by  pressure  from  the  saddle  and 
collar. 

Gunshot  wounds  are  those  made  by  bullets  or  pieces  of  shell. 

DRESSINGS. 

351.  A  dressing  is  a  form  of  local  treatment  producing  a  contin- 
uous action.    It  consists  in  the  methodical  application,  upon  the 
eurface^of  a  wound,  of  medical  substances,  and  the  use  of  such 
protective  agents  as  gauze,  cotton,  or  oakum,  suitably  arranged 
and  held  in  position  by  bandages  or  other  means. 

Wounds  are  not  healed  by  treatment.  The  object  of  treatment 
is  to  keep  the  injured  parts  clean  and  protected,  and  nature  repairs 
them.  Cleanliness  is,  therefore,  the  all-important  principle  in  their 
handling.  Not  only  should  the  wound  itself  be  clean  but  also  the 
dressings,  the  instruments,  and  the  vessels  in  which  these  are  con- 
tained. 

The  person  doing  the  dressing  should  have  his  hands  thoroughlfi 
clean,  and  should  procure  in  a  clean  basin  or  bucket  an  antiseptic 

106233°— 17 7  95 


96  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

solution,  and  a  sufficient  quantity  of  clean  cotton,  gauze,  or  oakum. 
He  should  also  make  ready  the  necessary  instruments,  as  follows: 

Instruments. — Scissors,  knife,  forceps,  probe,  syringe,  and  a  needle 
and  some  thread,  if  required ;  all  to  be  clean  and  placed  in  a  tray  or  a 
basin  and  immersed  in  any  good  antiseptic  solution,  except  bichloride 
of  mercury,  which  will  corrode  them. 

GENERAL  TREATMENT  OF  WOUNDS. 

352.  Stop  the  bleeding  (hemorrhage). — If  bleeding  is  profuse 
and  from  large  vessels,  the  first  step  is  to  stop  the  flow  of  blood. 
This  may  be  done  by  grasping  the  bleeding  vessel  or  vessels  with 
the  forceps  and  tying  them  with  a  piece  of  silk,  string,  horsehair, 
or  any  suitable  material  which  may  be  at  hand. 

If  the  vessel  can  not  be  tied,  a  thick  pad  made  of  cotton,  gauze, 
oakum,  or  clean  cloth  may  be  made  and  bandaged  tightly  over  the 
wound.  This  arrangement  is  called  a  compress  and  should  not  be 
kept  on  for  more  than  three  or  four  hours,  after  which  it  must  be 
removed  and  a  clean  dressing  with  less  pressure  applied. 

If  the  wound  be  in  a  location  which  will  not  permit  bandaging, 
the  bleeding  may  be  stopped  by  packing  it  tightly  ^with  cotton  or 
gauze  held  in  place  by  stitches  in  the  skin  drawn  tightly  over  the 
packing. 

Slight  hemorrhages,  such  as  follow  injuries  to  the  small  vessels  and 
capillaries,  may  be  checked  by  baths  of  cold  water  or  by  compresses 
of  cotton  or  oakum,  either  dry  or  soaked  in  a  solution  of  tincture  of 
chloride  of  iron. 

353.  Clean  the  wound  and  remove  all  foreign  bodies. — When 
the  bleeding  has  stopped,  cut  the  hair  from  the  edges  of  the  wound 
and  remove  all  dirt,  clots  of  blood,  splinters,  and  foreign  bodies 
of  every  kind.    This  may  be  done  by  carefully  syringing  the  parts 
with  clean  warm  water,  or  a  warm  antiseptic  solution.    Foreign 
bodies  may  be  removed  with  the  forceps  or  by  passing  small  pieces 
of  cotton  soaked  in  an  antiseptic  solution  gently  over  the  surface  of 
the  wound .    These  pieces  of  cotton  must  be  thrown  away  after  us  ing 
and  not  put  back  in  the  solution.    The  object  of  this  is  to  keep  the 
solution  and  the  rest  of  the  material  clean.    Wounds  that  are  clean 
and  dry  should  not  be  washed. 

354.  Apply  an  antiseptic. — Tincture  of  iodine,  iodoform,  boracic 
acid,  or  a  solution  of  carbolic  acid,  creolin,  or  bichloride  of  mercury. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  97 

355.  Close  the  wound. — Sutures  and  bandages  are  used  for  this 
purpose,  but  no  wound  that  has  been  dirty  must  ever  be  entirely 
closed. 

Sutures  as  a  rule  may  be  dispensed  with  entirely.  They  may 
occasionally  be  used  in  parts  where  there  is  little  flesh,  such  as 
around  the  forehead,  eyelids,  and  nose.  They  are  less  useful  in 
fleshy  parts,  because  the  movements  of  the  muscles  and  the  swelling 
resulting  from  the  inflammation  of  the  injured  tissues  cause  them 
to  pull  out.  Again,  sutures  must  not  be  used  when  the  edges  of  the 
wound  are  badly  torn. 

In  applying  sutures,  the  borders  of  the  wound  must  be  brought 
together  in  their  natural  position,  care  being  taken  not  to  allow 
the  edges  of  the  skin  to  curl  inward.  The  thread,  with  the  aid 
of  a  needle,  is  passed  through  the  skin  at  one  side  of  the  wound 
and  out  at  the  other.  The  sutures  should  be  from  one-fourth  to 
one-half  an  inch  from  each  edge,  about  three-fourths  of  an  inch  apart, 
and  their  depth  should  be  about  equal  to  their  distance  from  the 
edge  of  the  wound.  They  should  be  drawn  just  tight  enough  to 
bring  the  edges  of  the  skin  together.  As  a  rule,  they  should  be 
removed  in  about  eight  days. 

356.  Drainage. — In  all  wounds  drainage  is  necessary  for  the 
removal  of  serum  and  pus  that  would  otherwise  accumulate  in  them. 
The  escape  of  such  material  must  be  provided  for  at  the  lowest  part 
of  the  wound.    If  the  wound  be  a  vertical  (upright)  one,  this  may  be 
accomplished  by  leaving  out  a  stitch  at  the  bottom.    In  horizontal 
wounds  (wounds  running  lengthwise  with  the  body),  a  small  vertical 
opening  must  be  made  below  the  line  of  stitches. 

357.  Drassings. — Wounds  that  have  been   sutured   and   also 
wounds  that  are  to  be  treated  without  suturing,  should  be  dried 
carefully  with  dry  gauze  or  cotton,  painted  with  tincture  of  iodine, 
or  dusted  with  an  antiseptic  powder,  covered  with  dry  gauze  or 
cotton  and  a  bandage  applied.    Or,  cotton  soaked  in  an  antiseptic 
solution  may  be  put  on  and  held  in  position  by  a  bandage,  care 
being  taken  to  avoid  undue  pressure. 

If  the  location  of  the  wound  will  not  permit  bandaging,  the  in- 
jured parts  may  be  painted  with  tincture  of  iodine  or  dusted  with  an 
antiseptic  powder,  and  covered  with  a  clean  piece  of  cloth  or  gunny 
sack,  the  inside  of  which  may  be  lined  with  a  piece  of  gauze  large 
enough  to  cover  the  wound. 

358.  Best  and  restraint. — This  will  depend  entirely  upon  the 
^ture  and  extent  of  the  wound.     If  the  injury  be  slight,  the  animal 


98  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

may  continue  at  work;  otherwise  he  may  be  kept  in  a  box  stall, 
cross- tied,  or  placed  in  slings. 

359.  After  care. — All  wounds  should  be  kept  dry,  and  dressings 
should  be  changed  only  often  enough  to  keep  the  wound  clean. 
As  little  washing  as  possible  should  be  done,  and  the  parts  should  be 
.sopped  instead  of  rubbed.     After  cleaning  and  drying  a  new  dressing 
must  be  applied. 

360.  Flies. — The  healing  of  wounds  that  can  not  be  covered  is 
sometimes  retarded  by  the  presence  of  flies.     Such  wounds  should 
be  painted  once  or  twice  daily  with  either  of  the  following  prepara- 
tions: 

A.  B. 

Creolin,  £  ounce.  Carbolic  acid,  3  ounces. 

Oil  of  tar,  1  ounce.  Camphor,  8  ounces. 

Oil,  olive,  10  ounces.  Mix. 

Mix. 

361.  Maggots  (screw  worms). — Wounds  sometimes  get  fly- 
blown and  maggots  appear.     Their  presence  is  recognized  by  a  thin 
bloody  discharge  from  the  wound  and  the  red,  angry  appearance  of 
its  edges.     If  the  bottom  of  the  wound  is  carefully  examined,  move- 
ment of  the  worms  may  be  seen. 

Treatment. — With  forceps,  pick  out  all  the  worms  that  are  visible 
and  wipe  out  the  cavity  with  a  swab  of  cotton  that  has  been  saturated 
with  a  solution  of  carbolic  acid  1  to  5.  Or  turpentine  1  part  and 
olive  oil  3  parts  may  be  used  in  the  same  way. 

362.  Excessive    granulations    (proud    flesh). — In    sluggish, 
•slow-healing  wounds,  small  rounded,  fleshy  masses  are  often  formed, 
which  protrude  beyond  the  edges  of  the  wound .     These  fleshy  masses 
are  called  excessive  granulations  or  proud  flesh.   . 

Treatment. — The  growths  must  be  kept  down  by  the  use  of 
astringents,  or  caustics,  such  as  alum,  nitrate  of  silver,  or  sulphate  of 
copper  or  zinc. 

SPECIAL  TREATMENT  OF  WOUNDS. 

363.  Incised  wounds. — See  "General  treatment  of  wounds.'* 
Lacerated  wounds.— Trim  away  all  torn  and  ragged  edges  and  treat 

as  directed  under  general  treatment  of  wounds.     If  pockets  are 
iormed,  provide  drainage. 

Punctured  wounds. — .Punctured  wounds,  except  those  around 
joints,  should  be  carefully  probed  to  ascertain  if  any  foreign  bodies 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  99 

are  present.  If  so,  they  must  be  removed,  and,  if  the  wound  runs 
in  a  downward  direction,  an  opening  should  be  made  a  little  lower 
down  to  allow  for  drainage.  The  wound  is  then  swabbed  out  with  a 
strip  of  gauze  that  has  been  saturated  with  tincture  of  iodine,  or  it 
may  be  syringed  out  very  carefully  with  an  antiseptic  solution,  care 
being  taken  not  to  force  the  stream  in  a  downward  direction.  After 
cleaning  the  interior,  a  dusting  powder  should  be  applied  to  the  sur- 
face. 

364.  Punctured  wounds  or  joints  and  tendon  sheaths. — 
Punctures  of  the  synovial  membrane  of  joints  or  tendons,  which  allow 
the  synovia  to  escape,  are  always  serious  and  often  result  in  perma- 
nent disability  or  death  of  the  animal .     The  conditions  are  commonly 
known  as  open  joint  and  open  bursa,  respectively, 

Treatment. — Do  not  probe  unless  a  foreign  bpdy  is  known  to  be 
present,  as  the  introduction  of  the  probe,  even  though  clean,  may 
injure  the  delicate  structures  of  the  joint  or  tendon  sheath. 

Remove  the  hair;  cleanse  the  parts,  but  do  not  use  the  syringe; 
paint  the  opening  of  the  wouna  with  tincture  of  iodine,  apply  a 
biniodide  of  mercury  blister,  and  cover  with  gauze  and  a  bandage. 
Place  the  animal  in  slings  or  a  cross- tie;  clean  the  wound  daily,  if 
required ;  paint  with  tincture  of  iodine,  and  rebandage.  If  the  wound 
be  a  large  one,  omit  the  blister  and  treat  with  antiseptics. 

Feed  laxative  foods  and  keep  fresh,  cool  water  before  the  animal  at 
all  times. 

BRUISED   WOUNDS    (CONTUSIONS)   AND  ABRASIONS. 

365.  Under  this  heading  are  considered  sore  backs  and  sore  shoul- 
ders, etc.;  otherwise  known  as  chafes  emd  galls  of  the  back  or  shoul- 
ders or  any  part  that  comes  in  contact  with  the  saddle,  harness,  or 
equipment. 

366.  Sore  backs. — This  term  includes  all  injuries  produced  by 
the  pressing  or  rubbing  of  any  part  of  the  saddle  or  saddle  equipment 
against  the  skin  and  its  underlying  tissueSj  the  nature  and  severity 
of  such  injuries  depending  upon  the  amount  of  pressure  and  the  length 
of  its  duration. 

Sway-backed  horses,  roach-backed  horses,  horses  with  bulging 
barrels  or  barrels  tapering  upward  and  backward,  or  horses  with 
abnormally  high  or  abnormally  low  withers,  are  more  liable  to  such 
injuries  than  others. 

Causes. — 1.  Faulty  placing  of  the  saddle,  i.  e.,  too  far  forward  or 
too  far  back.  2.  Improper  folding  of  the  blanket  ^blanket  wrinkled, 


100  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

dirty,  and  containing  sand,  burrs,  splinters,  thorns,  etc.,  in  its  folds. 
3.  Improper  adjustment  of  the  equipment,  and  unequal  distribution 
of  weight.  4.  Drawing  the  cincha  too  tight  and  improper  adjust- 
ment of  the  cincha  and  quarter  straps.  5.  Poor  riding,  i.  e.,  lounging 
in  the  saddle  and  shifting  from  one  side  to  the  other.  6.  Improper 
adjustment  of  the  stirrup  strap,  i.  e.,  too  long  or  too  short  or  unequal 
in  length.  7.  Long  continuous  work  under  the  saddle.  8.  Pro- 
fused  sweating  and  rain. 

Symptoms. — Hard,  hot,  painful  swellings,  appearing  usually 
within  an  hour  after  unsaddling.  These  lesions  are  best  detected 
by  passing  the  hand  over  the  back,  when  swelling  and  tenderness 
may  be  discovered. 

^  As  a  result  of  continuous  pressure  the  skin  of  ten  becomes  bloodless, 
dies,  dries  up,  and  gets  hard  and  leatherlike.  This  dead  piece  of 
skin  is  called  a  sitfast.  Later,  if  the  animal  is  continued  in  use,  the 
skin  sloughs  off,  leaving  raw  sores  of  various  sizes  and  depths.  In- 
juries to  the  withers  or  along  the  top  of  the  spine,  frequently  ter- 
minate in  abscesses.  (See  Abscess.) 

Treatment. — Ascertain  and  remove  the  cause,  if  possible.  In  fresh 
cases,  apply  cold  irrigations  or  baths  with  gentle  hand  rubbing. 
This  is  to  be  followed  by  the  application  of  cold  in  the  form  of  packs 
saturated  and  kept  wet  with  cold  water  and  held  gently  in  position 
by  means  of  a  surcingle  or  bandage.  The  pad  may  be  of  oakum, 
or  it  may  be  made  by  folding  a  gunny  sack  three  or  four  times.  Ice 
packs  or  cold  lotions  may  also  be  used. 

Injuries  to  the  withers  and  ridge  of  the  spine  should  be  irrigated 
or  bathed  with  cold  water,  but  without  pressure  and  without  massage. 

When  sitfasts  appear,  apply  warm  baths  or  warm  linseed  poultices 
until  the  dead  skin  becomes  loose;  itis  then  removed  with  the  forceps 
and  a  knife,  after  which  the  injury  is  treated  with  tincture  of  iodine 
or  an  antiseptic  powder. 

Slight  galls,  chafes,  or  abrasions  (spots  rubbed  bare)  are  treated 
with  white  lotion,  zinc  oxide  ointment,  powdered  boracic  acid,  or  a 
solution  of  tannic  acid  1  ounce  in  a  pint  of  witchhazel  or  alcohol. 

Prevention. — Adjust  carefully  and  properly  the  saddle,  the  blanket, 
and  the  equipment;  keep  the  blanket  clean,  dry,  and  free  from  for- 
eign material;  sit  properly  in  the  saddle,  and  dismount  frequently 
and  walk. 

After  long  marches,  loosen  the  cincha  slightly  and  leave  the  saddle 
on  for  from  30  minutes  to  an  hour  after  dismounting.  Where  an 
injury  has  occurred,  the  blood  vessels  are  compressed  and  almost 
bloodless.  If  pressure  be  now  suddenly  and  completely  removed, 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  101 

blood  is  vigorously  forced  into  the  paralyzed  \eseels  and  may  rup- 
ture their  walls.  On  the  other  hand,  if  the  saddle  be  allowed  to 
remain  for  some  time  in  position,  circulation  may  be  gradually  re- 
stored without  injury. 

367.  Injuries  from  packsaddles  and  aparejos. — The  causes, 
nature,  and  treatment  of  these  injuries  are  the  same  as  those  produced 
by  the  riding  saddle. 

368.  Sore  shoulders. 

Causes. — Dirty,  ill-fitting,  and  improperly  made  collars;  excessive 
weight  of  the  pole,  causing  pressure  on  the  top  of  the  base  of  the 
neck;  improper  adjustment  of  the  hames  or  trace  plates;  unequal 
length  of  traces;  working  with  head  drawn  to  one  side;  long  con- 
tinuous work  in  the  harness;  rough  roads,  and  poor  driving. 

Treatment. — Same  as  for  sore  backs  (par.  366). 

Prevention. — Fit  the  collars  properly  and  keep  them  clean;  keep 
the  mane  closely  trimmed  at  tne  base  of  the  neck;  adjust  the  pole 
chains  properly,  and  drive  with  care. 

369.  Bruises  of  the  limbs. 

Causes. — Kicks,  falls,  treads,  and,  in  draft  animals,  blows  from 
the  pole. 

Treatment. — Cold  irrigations  and  cold  packs.  When  the  inflams 
mation  is  reduced  apply  tincture  of  iodine  or  a  blister,  if  required. 

GUNSHOT   WOUNDS. 

370.  Gunshot  wounds  are  those  made  by  bullets  or  pieces  of  shell. 
Treatment. — Do  not  probe  for  bullets  unless  they  can  be  distinctly 

felt  through  the  skin.  Leave  them  where  they  are  and  they  will 
either  become  embedded  in  the  tissues  or  expelled  by  the  proces- 
of  suppuration  (formation  of  pus). 

The  tract  of  tne  bullet  must  not  be  irrigated  nor  should  any  attempt 
be  made  to  explore  its  depths.  The  point  of  entrance,  and  that  of 
exit,  too,  if  there  be  one,  should  be  treated  locally  with  antiseptics, 
preferably  tincture  of  iodine. 

The  animal  should  be  watched  daily  for  the  formation  of  an  abscess 
which  may  develop  and  disclose  the  location  of  the  bullet. 

SEROUS  SACS. 

37 1 .  By  the  term  serous  sac  is  meant  a  collection  of  serum,  a  straw- 
colored,  sometimes  bloody,  watery  fluid,  under  the  skin. 

Causes. — Blows  and  bruises,  particularly  about  the  buttocks. 


102  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

Symptoms--  -A  tmifoznily  soft,  painless,  fluctuating  swelling,  vary- 
ing in  size  from  that  of  an  egg  to  a  man' s  head .  They  often  resemble 
windgalls  and  hernias  (ruptures  of  the  abdominal  wall),  from  which 
they  must  be  carefully  differentiated. 

Treatment. — Bathe  twice  a  day  for  a  week  with  cold  water,  and 
follow  each  bath  by  applications  of  white  lotion.  If,  at  the  end  of 
this  time  the  swelling  has  not  disappeared,  apply  tincture  of  iodine 
pr  a  blister.  About  two  months  are  required  to  effect  a  cure.  Open- 
ing the  enlargement  is  inadvisable  and  should  be  left  to  the  vet- 
erinarian. The  animal  may  be  worked,  except  when  the  swelling 
is  so  located  as  to  be  injured  by  the  saddle  or  harness. 

SUPPURATION — ABSCESS. 

372.  Suppuration. — By  this  term  is  meant  the  formation  and 
discharge  of  j>us  (matter). 

An  abscess  is  a  local  collection  of  pus  in  the  tissues  of  any  part  of 
the  body.  From  eight  days  to  two  or  three  weeks'  time  is  usually 
required  for  its  development. 

Causes. — It  is  usually  the  result  of  an  inflammation  caused  by  an 
injury.  Abscesses  also  frequently  occur  in  the  course  of  certain 
diseases,  such  as  distemper,  pneumonia,  and  pharyngitis. 

Symptom. — Heat,  pain,  and  swelling  in  the  injured  part.  The 
swelling  is  at  first  small  and  hard.  It  gradually  increases  in  size, 
however,  and  finally  becomes  soft  and  elevated  in  the  middle  into 
a  prominent  hairless  spot.  This  is  called  pointing  or  coming  to  a 
head.  In  a  few  days  after  pointing  begins  the  abscess  opens  and  its 
contents  (pus)  escape. 

Treatment. — Small  abscesses  in  the  early  stages  may  be  scattered 
by  the  application  of  cold  packs  or  tincture  of  iodine.  The  best 
results,  however,  are  usually  obtained  by  the  use  of  warm  baths  or 
warm  linseed  poultices.  When  the  swelling  becomes  soft  in  the  center, 
it  should  be  opened  at  its  lowest  point,  using  a  sharp  instrument  to 
cut  through  the  skin  and  a  blunt  one  to  enlarge  the  opening  and 
prolong  it  into  the  cavity  of  the  abscess.  A  sharp  instruments  must 
not  be  deeply  inserted  into  the  cavity,  as  large  blood  vessels  may  be 
injured  and  fatal  bleeding  follow. 

After  opening,  the  cavity  must  be  flushed  once  or  twice  daily 
with  an  antiseptic  solution  until  pus  ceases  to  flow. 

Abscesses,  like  serous  sacs,  sometimes  resemble  windgalls  and 
hernias  from  which  they  must  be  carefully  differentiated,  as  opening 
a  hernia  would  be  fatal. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


103 


BURNS   AND   SCALDS. 

373.  Treatment. — Bathe  or  tie  up  the  parts  with  any  mild 
antiseptic  solution,  or  dust  the  surface  with  borac  acid  or  flour  and 
cover  with  cotton  and  a  bandage-.     If  sloughing  occurs,  treat  as  an. 
ordinary  wound. 

INJURIES  RECEIVING  SPECIAL  NAMES. 

374.  Capped  elbow  (shoe  boil). 

Causes. — A  bruise  at  the  point  of  the  elbow  produced  by  lying 
upon  a  hard  unbedded  floor. 

Symptoms. — A  hot,  painful  swelling  at  the  point  of  the  elbow. 

Treatment. — Cold  irrigations  and  white 
lotion  baths.  After  the  inflammation  has 
been  reduced,  apply  tincture  of  iodine 
daily  or  blister,  if  an  abscess  forms  and 
the  swelling  bursts,  syringe  out  daily  with 
an  antiseptic  solution.  Cross-tie  the  ani- 
mal during  treatment.  Operative  meas- 
ures must  be  left  to  the  veterinarian. 

Prevention. — Keep  the  stall  floor  level 
and  give  plenty  of  bedding. 

375.  Capped  hock  (fig.  38). 
Causes. — A  bruise  to  the  point  of  the 

hock  caused  by  lying  upon  hard,  un- 
bedded floors,  and  by  kicking  against  the 
stall  or  other  hard  objects. 

Symptoms. — A  hot  painful  swelling  at 
the  point  of  the  hock. 

Treatment. — Same  as  for  capped  elbow. 

Prevention. — If  due  to  kicking  in  the 
stall,  pad  the  heel  posts  with  gunny  sacks 
and  straw.  If  due  to  lying  on  a  hard 
floor,  provide  a  good  bed. 

376.  Fistulous  withers  (fig.  39).— 
An  abscess  in  the  vicinity  of  the  withers 
having  a  chronic  discharge  of  pus  from 


FIG.  38,  5.— Capped  hock. 


one  or  more  openings.     It  may  involve  the  soft  structures  only,  or  it 
may  extend  to  the  bones. 

Causes. — Bruises,  usually  from  the  saddle  or  collar. 

Symptoms  and  treatment. — See  abscesses,  paragraph  372. 


104 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


377.  Poll  Evil  (fig.  40). — An  abscess  in  the  region  of  the  p>oll. 

Causes. — Bruises  caused  by  the  animal  striking  the  poll  against 
some  overhead  object,  or  by  pressure  due  to  pulling  back  on  the 
halter. 

Symptoms  and  treatment. — See  abscesses,  paragraph  372. 


FIG.  39.— Fistulous  withers. 


378.  Hope  burns.— Abrasions  or  lacerations  usually  at  the 
back  of  the  hind-pasterns. 

Causes.— ^Getting  the  foot  over  the  halter  shank,  picket  line,  or 
lariat.  It  is  generally  the  result  of  leaving  the  halter  shank  too  long 
in  tying. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  10£ 

Symptoms. — The  injury  may  be  a  simple  chafe  of  the  skin  or  it 
may  involve  the  underlying  tendons  and  ligaments. 

treatment. — Trim  away  all  torn  and  ragged  edges,  clean  the  wound 
thoroughly  and  apply  an  antiseptic.  See  paragraphs  347,  354,  357, 


FIG.  40.— Poll  evil. 

358,  and  359.  Should  the  parts  at  any  time  become  dry,  hard,  and 
painful,  they  may  be  softened  by  daily  applications  of  zinc  oxide 
ointment  or  creolin  and  olive  oil  (creolin  J  ounce,  olice  oil  4J  ounces). 


106  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

INFLAMMATION. 

379.  Inflammation. — A  condition  into  which  the  tissues  of  the 
body  enter  as  a  result  of  au  injury. 

Symptoms. — Pain,  heat,  swelling,  and  redness  (invisible  in  dark 
skin  and  in  skin  covered  with  hair),  all  of  which  occur  as  the  result 
of  an  increased  flow  of  blood  to  the  injured  part. 

Treatment. — Bathe  or  irrigate  the  inflamed  area  several  times 
daily  with  cold  water.  When  the  parts  will  admit  it,  cold  packs 
may  be  applied. 


CHAPTER  VII. 
DETECTION  OF  LAMENESS— DISEASES  OF  BONE. 

DETECTION  OF  LAMENESS. 

380.  Lameness. — Lameness  is  any  irregularity  in  the  gait. 

381.  Classification  of  lameness. — Lameness  is  divided  into 
two  classes: 

(a)  Swinging-leg  lameness,  which  is  shown  by  a  shortened  stride 
and  more  or  less  dragging  of  the  leg.  Seen  in  diseased  and  injured 
muscles. 

(6)  Supporting-leg  lameness,  shown  when  the  leg  supports  the 
weight  of  the  body.  This  form  occurs  in  diseases  and  injuries  of 
bones,  tendons,  ligaments,  and  the  foot. 

382.  Severe  lameness  is  readily  recognized,  even  when  the 
animal  is  at  rest.     Distinct  symptoms,  such  as  pointing  or  frequently 
raising  the  injured  limb,  are  usually  seen,  the  animal's  instinct 
leading  him  to  place  the  affected  part  in  a  position  to  relieve  the 
pain. 

383.  Examination  for  lameness. — In  making  an  examination 
for  lameness,  the  animal,  having  free  use  of  his  head,  should  be 
led  at  a  slow  trot  toward  and  from  the  observer.    Too  short  a  hold 
on  the  halter  shank  prevents  free  play  of  the  muscles  concerned  in 
locomotion. 

In  examining  the  lame  limb,  place  it  in  its  natural  position  and  in- 
spect its  various  parts  both  with  the  hand  and  eye,  comparing  them 
carefully  with  those  of  the  sound  leg  for  the  purpose  of  detecting 
differences  in  shape,  size,  temperature,  and  sensitiveness  to  touch 
and  pressure. 

In  all  cases  examine  the  foot  thoroughly  and  carefully,  removing 
the  shoe  if  necessary.  Heat,  pain,  and  swelling  are  valuable  guides 
in  the  detection  of  lameness.  The  hoof  tester  or  pinchers,  carefully 
and  gently  employed,  is  useful  in  locating  injuries  of  the  foot. 

384.  Lame  in  one  fore  leg-. — When  lame  in  one  fore  leg,  the 
right  one,  for  instance,  the  head  nods  (drops)  more  or  less  when 
weight  is  put  on  the  left  fore  leg,  while  the  head  jerks  up  at  the 
moment  the  right  leg  (the  lame  one)  is  placed  upon  the  ground. 
Hence,  the  head  of  the  lame  animal  always  nods  when  the  foot  of  the 
sound  leg  is  placed  on  the  ground. 

107 


108 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


385.  Lame  in  both  fore  legs. — Should  there  be  lameness  in 
both  forelegs,  the  action  is  stilty  (stiff) ;  the  natural,  elastic  stride  is 
wanting;  the  steps  are  shortened,  and  the  feet  are  kept  close  to  the 
ground.    The  hind  legs  are  invariably  picked  up  higher  than  usual, 
the  shoulders  appear  stiff,  and  the  head  is  carried  rather  high,  while 
the  lumbar  region  is  arched. 

386.  Lame  in  one  hind  leg. — Lameness  behind  is  detected  by 
trotting  the  horse  from  the  observer,  the  croup  being  the  part  to  be 

watched,  since  it  drops  with  the 
sound  leg  and  rises  with  the 
lame  one. 

387.  Lame  in  both  hind 
legs. — When  lame  in  both  hind 
legs,  the  stride  is  shortened  and 
awkward ;  the  fore  legs  are  kept 
back  of  the  vertical  line,  and 
are  apt  to  be  raised  higher  than 
usual  while  the  head  is  low- 
ered. Backing  is  difficult.  It 
is  almost  impossible  to  keep 
the  animal  at  a  trot  when  it  is 
lame  in  more  than  one  leg. 

Horses  lame  in  both  fore  or 
both  hind  legs  show  a  waddling 
gait  behind,  of  ten  mistaken  for 
lameness  in  the  lumbar  region. 
This  peculiar  motion  is  simply 
due  to  the  fact  that  the  hind 
legs  are  unduly  advanced  under 
the  body  for  their  own  relief  or 
that  of  the  front  legs. 

Close  attention  should  be 
paid  to  the  animal's  action  as 
he  turns  while  being  trotted  to 


FIG.  41.— Ringbone. 


and  from  the  observer,  as  at  this  moment — that  is,  while  he  turns — any 
hitch  becomes  visible,  as,  for  instance,  in  spavin  or  stringhalt  lameness. 

DISEASES  OF  BONE. 

388.  Ringbone  (fig.  41).— A  ringbone  is  a  bony  enlargement 
occurring  in  the  region  of  the  long  and  short  pastern  bones.  It 
occurs  more  frequently  in  the  front  legs  than  in  the  hind  ones. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


109 


Causes. — Sprains,  bruises,  hard  and  fast  work,  and  penetrating- 
wounds  involving  the  periosteum;  improper  shoeing,  such  as- 
cutting  the  toe  too  short  or  leaving  the  heels  too  high,  or  leaving 
one  side  of  the  hoof  wall  higher  than  the  other. 

Symptoms. — Lameness,  which  may  disappear  with  exercise,  is- 
usually  the  first  symptom^  observed.  Later,  there  appears  a  hard, 
painless  swelling,  over  which  the  skin  is  freely  moveable. 

Treatment. — Remove  the  shoe  and  level  the  foot.  Use  cold  baths 
and  cold  packs  for  a  week, 
then  apply  a  biniodide  of  mer- 
cury blister.  Keep  the  animal 
in  a  level  stall  and  give  per- 
fect rest  for  four  to  six  weeks. 

389.  Side  bone  (fig.  42).— 
Side  bone  is  a  condition  in 
which  the  cartilages  of  the 
foot  have  changed  to  bone. 
The  disease  is  most  frequently 
seen  in  heavy  draft  horses  and 
in  draft  and  pack  mules.  The 
front  feet  are  affected  more 
often  than  the  hind  ones,  and 
the  outer  cartilage  suffers  more 
frequently  than  the  inner  one. 

Causes. — Concussion  pro- 
duced by  fast  work  on  hard 
roads;  allowing  the  feet  to  be- 
come dry  and  hard;  lack  of 
frog  pressure;  mechanical  in- 
juries, such  as  treads  and 
similar  wounds ;  and  improper 
shoeing,  i.  e.,  leaving  the  heel 

too  hign  or  the  use  of  high  FIG.  42.— Sidebone. 

heel  calks. 


110 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


3 


390.  Spavin  (fig.  43). — Spavin  is  a  disease  affecting  the  bones  of 
the  hock  joint  and  usually  appears  as  a  bony  enlargement  on  the 
inner  and  lower  part  of  the  hock. 

Causes. — Violent  strains  in  rearing,  jumping,  pulling,  or  galloping, 
and  severe  rapid  work,  especially  under  the  saddle.  Tied-in  hocks 
and  sickle-shaped  hocks  are  more  likely  to  suffer  than  those  that  are 

broad  and  well  developed. 

Symptoms. — -The  develop- 
ment of  spavin  is  usually 
accompanied  by  lameness, 
which,  in  the  earlier  stages 
of  the  disease,  is  noticed  only 
when  the  animal  is  first 
moved  after  a  rest,  at  which 
time  the  toe  is  generally 
placed  on  the  ground  first,  the 
heel  not  being  brought  down 
until  the  step  is  nearly  com- 
pleted. The  bony  enlarge- 
ment may  be  present  when 
the  lameness  appears,  or  it 
may  not  develop  for  several 
weeks  thereafter. 

Treatment. — The  same  as 
that  prescribed  for  ringbone 
(par.  388). 

391.    Splints   (fig.   44).— 
Splints    are    bony    enlarge- 
ments, usually  situated  be- 
tween the  inner  splint  bone 
and  the  cannon  bone.^    They 
seldom  occur  on  the  hind  leg. 
Causes. — Fast  work  on  hard  roads;  improper  shoeing  favoring  inter- 
fering and  unequal  distribution  of  weight  on  the  leg. 

Symptoms. — In  the  early  stages  there  is  slight  swelling,  increased 
heat,  pain  on  pressure,  and  more  or  less  thickening.  Lameness  may 
or  may  not  be  present.  When  present,  it  disappears  in  the  later 
stages  and  the  swelling  becomes  hard . 

Treatment. — Necessary  only  when  the  animal  is  lame.  If  due  to 
improper  shoeing,  remove  the  shoe  and  level  the  foot.  Shower  the 
part  daily  with  cold  water  and  follow  each  shower  with  a  white 


FIG.  43.— Spavin. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


Ill 


lotion  pack.  When  the  inflammation  has  disappeared,  apply  a 
blister  of  trinioctide  of  mercury  and  keep  the  animal  quiet  in  a  level 
stall  for  three  weeks. 

DISLOCATIONS. 

392.  A  dislocation  is  the  displacement  or  separation  of  the  parts 
of  a  joint. 

393.  Dislocation  of  the  patella  (stifled).  —  A  displacement  of 
the  patella  from  the  end  of.  the 

femur.      The       displacement 


ay  be  upward  or  outward. 
Causes.  —  Falls  ,    slipping 


when  trying  to  get  up,  and  step- 
ping down  from  an  elevated 
position  to  the  ground  or  floor 
below.  It  occurs  sometimes 
as  a  result  of  weakness  after  or 
during  the  course  of  debili- 
tating diseases. 

Symptoms  .  —  The  d  isplace- 
ment  may  be  stationary,  or  the 
patella  may  slip  in  and  out  with 
every  step.  In  the  former,  the 
leg  is  rigidly  extend  ed^back- 
ward,  the  horse,  even  with  as- 
sistance, being  unable  to  bend 
the  leg  or  carry  it  forward  . 

Treatment.  —  Reduce  the  dis- 
location. By  suddenly  mov- 
ing the  animal  backward  the 
bone  may  return  to  its  normal 
position.  This  failing,  a  rope 
is  placed  around  the  pastern 
and  the  leg  drawn  forward 
and  upward  by  an  assistant,  at  the  same  time  the  operator  presses 
the  patella  forward  and  inward  with  both  hands.  As  the  bone  goes 
into  place  a  clicking  sound  may  be  heard,  and  the  animal  at  once 
regains  control  of  the  leg. 

If  the  Joint  be  painful  and  swollen,  shower  with  cold  water  and 
bathe  with  white  lotion  until  the  inflammation  is  reduced,  then 
apply  a  cantharides  blister  and  give  four  weeks'  rest. 

106233°—  17  -  8 


FIG.  44.— Splint. 


112  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

Should  the  dislocation  recur,  a  rope  should  be  fastened  to  the 
pastern  and  attached  to  a  collar  about  the  animal's  neck.  The  rope 
should  be  drawn  just  tight  enough  to  prevent  the  animal  from  ex- 
tending his  leg  to  the  rear  but  allowing  him  to  stand  on  it.  The 
rope  is  kept  on  until  the  effect  of  the  blister  has  passed  away. 

FRACTURES. 

394.  A  fracture  is  a  break  in  a  bone.     A  fracture  may  occur 
in  any  part  of  the  bony  framework.     The  bones  of  the  limbs,  how- 
ever, are  more  likely  to  suffer  than  those  of  other  paits  of  the  body. 

A  simple  fracture  is  one  in  which  the  bone  is  broken  into  but  two 
parts,  the  skin  remaining  unbroken. 

A  compound  fracture  is  one  in  which  the  broken  ends  of  the  bones 
protrude  through  the  skin. 

A  fracture  may  also  be  complete  or  incomplete.  An  incomplete 
fracture  is  one  in  which  the  bone  is  not  entirely  broken  across. 

Causes. — Falls,  kicks,  blows,  or  any  form  of  mechanical  violence. 

395.  Fracture  of  the  bones  of  the  limbs. 

Symptoms. — Great  and  suddenly  appearing  lameness;  excessive 
mobility;  crepitation  (a  crackling  or  grating  sound  made  by  the 
rubbing  together  of  the  broken  ends  of  the  bone) ;  and  inability  to 
bear  weight  on  the  injured  limb.  The  animal  usually  evinces  great 
pain  and  marked  swelling  occurs  within  a  few  hours. 

Treatment. — Complete  fractures  are  usually  incurable  and  the 
animal  should  be  destroyed  to  terminate  suffering. ^ 

In  incomplete  fractures,  or  when  such  a  fracture  is  suspected,  the 
animal  must  be  relieved  from  work  and  kept  from  lying  down  for  a 
month,  either  by  being  cross-tied  or  placed  in  a  sling. 

396.  Fracture  of  the  lower  jaw. — This  refers  to  a  chipping 
or  splintering  of  the  bone  by  the  bit  or  the  curb  chain. 

Causes. — Rough  handling  of  severe  bits  and  tight  curb  chains, 
and  the  use  of  chains  or  ropes  passed  through  the  mouth  and  around 
the  jaw. 

Symptoms. — The  animal  fights  the  bit  and  resists  any  attempt  to 
handle  the  mouth.  The  mucous  membrane  covering  the  bone  is 
swollen,  hot,  and  painful,  with  perhaps  a  small  fragment  of  bone 
sticking  through  it.  In  many  cases  the  covering  of  the  bone  is 
entirely  torn  away.  Suppuration  occurs  in  a  few  days  and  the 
wound  emits  a  very  foul  odor. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  11$ 

Similar  injuries  sometimes  occur  on  the  lower  margin  of  the  bone 
at  the  seat  of  the  curb  chain. 

Treatment. — Clean  the  part  thoroughly  and  remove  all  fragments 
of  bone.  Tincture  of  iodine  or  a  solution  composed  of  camphor  gum 
8  ounces  and  carbolw  acid  3  ounces  is  then  carefully  applied  to  the 
bottom  of  the  wound  by  means  of  a  very  small  cotton  swab.  All 
particles  of  food  must  be  removed  and  the  dressing  repeated  daily 
until  healing  occurs. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


DISEASES  AND  INJURIES  OF  MUSCLES,  TENDONS,  AND 
LIGAMENTS. 

SPRAINS. 

397.  Sprains   are  injuries   due   to   excessive   exertion.    They 
affect  muscles,   tendons,   and  ligaments,  the  fibers  of  which  are 
stretched  or  torn,  causing  inflammation, 
sometimes  followed  by  contraction  and, 
in  muscles,  atrophy  (wasting  away). 

398.  Sprains  of  the  muscles. — Mus- 
cle sprains  occur  in  various  parts  of  the 
trunk  and  limbs,  and  are  due  to  slips  or 
falls.     When  sprained,  the  muscle  be- 
comes swollen,  hot,  and  painful  and  loses 
its  power  of  contraction.     Later,  it  some- 
times atrophies.     Owing  to  the  loss  of 
function,  the  condition  resembles  paral- 
ysis, but  in  paralysis  there  is  no  heat, 
pain,  or  swelling. 

399.  Sprains  of  the  flexor  tendons 
(fig.  45). — The  tendons  at  the  back  of  the 
cannon  are  frequently  injured,  especially 
those  of  the  fore  legs. 

Causes. — Long  toes  and  low  heels;  vio- 
lent efforts  and  sudden  checks,  as  in  j ump- 
ing;  and  long-continued  exertion  in 
which  the  muscles  tire,  thereby  increas- 
ing the  strain  on  the  tendons. 

Symptoms. — Lameness,  corresponding 
in  decree  with  the  severity  of  the  injury;  swelling,  usually  most  promi- 
nent at  the  middle  third  of  the  cannon ;  heat  and  sensitiveness  to  touch . 
Treatment.— See  paragraph  407. 
400.  Sprain  of  the  suspensory  ligament. 
Causes. — Sudden  violent  efforts  and  long-continued  exertion. 
Symptoms. — Lameness.     Heat,  pain,  and  swelling  in  the  region 
between  the  cannon  bone  and  the  tendon  of  the  deep  flexor  of  the 

114 


FIG.  45.— Sprained  tendons. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


115 


foot,  the  swelling  usually  being  most  pronounced  just  above  the 
fetlock. 

Treatment, — See  paragraph  407. 

401.  Sprain  of  the  plantar  ligament  (Curb.  fig.  46). 
Causes. — Violent  efforts  at  rearing,  pulling,  and  jumping.     Usually 

seen  in  horses  with  weak,  narrow,  overbent  hocks. 

Symptoms. — A  firm  swelling  at  the  back  and  lower  part  of  the 
hock,  about  4  inches  below 
its  point,  giving  the  region 
a  curved  appearance  when 
viewed  from  the  side.  Lame- 
ness is  rare. 

Treatment. — When  lameness 
is  absent,  treatment  is  usually 
unnecessary.  If  the  swelling 
is  painful  and  hot,  treat  as 
prescribed  under  general 
treatment  of  sprains.  (Par. 
407.) 

402.  Sprains  of  the  hock, 
fetlock,  and  pastern  joints. 

Causes. — Violent  exertion, 
slips,  stepping  on  stones,  trav- 
eling oyer  rough,  uneven 
ground . 

Symptoms. — Lameness,  ac- 
companied by  heat,  pain  on 
pressure,  and  swelling.  . 

Treatment. — See  paragraph 
407.  FIG.  46.-Curb. 

BURSAL   AND    SYNOVIAL    ENLARGEMENTS. 

403.  Under  this  heading  are  described  bog  spavin,  thoroughpin, 
and  windgalls  (wind  puffs)  of  the  fetlock.     These  enlargements  are 
chronic  nonsensitive  conditions  which  rarely  cause  lameness. 

404.  Bog  spavin. — A  distention  of  the  joint  capsule  of  the  hock, 
due  to  the  presence  of  an  abnormal  amount  of  synovia,  which  causes 
the  capsule  to  bulge  outward  and  forward. 

Causes. — Long  continued  hard  work,   particularly  at  jumping, 
pulling,  and  galloping. 


116  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

Symptoms. — A  soft  puffy  swelling  situated  in  front  and  a  little 
to  the  inside  of  the  hock.  Acute  inflammation  and  lameness  are 
rare. 

Treatment. — Not  usually  necessary.  If  the  parts  are  hot  and  pain- 
ful, give  rest  and  reduce  the  inflammation  by  cold  irrigations.  After 
a  week  of  this  treatment,  apply  tincture  of  iodine  once  a  day  for  10 
days.  This  failing,  a  canthandes  blister  should  be  used. 

405.  Th.orough.pin. — A  condition  usually  associated  with  bog 
spavin. 

Causes. — Same  as  bog  spavin. 

Symptoms. — A  soft  fluctuating  swelling  at  the  upper  and  back 
part  of  the  hock,  between  the  point  of  the  hock  ancf  the  lower  end 
of  the  tibia. 

Treatment. — Seldom  required .     See  ' '  Bog  spavin. ' ' 

406.  Windfalls  (windpuffs)  of  the  fetlock. — A  distention  of 
the  synovial  bursae  of  the  flexor  tendons  at  the  back  of  the  fetlock 
joint. 

Symptoms. — Soft  puffy  enlargements  about  the  back  part  of  the 
fetlock. 

Causes  and  treatment. — See  "Bog  spavin.". 

TREATMENT  OF  SPRAINS. 

407.  Treatment  of  sprains. — Rest.     Remove  the  shoes,  level 
the  feet,  and  place  the  animal  in  a  level,  well  bedded  box  stall. 
(See  pars.  216  to  221.) 

Bathe  or  shower  the  injured  part  for  one-half  hour  twice  a  day 
with  cold  water  and  follow  each  path  with  packs  of  white  lotion  (half 
strength)  or  cold  water;  or  a  lotion  composed  of  witch  hazel  1  pint, 
lead  acetate  1  \mnce,  water  1  quart  may  be  applied.  Continue  this 
treatment  for  one  week,  then  use  warm  baths  followed  by  warm 
packs  or  soap  liniment.  If,  after  the  inflammation  is  reduced,  the 
parts  still  remain  swollen,  apply  tincture  of  iodine  once  a  day  for  10 
days.  This  failing,  apply  the  following  blister  and  repeat  in  two 
weeks,  if  necessary: 

Cantharides dram. .  1 

Biniodide  of  mercury do —  .1 

Cosmoline  or  lard do 6 

Mix  well. 

In  chronic  sprains  of  the  flexor  tendons,  shoe  with  short  heel  calks 
or  thicken  the  branches  of  the  shoe,  or  shorten  the  toe  and  leave 
the  heels  and  quarters  long. 


CHAPTER  IX. 
DISEASES  OF  THE  DIGESTIVE  SYSTEM. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  MOUTH. 

408.  Injuries  to  the  mouth. — These  consist  of  lacerations  ot 
the  membrane  lining  the  lips,  cheeks,  and  tongue. 

Causes. — Blows;  coarse,  rough  food  materials;  faulty  teeth,  and 
foreign  substances,  such  as  splinters,  pieces  of  glass,  and  irritating 
plants  in  the  forage.  The  tongue  is  sometimes  torn  by  the  bit  and 
by  rough  handling  in  examining  the  mouth.  In  halter  pullers  it 
may  be  severely  bitten. 

Symptoms. — Slobbering;  difficult  and  painful  mastication;  and 
laceration,  heat,  swelling,  and  redness  of  the  injured  parts. 

Treatment. — Remove  the  cause.  Flush  out  the  mouth  twice  a 
day  with  a  solution  of  potassium  permanganate,  \  dram  to  a  quart  of 
water,  or  alum,  %  ounce  to  a  quart  of  water,  or  creolin,  2  drams  in  a 
quart  of  water  may  be  used  in  the  same  way. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  TEETH. 

409.  Irregular  wearing  of  the  teeth. 

Causes. — Abnormal  inequality  in  the  width  of  the  upper  and  lower 
jaws.  The  upper  jaw  being  the  wider,  the  inner  edges  of  the  lower 
molars  and  the  outer  edges  of  the  upper  ones  sometimes  become 
abnormally  long  and  sharp  (sharp  teeth).  These  sharp  points  fre^ 
quently  injure  the  cheeks  and  tongue. 

The  milk  molars  are  sometimes  not  promptly  shed,  their  remnants 
remaining  as  caps  on  the  crowns  of  the  permanent  teeth. 

In  undershot  and  in  overshot  (parrot  mouth)  the  teeth  do  not  wear 
on  each  other,  the  result  being  that  those  receiving  little  or  no  wear 
become  excessively  long  and  injure  the  soft  structures  and  bone 
with  which  they  come  in  contact. 

In  old  animals,  due  to  unequal  hardness  of  opposing  teeth,  the 
molars  may  become  uneven  in  length,  the  harder  ones  sometimes 

117 


118  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

Wearing  away  the  opposite  ones  and  projecting  into  and  injuring  the 
soft  tissues  and  bone  at  their  roots. 

Symptoms. — Slobbering;  difficult  mastication;  holding  the  head  to 
one  side  while  eating  or  drinking;  dropping  balls  of  partly  chewed 
food  from  the  mouth  (quidding),  and  retaining  food  in  the  mouth 
for  some  time  after  eating. 

Treatment. — A  dental  operation  is  required. 

410.  Decay  of  the  teeth.— Confined  almost  exclusively  to  the 
molars. 

Causes. — Injuries,  such  as  splitting  of  the  tooth  or  the  breaking 
away  of  the  outer  covering  (enamel). 

Symptoms. — An  offensive  odor  about  the  mouth;  slobbering;  slow, 
painful,  and  difficult  mastication;  holding  the  head  to  one  side  while 
eating  or  drinking;  dropping  food  from  the  mouth,  and  a  collection 
of  decomposing  food  around  the  diseased  tooth.  The  decayed  tooth 
has  an  offensive  smell  and  may  be  broken,  split,  or  shorter  than  the 
surrounding  ones.  If  it  be  an  upper  one,  there  may  be  a  discharge 
from  the  nostril  of  the  same  side. 

Treatment. — The  diseased  tooth  must  be  removed.  This  is  a 
difficult  and  dangerous  operation,  which  only  a  veterinarian  can 
perform. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  THROAT. 

411.  Choke. — An  obstruction  of  the  throat  with  a  foreign  body. 
Causes.— Hurried  attempts  at  swallowing  oats,  bran  (dry),  or  pieces 

of  carrots,  apples,  etc.,  before  they  have  been  properly  masticated. 
Choke  may  also  result  from  giving  balls  that  are  too  large  or  of 
improper  shape. 

/Symptoms. — Great  distress,  slobbering,  champing  the  jaws,  escape 
of  saliva  through  the  nostrils,  and  frequent  attempts  at  vomiting, 
the  head  being  drawn  toward  the  chest  and  then  suddenly  shot  out. 
If  the  obstruction  is  in  the  neck  it  may  easily  be  seen  and  felt. 

Treatment. — Pass  the  hand  into  the  pharynx  and  remove  the 
obstruction  if  within  reach.  This  failing,  place  the  animal  in  a  stall 
free  from  food  and  bedding,  and  put  a  bucket  of  water  within  easy 
reach.  In  the  course  of  a  few  nours  the  obstruction  is  usually 
swallowed.  It  may,  however,  remain  in  the  throat  for  a  day  or  two. 
Further  treatment  is  surgical. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  119 

DISEASES  OF  THE.  STOMACH  AND  INTESTINES. 

412.  Chronic  indigestion. — A  chronic  inflammation  of  the 
stomach  and  intestines. 

'Causes. — Irregularity  in  feeding  and  watering,  food  poor  in  quality 
(spoiled  or  coarse),  worms,  old  age,  and  improper  mastication,  due 
to  bad  teeth  or  +o  eating  too  rapidly. 

Symptoms. — Appetite  irregular,  depraved,  or  diminished;  con- 
stipation, usually,  though  there  may  be  diarrhea.  Periodic  colics 
are  frequent,  the  coat  is  rough,  and  the  skin  is  tightly  adherent  to 
the  body  (hidebound).  The  animal  has  an  unthrifty  appearance 
and  sweats  and  tires  easily  when  at  work.  The  presence  of  worms 
is  recognized  by  their  appearance  in  the  feces,  and  by  the  presence 
of  white  patches  of  dried  mucus  around  the  anus. 

Treatment. — Examine  the  mouth  and  correct  existing  faults; 
examine  the  forage  and  discontinue  it  if  bad.  Feed  small  quan- 
tities of  good  nutritious  food  (steamed  oats,  bran  mashes,  gr&sfT,  etc.) 
at  regular  intervals;  keep  a  lump  of  salt  where  the  animal  can  reach 
it;  give  plenty  of  fresh  drinking  water,  and  see  that  the  animal  is 
regularly  exercised  and  properly  groomed. 

If  constipation  exists,  feed  bran  mashes  or  grass  until  the  feces 
become  soft,  then  give  the  following  tonic: 

Ounces. 

Gentian,  powdered 3 

Nux  vomica,  powdered 1 

Bicarbonate  of  soda 3 

Potassium  nitrate 3 

Mix  and  make  into  12  powders.     Give  a  powder  twice  a  day. 
Worms  are  to  be  removed  by>turpentine  and  raw  linseed  oil,  as 
prescribed  in  paragraph  329,  or  1  ounce  of  creolin  in  1  quart  of  water 
may  be  given  on  an  empty  stomach;    The  following  is  also  useful: 

Ounces. 

Iron  sulphate 1J 

Gentian,  powdered 3 

Mix  and  divide  into  12  powders.  Give  ..a  powder  morning  and 
evening.  When  the  last  powder  has  been  given,  give  1J  pints  of 
raw  linseed  oil. 

413.  Spasmodic  colic  (fig.  47). — Spasm  of  the  muscular  wall 
of  the  intestines. 

Causes. — Sudden  chilling  of  the  body  due  to  large  drinks  of  cold 
water,  or  exposure  to  cold  drafts  or  rains;  improper  feeding;  indigesti- 


120  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


FIG.  47.— Spasmodic  colic. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  121 

blefood;  frozen  food;  and  sudden  changes  from  one  variety  of  food 
to  another. 

Symptoms. — Suddon  and  more  or  less  violent  attacks  of  pain,  last- 
ing from  5  to  10  minutes,  with  a  tendency  to  recur.  The  animal 
paws,  walks  about,  sweats  profusely,  rolls,  and  when  the  pain  is 
severe,  may  throw  himself  violently  down.  During  the  attacks  a 
few  pellets  of  dung  may  be  passed,  and  the  animal  may  strain  as  if 
attempting  to  urinate.  The  latter  symptom  must  not  be  mistaken 
for  kidney  trouble.  The  temperature  is  normal  or  only  slightly 
elevated. 

Treatment. — Place  the  animal  in  a  large,  well-bedded  stall,  or  on 
a  soft  spot  of  ground  where  there  is  plenty  of  room  to  roll  without 
danger,  then  give  the  following  drench : 

Spirits  nitrous  ether ounces. .       2 

Cannabis  indica drams. .       3 

Water  to  make  a  pint. 

(In  the  absence  of  cannabis  indica,  1  dram  fluid  extract  of  bella- 
donna may  be  used.  Sulphuric  ether  or  aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia 
may  be  used  instead  of  nitrous  ether.) 

Give  at  one  dose.  If  there  is  no  relief  in  one-half  hour,  give  1J 
pints  linseed  oil  or  6  drams  of  aloes.  Give  rectal  injections  of  5  or  6- 
gallons  of  warm  water.  Rub  and  massage  the  belly.  The  spirits 
of  nitrous  ether  and  cannabis  indica  may  be  repeated  in  one  hour 
if  necessary. 

Withhold  food  for  12  hours  after  all  pain  has  disappeared,  and  feed 
sparingly  for  the  next  day  or  two. 

414.  Flatulent  colic  (wind  colic). — A  painful  affection  of  the- 
stomach  and  bowels  due  to  their  distention  with  gas. 

Causes. — Improper  foods,  such  as  musty  or  moldy  oats  or  corn,  or 
sour  bran;  green  foods,  as  corn,  clover,  and  alfalfa,  especially  when 
eaten  wet  or  frosted;  new  hay  and  new  oats;  sudden  changes  of  diet, 
and  feeding  animals  that  are  overheated  and  exhausted.  The  dis- 
ease is  frequently  observed  in  wind-suckers  and  cribbers. 

Symptoms. — Bloating  and  swelling  of  the  abdomen;  continuous 
colicky  pains,  mild  at  first,  but  increasing  in  severity  as  the  abdomen 
becomes  more  and  more  distended  with  gas.  There  are  no  periods 
of  ease  as  in  spasmodic  colic.  The  animal  may  lie  down,  but  for  a, 
short  time  only.  Walking  is  painful,  breathing  is  rapid  and  difficult , 
and  there  is  great  restlessness.  Temperature  normal  or  slightly 
elevated. 


122  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

Treatment. — Put  the  animal  in  a  comfortable  place  and  drench  at 
once  with  1J  pints  of  linseed  oil  and  two  ounces  of  turpentine.  If 
there  is  great  pain,  drench  as  directed  in  paragraph  413.  Give  fre- 
quent injections  of  5  or  6  gallons  of  warm  water  and  apply  ^blankets 
wrung  out  in  hot  water  to  the  belly. 

When  the  above  remedies  are  not  at  hand,  give  6  drams  of  aloes 
and  4  drams  of  salicylic  acid  in  two  capsules  or  made  up  into  two  balls. 

Another  excellent  remedy  to  be  kept  on  hand  for  colics  of  all  kinds 
is  prepared  as  follows: 

Ounces. 

Camphor  gum 6 

Carbolic  acid 2 

Glycerine 12 

Mix  the  camphor  and  carbolic  acid  and  let  stand  for  12  hours,  then 
add  the  glycerine.  Dose  1  ounce,  given  either  in  a  capsule  or  on  the 
tongue  with  a  syringe.  The  dose  may  be  repeated  in  two,  four,  or 
six  hours,  as  indicated. 

When  the  animal  has  recovered,  feed  as  directed  for  spasmodic 
colic  (par.  413). 

415.  Obstruction  colic  (impaction  of  the  intestines,  stop- 
page of  the  bowels). — A  painful  affection  of  the  bowels  due  to  the 
accumulation  of  food  or  other  material  within  them. 

Causes. — Heavy  feeding  and  lack  of  exercise;  coarse,  indigestible 
food;  accumulation  of  sand  and  dirt  in  the  bowels  when  horses  are 
fed  from  the  ground  or  picketed  on  sand  (sand  colic)  or  when  watered 
in  shallow  pools  or  streams;  insufficient  water  supply,  and  faulty 
mastication  due  to  defective  teeth. 

Symptoms. — Constipation,  dullness,  and  partial  or  complete  loss 
of  appetite.  As  time  goes  on  the  animal  begins  to  show  signs  of 
restlessness  and  pain,  such  as  pawing,  walking  round  the  stall,  and 
occasionally  looking  around  at  the  flank.  He  ^finally  lies  down, 
stretches  himself  out  and  remains  in  that  position  for  perhaps  an 
hour  or  more  at  a  time.  If  relief  is  not  given  the  abdomen  becomes 
•distended  with  gas,  breathing  is  rapid  and  difficult,  the  pain  in- 
creases in  severity,  and  death  results  in  from  one  to  three  or  four  days. 

Treatment. — A  drench  composed  of  raw  linseed  oil  1J  pints,  and 
turpentine  2  ounces  should  be  given  at  once.  If  pain  is  severe, 
add  4  drams  cannabis  iridica  to  the  dose.  Allow  all  the  water  the 
animal  will  drink;  give  rectal  injections  of  large  quantities  (5  to  6 
gallons)  of  warm  water  every  two  or  three  hours;  rub  or  knead  the 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  123 

abdominal  walls,  and  give  from  five  to  ten  minutes  walking  exercise 
every  hour.  If  the  bowels  do  not  move  within  24  hours  repeat  the 
oil  and  turpentine. 

416.  Enteritis  (inflammation  of  the  intestines). 

Causes. — Sudden  chilling  of  the  body;  drinking  large  quantities 
of  cold  water,  particularly  when  the  animal  is  tired  and  overheated; 
frozen  or  frost  covered  food  and  food  that  is  musty  or  moldy;  sudden 
changes  from  old  to  new  feed;  irritating  medicines;  blows  on  the 
abdomen,  and  twist  or  obstruction  in  the  intestine.  It  sometimes 
follows  such  diseases  as  flatulent  and  spasmodic  colics. 

Symptoms. — Intense  and  continuous  colicky  pain ;  temperature  103 
to  106;  mucous  membranes  of  the  mouth,  nostrils,  and  eyes  red  and 
congested;  the  belly  is  tucked  up  and  sensitive  to  pressure,  and 
there  is  an  anxious  expression  about  the  face.  The  animal  shows 
great  restlessness,  paws,  walks  about  the  stall,  lies  down  carefully, 
rolls,  and  may  try  to  balance  himself  on  his  back.  As  the  disease  pro- 
gresses, gangrene  (death)  of  the  bowels  sets  in  after  which  all  pain 
ceases  and  the  animal  stands  quietly  for  several  hours.  Toward 
the  last  he  sighs,  breaths  hard,  staggers,  pitches  about,  falls  and  dies 
in  a  state  of  delirium.  The  disease  is  usually  fatal,  the  majority  of 
cases  dying  in  from  six  hours  to  several  days. 

Treatment. — Give  one-half  ounce  cannabis  indica  in  a  pint  of  raw 
linseed  oil;  apply  blankets  wrung  out  in  hot  water  to  the  abdomen, 
and  give*  frequent  rectal  injections  of  lukewarm  water.  The  canna- 
bis may  be  repeated  in  three-quarters  of  an  hour  if  the  pain  is  not 
relieved.  In  the  absence  of  cannabis  indica,  2  drams  fluid  extract  or 
belladonna  may  be  used.  During  convalesence  feed  steamed  oats, 
bran  mashes,  oatmeal  gruel,  etc. 

417.  Diarrhea. — A   frequent   discharge    of   fluid    or   semifluid 
evacuations  from  the  bowels. 

Causes. — Sudden  changes  in  diet,  particularly  from  a  dry  one  to 
a  moist  one;  musty  or  moldy  food;  large  drafts  of  cold  water  when 
heated;  worms;  foreign  substances  as  sand  or  dirt  in  the  intestines 
and  excessive  use  of  purgatives.  Animals  of  a  weak  constitution 
and  those  of  a  nervous  temperament  often  suffer  without  apparent 
cause. 

Symptoms. — Frequent  evacuations  of  soft  or  fluid  feces.  ^ 
Treatment. — Give  1J  pints  raw  linseed  oil.     If  there  is  no  improve- 
ment after  the  action  of  the  oil  has  subsided,  give  tannic  acid  J  4ram 
and  1  dram  of  gum  camphor.    Repeat  every  four  hours  until  the 


124  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

diarrhea  is  diminished,  but  not  until  it  has  become  completely 
checked.  If  the  feces  have  an  offensive  odor,  give  an  ounce  of 
creolin  in  a  pint  of  water  three  times  a  day;  or  1-ounce  doses  of  the 
camphor,  carbolic  acid,  and  glycerin  preparation  (see  par.  414)  may 
be  given  three  times  daily.  If  worms  are  known  to  be  the  cause, 
treat  as  prescribed  in  paragraph  412. 


CHAPTER  X. 
DISEASES  OF  THE  RESPIRATORY  SYSTEM. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  NOSE. 

418.  Acute  nasal  catarrh,   (cold  in  the  head). — An  acute 
inflammation  of  the  membrane  lining  the  nasal  chambers  and 
sinuses. 

Causes. — Exposure  to  wet  and  cold,  particularly  when  tired  and 
heated;  damp,  poorly  ventilated  stables,  and  sudden  changes  in. 
temperature,  i.  e.,  from  warm  to  cold. 

Symptoms. — In  the  early  stages  there  is  sneezing  or  blowing  and 
redness  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  nose.  Later  a  watery  dis- 
charge appears,  which  soon  becomes  thick  and  of  a  grayish  or  yellow- 
ish color.  The  membranes  of  the  eyes  and  mouth  are  reddened  and 
the  eyes  are  watery.  In  severe  cases  the  disease  is  ushered  in  by  a 
chill  (shivering),  elevation  of  temperature,  and  1  ss  of  appetite. 

Treatment. — Place  the  animal  in  an  isolated  stall  which  is  dry,  well 
ventilated,  and  free  from  drafts.  Blanket  the  body,  hand  rub  the 
legs  and  bandage  them  loosely  with  flannel.  Feed  bran  mashes, 
steamed  oats,  gruels,  etc.,  and  keep  plenty  of  fresh  water  where  the 
animal  can  readily  reach  it.  Give  one-half  ounce  potassium  nitrate 
in  the  feed  or  drinking  water  three  times  daily,  or  ammonium  chloride 
may  be  given  instead  ^of  the  potassium  nitrate.  The  following  pre- 
scription is  excellent  in  the  treatment  of  all  catarrhal  conditions: 

Ammonium  chloride ounces . .     3 

Quinine  sulphate drams. . .     6 

Potassium  nitrate ounces. .     3 

Mix  and  make  into  12  powders.    Give  a  powder  three  times  a  day. 

After  isolating  the  affected  animal,  thoroughly  disinfect  his  stallr 
his  equipment,  the  watering  trough,  and  everything  with  which  he 
has  come  in  contact.  This  rule  should  be  observed  in  all  catarrhal 
diseases  in  which  there  is  a  discharge  from  the  nose. 

419.  Chronic  nasal  catarrh  (nasal  gleet). — A  chronic  inflam- 
mation of  the  membrane  lining  the  nasal  chambers  and  sinuses. 

Causes. — Chronic  nasal  catarrh  ^  sometimes  develops  from  the 
acute.  It  may  result  from  tumors  in  the  nasal  chambers,  inflamma- 
tion of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  sinuses,  or  from  ulceration  of 

125 


126  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

the  teeth  with  filling  of  the  sinuses  with  pus.  It  may  also  accompany 
glanders,  chronic  pharyngitis,'  and  various  other  diseases  of  the 
respiratory  tract. 

Symptoms. — The  principal  symptom  is  a  persistent  nasal  discharge 
of  mucus  and  pus,  the  quantity  and  color  of  which  varies  greatly; 
it  may  be  creamy,  grayish,  or  tinged  with  blood.  It  is  usually  from 
-one  nostril  only  and  frequently  has  a  fetid  odor.  In  cases  of  long 
standing  the  sub  maxillary  lymph  glands  are  sometimes  enlarged, 
and  small  ulcers  which  heal  without  leaving  a  scar  may  form  in  the 
nose.  The  temperature  is  usually  normal. 

Treatment. — A  careful  examination  of  the  nostrils,  mouth,  and 
teeth  should  be  made  to  determine,  if  possible,  the  exact  cause. 
If  no  definite  cause  can  be  found,  give  tonics  and  plenty  of  good  food. 
The  following  prescription  is  useful : 

Nux  vomica,  powdered drams  . .  6 

Iron  sulphate '. do 6 

Copper  sulphate. do. ...  6 

Gentian,  powdered ounces. .  1J 

Mix  and  make  into  12  powders.     Give  a  powder  three  times  a  day. 

When  the  disease  is  due  to  faulty  teeth  or  to  pus  in  the  sinuses,  the 
treatment  is  surgical. 

420.  Bleeding  from  the  nose. 

Causes. — Blows  about  the  head,  injuries  to  the  mucous  membrane 
of  the  nasal  cavity,  and  violent  exertion.  It  may  occur  during  the 
•course  of  such  diseases  as  purpura  hemorrhagica,  influenza,  nasal 
•catarrh,  glanders,  and  pneumonia,  and  is  often  a  symptom  of  tumors 
and  ulcers  in  the  nose. 

Symptoms. — Bleeding  from  one  or  both  nostrils,  the  blood  escaping 
drop  by  drop  or  in  a  stream. 

Treatment. — Many  cases  often  require  no  treatment  other  than  rest 
in  a  quiet  place.  This  failing,  the  head  should  be  elevated  and  cold 
water  or  ice  packs  applied  over  the  face,  between  the  eyes,  and  over 
the  poll  and  neck. 

If  the  bleeding  persists,  plug  the  bleeding  nostril  with  gauze,  cot- 
ton, 'or  oakum,  either  dry  or  soaked  in  tincture  of  chloride  of  iron. 
Wrap  the  plug  in  gauze  or  thin  cloth  and  attach  a  string  before  it  is 
pushed  into  the  nostril,  so  that  it  can  be  removed  after  the  bleeding 
has  stopped,  usually  within  four  or  five  hours.  When  both  nostrils 
are; bleeding^  plug  only  one  nostril  at  a  time.  If  the  patient  is  rest- 
less, give  one-half  ounce  cannabis  indica. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  127 

DISEASES  OF  THE  THROAT. 

421.  Laryngitis  and  pharyngitis  (sore  throat). — An  inflam- 
mation of  the  membrane  lining  the  larynx  and  pharynx. 

Causes. —Chilling,  due  to  exposure  to  draft,  cold  rams,  and  sudden 
changes  of  temperature,  i.  e.,  from  warm  to  cold;  infection;  improper 
ventilation;  bruises;  injuries  to  the  pharynx  from  foreign  bodies, 
and  irritating  medicines. 

Symptoms. — Difficulty  in  swallowing,  manifested  by  the  return 
through  the  nostrils  of  water  and  food.  Diminution  of  appetite, 
cough,  and  stiffness  of  the  neck.  The  nose  is  poked  out,  there  is 
more  or  less  slobbering,  and  pressure  on  the  throat  causes  pain. 
There  is  usually  a  nasal  discharge  mixed  with  saliva  and  particles 
of  food.  The  mucous  membranes  of  the  eyes,  nostrils,  and  mouth 
are  reddened  and  swollen,  and  breathing  is  often  difficult  and  quick- 
ened. The  temperature  rises  from  2°  to  6°  above  normal,  and  there 
is  swelling  of  the  lymph  glands  of  the  lower  jaw  and  throat. 

Treatment. — Isolate  the  animal  in  a  dry,  well  ventilated  place. 
Blanket  warmly  and  bandage  the  legs.  Feed  sloppy  bran  mashes, 
grass,  gruels,  or  steamed  oats.  Supply  an  abundance  of  fresh  drink- 
ing water.  Give  one-half  ounce  of  ammonium  chloride  or  potassium 
nitrate  in  the  drinking  water  morning  and  evening.  The  bucket 
or  vessel  in  which  the  water  is  given  should  be  supported  in  the 
stall  at  a  height  of  3  or  4  feet  from  the  floor,  this  to  enable  the  animal 
to  drink  without  bending  the  neck.  The  lips  and  nostrils  should 
be  kept  clean  and  the  mouth  should  be  washed  several  times  a  day 
with  fresh  water.  In  severe  cases  with  marked  heat  and  pain  about 
the  throat,  apply  cold  compresses.  In  mild  cases  ammonia  liniment 
may  be  used.  If  the  temperature  is  high,  give  frequent  rectal  in- 
jections of  2  or  3  gallons  of  cold  water.  Do  not  drench  or  give  balls. 

The  following  is  a  suitable  prescription: 

Fluid  extract  belladonna dram. .       J 

Pine  tar do 1 

Glycerine ounce . .       J 

This  makes  one  dose.  Mix  and  smear  on  the  back  of  the  tongue 
and  back  teeth  with  a  thin  stick;  give  morning  and  evening  until 
relief  is  affordsd. 


128  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

DISEASES  OP  THE  -LUNGS. 

422.  Pneumonia. — An  inflammation  of  lung  structure  affecting 
one  or  both  lungs. 

Causes. — Over  exertion;  badly  ventilated  stables;  exposure  to 
cold,  especially  when  heated;  infection,  and  carelessness  in  drench- 
ing. 

Symptoms. — A  severe  chill,  with  a  temperature  varying  from  103° 
to  107°.  Then  follows  redness  of  the  visible  mucous  membranes; 
rapid,  difficult  breathing,  and  a  full  rapid  pulse  (from  50  to  80  per 
minute).  The  nostrils  are  dilated  and  the  expired  air  is  quite  warm. 
The  animal  is  usually  constipated  at  first,  and  the  urine  is  scanty 
and  high-colored.  The  legs  and  ears  are  cold  and  there  is  great 
weakness.  The  patient  may  remain  constantly  standing  with  the 
elbows  turned  out  and  the  head  drooping,  or  it  may  lie  down  for  a 
short  time  only.  There  is  frequently  a  reddish  discharge  from  the 
nose  and  there  may  or  may  not  be  a  cough. 

Treatment. — Isolate  the  animal  in  a  clean,  dry  place  free  from 
drafts,  but  abundantly  supplied  with  fresh  air.  Clothe  the  body 
according  to  the  season;  rub  the  legs  well  and  bandage  with  flannel. 
Remove  the  bandages  twice  daily,  rub  the  legs  well,  and  reapply. 
Groom  as  directed  in  paragraph  214.  Feed  easily  digested  food 
(bran  mashes,  grass,  good  hay,  and  steamed  oats),  and  keep  a  supply 
of  fresh  water  within  reach  at  all  times.  Give  one-ounce  nitrate  of 
potassium  in  the  drinking  water  morning  and  evening.  If  the  tem- 
perature reaches  105°  or  more,  give  rectal  injections  of  cold  water 
three  or  four  times  a  day.  For  great  weakness,  give  nitrous  ether 
(2  ounces)  in  the  drinking  water  three  times  daily.  When  the  tem- 
perature begins  to  subside,  tonics  are  indicated.  Bo  not  put  the 
animal  to  work  for  at  least  a  month  after  all  symptoms  have  dis- 
appeared. 

423.  Heaves  (broken  wind). — A  chronic,  nonfebrile  disease  of 
the  lungs. 

Causes. — Violent  and  prolonged  exertion;  working  the  animal 
when  his  stomach  and  intestines  are  distended  with  food,  or  when 
he  is  suffering  or  convalescing  from  diseases  of  the  respiratory  organs; 
or,  the  habitual  feeding  of  coarse,  bulky,  dusty,  and  indigestible 
food,  and  foods  that  are  damaged  by  mold,  rust,  or  decay. 

Symptoms. — A  hurried,  wheezv,  laborious  breathing;  a  double 
lifting  of  the  flanks  with  each  expiration;  a  short,  weak,  dry  cough; 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  129 

a  thin,  watery,  intermittent  nasal  discharge,  and  frequent  expul- 
sions of  large  quantities  of  gas  from  the  rectum. 

The  symjTtoms  are  aggravated  by  damp,  muggy  weather,  by  exer- 
cise, and  by  dusty,  coarse  foods  and  overfeeding. 

Treatment. — The  disease  is  incurable  and  treatment  gives  only- 
relief. 

See  that  the  forage  is  of  the  best;  water  before  feeding;  dampen 
the  food,  and  feed  often  and  in  small  amounts.  Feed  more  grain 
and  less  hay,  and  give  bran  mashes,  grass,  or  other  laxative  foods  at 
least  three  times  a  week.  Allow  the  animal  to  rest  for  one  hour 
after  feeding,  and  work  slowly. 


CHAPTER  XI. 
DISEASES  OF  THE  UROGENITAL  SYSTEM. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  KIDNEYS. 

424.  Acute  inflammation  of  the  kidneys   (nephritis). — A 
.rare  disease  of  the  horse. 

Causes. — Obstruction  to  the  ureters;  musty  food;  certain  poisonous 
plants;  exposure  to  cold;  the  internal  administration  of  large  or  con- 
tinued doses  of  turpentine ;  and  the  application  of  cantharides  blisters 
over  large  areas  of  the  body.  Most  cases  are  secondary  to  infectious 
diseases. 

Symptoms. — Fever;  hard  and  frequent  pulse,  with  complete  or 
partial  suppression  of  urine,  the  latter  being  sometimes  the  color  of 
blood.  The  animal  stands  with  arched  back  and  legs  spread  apart; 
it  dislikes  to  move,  and  if  forced  to  do  so  the  hind  legs  are  dragged; 
there  is  great  uneasiness;  and  pressure  on  the  loins  causes  pain. 

Treatment. — Remove  the  cause  and  give  absolute  rest.  Avoid 
all  irritating  drugs,  and  provide  a  diet  of  grass,  bran  mashes,  or  other 
easily  digested  foods.  Corn,  oats,  and  grain  of  all  kinds  must  be 
withheld.  In  case  of  marked  decrease  in  the  quantity  of  urine, 
plenty  of  pure,  fresh  drinking  water  must  be  provided.  Give  lin- 
seed oil  1 J  pints,  and  apply  blankets  wrung  out  in  hot  water  to  the 
loins.  Keep  the  patient  in  a  warm  stall,  rub  the  body  vigorously, 
blanket  well  and  bandage  the  legs.  Give  potassium  nitrate  one- 
half  ounce  twice  daily  in  the  drinking  water. 

425.  Diabetes  insipidus  (excessive  urination). — A  condition 
'  characterized  by  great  thirst,  excessive  urination,  marked  debility 

and  rapid  loss  of  flesh. 

Causes. — Moldy  food,  especially  oats;  certain  poisonous  plants,  and 
the  long  continued  administration  of  diuretics,  as  turpentine  and  the 
nitrate  of  potassium. 

Symptoms. — Frequent  passages  of  large  quantities  of  clear,  water- 
like  urine,  the  total  amounting  to  from  10  to  15  gallons  in  24  hours; 
great  thirst,  the  animal  drinking  as  much  as  20  or  25  gallons  of  water 
in  a  day. 

Treatment. — Remove  the  cause  and  give  good, -clean,  and  nutritious 
food.  If  a  change  of  diet  is  impossible,  the  forage  at  hand  may  be 

130 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  131 

rendered  less  harmful  by  spreading  it  out  and  exposing  it  to  the  sun 
and  air.  Feed  grass  whenever  obtainable.  Give  iodine  crystals 
in  1-dram  doses  three  times  a  day  in  capsule  or  ball,  and  reduce  the 
dose  as  the  thirst  is  lessened  and  the  amount  of  urine  diminished.. 

DISEASES  OP  THE  BLADDER. 

426.  Retention  of  the  urine. — Inability  to  urinate. 

Causes'. — Hard,  continuous  work  without  an  opportunity  to  urinate ; 
exposure  to  cold  rains;  standing  in  drafts  of  cold  air  when  hot  and 
tired;  the  presence  of  stones  or  tumors  in  the  bladder  or  urethra,  and 
poisonous  plants  in  the  hay.  It  also  frequently  occurs  in  a  tem- 
porary form  as  a  complication  of  colic .  Some  horses  refuse  to  urinate 
outside  of  their  own  stable,  or  where  the  floor  or  earth  is  hard  causing 
the  urine  to  splash  against  their  legs.  A  collection  of  dirt  about  the 
end  of  the  penis  may  also  cause  it. 

Symptoms. — Frequent  and  painful  attempts  to  urinate,  the  urine 
often  being  passed  drop  by  drop  only.  By  passing  the  hand  into 
the  rectum  the  enlarged  bladder  may  be  felt. 

Treatment. — Standing  the  animal  on  the  grass  or  in  a  well-bedded 
stall  often  results  in  successful  attempts  to  urinate.  This  fail- 
ing, pass  the  hand  into  the  rectum  and  apply  firm  but  gentle 
pressure  to  the  base  of  the  bladder.  If  neither  of  these  methods  is 
successful,  the  catheter  must  be  used  or  the  bladder  may  burst. 
Warm  rectal  injections  and  3-dram  doses  cannabis  indica  often  gives 
relief.  When  retention  is  due  to  a  collection  of  dirt  in  the  end  of  the 
penis,  a  thorough  washing  of  the  part  may  be  all  that  is  required. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  SHEATH  AND  PENIS. 

427.  Screw  worms  (maggots)  in  the  sheath  and  penis. — 
Screw  worms  are  the  immature  forms, of  several  species  of  flies.     Dur- 
ing hot  weather  and  in  tropical  climates  these  flies  frequently  deposit 
their  eggs  just  inside  the  mouth  of  the  sheath,  usually  in  its  upper 
portion,  or  on  the  end  of  the  penis.     In  a  few  hours  the  eggs  hatch 
and  large  numbers  of  maggots  appear  which  immediately  lacerate 
the  skin  and  burrow  into  the  tissues  where  they  produce  destruction 
and  injury,  even  to  perforations  of  the  abdominal  wall. 

Symptoms. — A  thin  bloody  serum  dripping  from  the  mouth  of 
the  sheath,  the  latter  being  often  more  or  less  swollen.  Just  inside 
of  the  sheath,  beneath  the  abdominal  wall,  may  be  found  a  small, 


132 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


irregular  wound  discharging  a  thin  bloody  fluid .  Within  this  wound 
the  maggots  may  be  seen.  In  case  no  abrasions  are  found  within  the 
sheath,  the  penis  should  be  withdrawn  and  carefully  examined,  pay- 
ing particular  attention  to  the  two  small  pockets  at  the  sides  of  the 
mouth  of  the  urethra. 

Treatment. — With  forceps  pick  out  all  the  worms  that  are  visible, 

in  a  solution  of  carbolic  acid  1  part  to  5  parts  of  water.  Creolin  full 
strength  may  be  used  in  the  same  way,  or  the  wound  may  be  packed 
with  calomel.  Turpentine  1  part,  olive  oil  3  parts  is  also  useful. 
After  the  worms  are  killed,  the  wound  should  be  treated  with  ordi- 
nary antiseptics. 


CHAPTER  XII. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  CIRCULATORY  AND  LYMPHATIC 
SYSTEM. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEM. 

428.  Edema  of  the  legs  (stocking,  dropsy  of  the  legs,  filled 
legs). — A  chronic  condition  of  the  legs  in  which  there  is  more  or  less 
swelling. 

Causes. — Debility,  heavy  feeding,  and  lack  of  exercise. 

Symptoms. — Moderate,  nonpainful  swelling  of  one  or  both  hind 
legs  which  disappears  more  or  less  by  exercise  and  returns  after  the 
animal  has  stood  in  the  stable  for  some  time.  The  swelling  may 
sometimes  extend  to  the  sheath  and  belly.  The  fore  legs  are  rarely 
affected. 

Treatment. — Laxative  diet.  Regular  exercise.  Hand  rub  and 
bandage  the  legs  immediately  after  the  animal  returns  from  work. 
Tonics. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  LYMPHATIC  SYSTEM. 

429.  Acute  lymphangitis  (fig.  48). — An  acute  inflammation  of 
the  lymphatics  of  one  or  more  limbs,  usually  a  hind  one,  seldom  a 
fore  one. 

Causes. — High  feeding  and  irregular  exercise.  The  disease  seldom 
occurs  in  animals  that  are  regularly  worked.  It  is  usually  seen  in 
those  that,  in  the  midst  of  hard  work,  are  kept  idle  in  the  stable  for 
two  or  three  days  on  the  same  ration  they  had  while  working. 

Symptoms. — Loss  of  appetite,  great  thirst,  shivering,  labored 
breathing,  rapid  pulse,  and  high  temperature  (104°-106°).  The 
animal  dislikes  to  move  and  if  forced  to  do  so,  it  shows  great  lameness 
in  one  hind  limb,  which  at  each  step  is  carried  outward  well  away 
from  the  opposite  leg.  The  inside  of  the  thigh  of  the  affected  limb 
is  swollen,  hot,  and  exceedingly  painful  to  the  touch.  If  not  re- 
lieved, the  swelling  gradually  increases  until  the  limb  becomes  two 
or  three  times  its  natural  thickness.  There  is  usually  constipation, 
and  the  urine  is  scanty  and  high-colored. 

133 


134 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


FIG.  48.— Acute  lymphangitis. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  135 

Treatment. — Give  1J  pints  of  linseed  oil  at  once.  Add  1  ounce  of 
potassium  nitrate  to  the  drinking  water  three  times  a  day.  Repeat 
the  oil  in  24  hours  if  necessary.  Shower  the  swollen  leg  with  cold 
water  for  20  minutes  three  or  four  times  a  day  and  follow  each  shower 
with  a  white  lotion  (half  strength)  bath  or  pack.  When  the  pain 
has  diminished,  give  slow  walking  exercise  followed  immediately 
by  warm  baths  and  gentle  hand  rubbing.  Allow  plenty  of  drinking 
water  and  feed  grass,  bran  mashes,  and  other  laxative  foods. 

DISEASES  OF  THE  BLOOD  AND  BLOOD-PRODUCING  ORGANS. 

430.  Azoturia. — An  acute  disease  of  horses  and  mules  character- 
ized by  coffee-colored  urine  and  severe  disturbances  in  the  movement 
of  the  hind  limbs.  The  disease  occurs  most  frequently  in  highly-fed 
horses  in  good  muscular  condition  and  accustomed  to  regular  work. 
It  usually  follows  a  rest  of  two  or  three  days  and  appears  when 
the  animal  is  again  put  to  work.  The  condition  is  rare  in  poorly 
nourished  horses  and  in  horses  that  are  regularly  worked  and  prop- 
erly fed. 

Causes. — Feeding  full  rations  during  a  short  period  (two  or  three 
days)  of  rest  in  the  stable,  the  horse  being  used  to  regular  work. 

Symptoms. — The  attack  usually  comes  on  suddenly  and  within 
20  minutes  after  leaving  the  stable.  Without  any  visible  cause  the 
animal,  which  has  been  playful  and  full  of  life,  suddenly  ^becomes 
excited,  knuckles  in  one  or  both  hind  fetlocks,  and  acts  as  if  he  had 
been  badly  injured  about  the  loins,  croup,  and  thighs.  The  muscles  of 
these  regions  soon  become  swollen  and  hard;  they  tremble  and  con- 
tract violently,  but  are  not  sensitive  to  pressure.  The  hind  legs  are 
stiff  and  usually  advanced,  and,  in  attempting  to  put  weight  on 
them,  the  hind  quarters  often  drop  until  the  hocks  touch  the  ground. 
The  breathing  is  rapid,  perspiration  is  profuse,  and  the  animal  is  in 
great  agony.  There  is  usually  constipation.  The  urine  is  coffee- 
colored  and  often  retained  in  the  bladder.  The  muscles  of  the  fore 
limbs  and  shoulders  are  sometimes  involved,  but  not  often.  Some- 
times the  symptoms  are  mild,  but  if  urged  on,  the  animal  falls  to  the 
ground  and  struggles  until  it  dies  in  a  few  days  or  a  week.  Mild 
cases  which  are  stopped  before  they  go  down  usually  recover. 

Treatment. — Stop  the  animal  immediately  the  first  symptoms  are 
observed.  To  move  him  at  once  to  the  nearest  stable  is  unwise. 
Immediate  and  absolute  rest  is  essential  to  recovery.  Even  the 
hauling  of  the  patient  to  the  stable  should  be  forbidden,  as  the 


136  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

struggling  and  excitement  produced  by  the  procedure  will  surely 
convert  even  a  mild  case  into  a  hopeless  one. 

Remove  the  saddle  or  harness  at  once;  keep  the  animal  standing, 
if  possible;  if  not,  provide  a  good  bed.  Cover  the  body  with  two  or 
three  blankets  and  bandage  the  legs.  Heat  some  oats  or  common 
salt,  which  place  in  a  sack  and  spread  over  the  loins;  or,  weather 
permitting,  saturate  blankets  in  warm  water  and  apply  in  the  same 
way.  Give  2  ounces  spirits  nitrous  ether  and  4  drams  cannabis  indica, 
and  in  one-half  hour  give  a  cathartic.  If  there  is  retention  of  the 
urine,  empty  the  bladder  three  times  a  day  by  passing  the  hand 
into  the  rectum  and  applying  firm  pressure  to  the  bladder. 

If  the  patient  is  down,  give  a  good  bed  and  turn  animal  over  every 
two  or  three  hours.  Provide  plenty  of  fresh  drinking  water  and  feed 
bran  mashes,  grass,  and  hay.  The  animal  should  not  be  worked  for 
four  to  six  weeks  after  all  symptoms  have  disappeared. 

Prevention. — Exercise  all  animals  daily.  When  this  is  impossible, 
reduce  the  grain  ration  one-half  and  feed  bran  mashes  or  grass. 


CHAPTER  XIII. 
DISEASES  OF  THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM. 

431.  Congestion  of  the  brain. — An  accumulation  of  blood  in 
the  vessels  of  the  brain. 

Causes, — Diseases  of  the  heart,  over  exertion,  excitement,  extreme 
heat,  pressure  on  the  jugular  veins  (a  tight  collar),  or  compression  of 
the  lungs  due  to  bloating  of  the  stomach  or  intestines. 

Symptoms. — In  mild  cases  the  animal  is  restless  and  excited,  the 
eyes  are  bright  and  the  pupils  dilated.  The  cranium  feels  abnor- 
mally hot  and  the  mucous  membranes  of  the  head  are  injected. 

Other  cases  are  characterized  by  depression.  The  animal  may 
stop  very  suddenly  and  shake  his  head  or  stand  quietly  braced  on 
his  legs,  then  stagger,  make  a  plunge,  and  fall.  The  eyes  are  staringr 
the  breathing  is  hurried  and  snoring,  and  the  nostrils  are  widely 
dilated.  This  may  be  followed  by  coma  (stupor),  violent  convul- 
sive movements,  and  death.  Generally,  however,  the  animal  gains 
relief  in  a  short  time,  but  may  remain  weak  and  giddy  for  several 
days. 

Treatment. — Prompt  removal  of  too  tight  a  collar  or  other 
mechanical  obstruction  to  the  circulation  will  give  immediate 
relief.  If  the  animal  is  partially  or  totally  unconscious,  apply  cold 
water  or  ice  packs  to  the  head.  When  able  to  swallow,  give  1J  to  2 
pints  of  raw  linseed  oil.  Put  the  animal  in  a  quiet,  well-ventilated 
stall  and  feed  a  laxative  diet.  If  the  disease  is  caused  by  bloating,, 
treat  as  directed  in  paragraph  414. 

432.  Concussion  of  the  brain. — A  bruising  of  the  brain,  the 
result  of  injury  to  any  part  of  the  head . 

Causes. — Concussion  of  the  brain  is  generally  caused  by  an  animal 
falling  over  backward  and  striking  his  poll,  or  by  kicks,  blows,  or 
collisions. 

Symptoms. — Giddiness,  stupor,  unconsciousness,  or  loss  of  muscu- 
lar power,  appearing  as  a  rule  immediately  after  the  animal  has  been 
injured.  In  other  cases,  some  minutes  elapse  before  their  appear- 
ance. The  animal  may  recover  quickly  or  not  for  hours.  Death 
may  occur  on  the  spot  or  after  a  few  days. 

137 


138  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

Treatment. — In  mild  cases  the  animal  quickly  regains  its  feet  and 
no  treatment  is  required .  Keep  the  patient  quiet  for  a  few  days  and 
give  a  laxative  diet.  In  more  severe  cases,  where  there  is  more  or 
less  loss  of  consciousness,  cold  in  the  form  of  water  or  ice  should  be 
applied  to  the  head.  It  may  be  necessary  to  continue  these  appli- 
cations for  hours.  If  the  animal  is  down,  the  head  should  be  raised 
several  inches  from  the  ground  and  the  patient  made  as  comfortable 
as  possible.  If,  after  an  hour  of  this  treatment  the  animal  is  able  to 
swallow,  a  stimulant,  such  as  aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia  or  spirits  of 
nitrous  ether,  should  be  given  and  repeated  in  an  hour.  When  the 
animal  regains  consciousness  it  should  be  assisted  to  rise,  and  then 
thoroughly  hand-rubbed  all  over. 

The  after  treatment  consists  in  keeping  the  animal  quiet,  giving 
laxative  food,  and  adding  one-half  ounce  of  potassium  nitrate  to  the 
drinking  water  twice  a  day. 

If  there  is  a  wound  on  the  head  it  must  be  treated  as  directed 
under  treatment  of  wounds. 

433.  Sunstroke  and  heatstroke. — Disturbances  of  the  nervous 
system  due  to  exposure  to  heat. 

Causes. — Exposure  to  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun  or  to  extreme  heat 
from  any  source. 

Symptoms. — In  the  early  stages  the  animal  appears  dull  and 
-depressed.  If  at  work  it  requires  urging.  The  gait  is  uncertain  and 
stumbling,  breathing  is  difficult  and  snoring,  and  the  expression  of 
the  faceis  anxious.  The  nostrils  are  dilated  and  the  mucous  mem- 
Tbrane  lining  the  nasal  cavities  is  at  first  red  and  congested,  but 
later  becomes  pale  and  often  bluish.  The  temperature  may  be  as 
Mgh  as  108°  or  over.  Later  on  there  is  violent  trembling  and  the 
animal  may  fall  and  die  in  convulsions,  or  it  may  lie  unconscious  for 
several  hours  or  days,  finally  recovering  or  dying. 

Treatment. — If  possible,  the  animal  should  be  placed  in  a  cool, 
shady  spot  or  in  water,  and  cold  water  poured  over  the  body,  the 
head  and  the  neck.  If  practicable,  ice  packs  should  be  applied  to 
the  head.  Give  rectal  injections  of  cold  water  and -rub  the  .body 
vigorously  and  often. 

When  -the  animal  is  able  to  swallow,  a  good  stimulant,  such  as 
•aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia  or  spirits  of  nitrous  ether  in  2-ounce 
doses,  well  diluted,  should  be  given  and  repeated  in  an  hour.  In 
the  cool  of  the  evening  or  early  morning  the  animal  may  be  moved, 
if  necessary,  but  should  be  kept  in  a  cool  place  during  the  heat  of  the 
day  until  recovery  is  perfect. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  139 

434.  Spasm  of  the  diaphragm  (thumps). — A  spasmodic  con- 
traction of  the  muscles  of  the  diaphragm. 

Causes. — Diseases  of  the  digestive  organs  and  over  exertion. 

Symptoms. — A  convulsive  jerking  of  the  body,  most  marked  in 
the  left  flank,  and  frequently  accompanied  by  a  loud  thumping 
noise.  Trembling,  restlessness,  distress,  and  yawning  are  seen  in 
some  cases. 

Treatment. — Place  the  animal  in  a  quiet  place  where  there  is 
plenty  of  fresh  air,  but  free  from  drafts.  Give  stimulants  and  anti- 
spasmodics  such  as  aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia,  H  ounces,  and 
cannabis  indica,  2  to  4  drams  in  a  pint  of  water.  Repeat  in  one 
hour  if  necessary.  When  the  disease  is  caused  by  digestive  disturb- 
ances, treat  as  prescribed  in  chapter  on  diseases  of  the  digestive 
system.  • 


CHAPTER  XIV. 
DISEASES  OF  THE  EYE. 

435.  Conjunctivitis. — An    inflammation    of    the    conjunctiva. 

Causes. — Foreign  bodies  in  the  eye  such  as  dust,  insects,  chaff, 
Band,  hair,  etc.,  and  injuries  from  whips,  branches,  and  stubbles. 
Also  irritating  gases,  glare  of  the  sun,  microbes,  and  infectious 


Symptoms. — The  discharge  of  tears,  redness  of  the  conjunctiva, 
and  the  closure  more  or  less  complete  of  the  eyelids  are  the  first 
and  most  marked  bymptoms.  Later  the  lids  become  swollen  and 
completely  closed,  or  the  haw  partially  covers  the  cornea.  The 
discharge  becomes  thicker  and  mats  the  eyelashes  together,  or 
holds  the  eyelids  closed.  Unless  the  cornea  has  been  directly 
injured  it  usually  remains  clear.  Mild  cases  usually  recover  in  a 
week  or  10  days. 

Treatment. — The  first  step  is  to  remove  the  cause.  Foreign 
bodies  may  be  removed  by  washing  out  the  eye  with  clean,  warm 
water,  or  by  the  careful  use  of  a  tightly  rolled  swab  of  cotton  or 
gauze.  This  failing,  the  forceps  may  be  used.  Place  the  animal 
in  the  shade  or  in  a  dark  stall  and  cover  the  eye  with  a  clean  cloth 
on  the  inside  of  which  a  piece  of  absorbent  cotton  covered  with 
gauze  has  been  sewed.  Keep  the  cotton  wet  with  a  saturated 
solution  of  boric  acid.  Twice  a  day  a  few  drops  of  the  following 
solution  should  be  placed  in  the  eye: 

Zinc  sulphate grains. .     20 

Boric  acid dram. .       1 

Water ounces. .       4 

Mix.     Use  as  above  directed. 

436.  Acute  keratitis. — An  inflammation  of  the  cornea. 

Causes. — Wounds  of  the  cornea  by  foreign  bodies,  particles  of 
glass,  blows  of  whips,  chaff,  etc. 

Symptoms. — The  eye  is  extremely  sensitive,  and  usually  kept 
closed.  There  is  a  profuse  flow  of  tears,  and  a  disposition  to  resist 
opening  of  the  lids.  When  exposed  the  cornea  is  seen  to  be  more 
or  less  clouded  and  perhaps  reddened  by  the  formation  of  blood 

140 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  141 

vessels  proceeding  from  its  sclerotic  margin.  The  cloudiness  in- 
creases to  a  deep  white  opacity.  In  severe  cases  the  cornea  may 
become  of  a  bright  pink  color,  and  abscesses  or  ulcers  may  form. 

Treatment. — Any  foreign  body  adhering  to  the  cornea  must  be 
removed  and  the  eye  washed  out  with  a  saturated  solution  of  boric 
acid.  The  eye  is  then  covered  as  directed  in  conjunctivitis  and 
treated  in  the  same  way.  The  opacity  (cloudiness)  remaining  after 
the  inflammation  has  subsided  may  be  removed  by  the  applica- 
tion of  a  few  drops  of  the  following  solution: 

Silver  nitrate grains . .       2 

Water ounce . .       1 

Mix.     Place  a  few  drops  in  the  eye  once  a  day. 

437.  Recurrent  ophthalmia  (periodic  'ophthalmia). — An 
inflammatory  condition  of  the  interior  of  the  eye,  intimately  related 
to  certain  constitutions,  soils,  climates,  and  systems  of  management, 
showing  a  strong  tendency  to  recur  again  and  again  and  usually 
ending  in  blindness  from  cataract  or  other  destructive  lesions. 

Causes. — A  wet,  impervious,  swampy,  or  undrained  soil.  Any 
debilitating  disease,  overwork,  insufficient  or  indigestible  foody 
and  local  irritants,  such  as  blows  on  the  eye,  dust,  and  other  foreign 
bodies.  Also  infection. 

Symptoms. — In  some  cases  there  is  high  fever,  in  others  this 
may  be  absent.  The  attack  is  sudden,  the  eyelids  are  closed,  and 
the  tears  run  down  the  face.  The  conjunctiva  is  red  and  congested, 
and  the  outer  border  of  the  cornea  is  clouded.  In  a  few  days  the 
cloudiness  extends  over  the  entire  cornea,-  and  a  grayish  yellow 
sediment  frequently  appears  in  the  anterior  chamber  just  back  of 
the  cornea.  Attacks  last  from  10  to  15  days,  and  reappear  in  from 
30  to  60  days.  From  five  to  seven  attacks  usually  result  in  blindness, 
and  then  the  other  eye  is  likely  to  suffer  a  similar  attack  until  both 
are  ruined. 

Treatment. — Treat  as  for  conjunctivitis.  In  addition  provide* 
good  healthful  surroundings  and  give  a  good  tonic,  as  follows: 

Ounces. 

Iron  ^  sulphate 1 

Gentian,    powdered 1£ 

Nux    vomica li 

Mix  and  make  12  powders.     Give  a  powder  twice  a  day  in  feed. 


142  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

438.  Cataract. — Opacity  of  the  lens  or  of  its  capsule. 

Causes. ^Usually  results  from  repeated  attack  or  recurrent 
ophthalmia. 

Symptoms. — Blindness,  and  opacity  or  cloudiness  of  the  lens. 
The  lens  turns  white  and  is  no  longer  transparent  as  in  the  healthy 
•eye. 

Treatment. — No  treatment  will  restore  the  eye  to  its  normal 
condition. 

439.  Wounds  of  the  eyelids. 

Causes. — Kicks,  and  tears  by  nails  or  other  sharp  objects, 
Treatment. — Glean  the  part  thoroughly,  removing  all  dried  blood, 
pus,  hair,  and  dirt,  and  draw  the  edges  of  the  wound  together  with  a 
fine  needle  and  a  piece  of  silk  thread,  being  careful  not  to  injure 
the  eye.  When  the  stitches  are  all  in,  touch  the  edges  of  the  wound 
with  tincture  of  iodine  and  dust  with  boric  acid  or  iodoform.  Care 
must  be  taken  not  to  let  the  iodine  enter  the  eye.  When  the  parts 
are  badly  swollen,  apply  a  pad  of  cotton  and  gauze  and  keep  it 
.saturated  as  prescribed  for  conjunctivitis  (par.  435).  Dress  the 
wound  daily  as  directed  in  paragraphs  355  and  359.  The  animal 
must  be  cross  tied  or  in  some  way  prevented  from  injuring  the  wound. 


CHAPTER  XV. 
DISEASES  OF  THE  SKIN. 

440.  Eczema. — An  acute  or  chronic  inflammatory  disease  of  the 
skin  characterized  by  lesions  of  many  forms  and  the  presence  of  more 
or  less  itching.     In  the  Philippines  it  often  assumes  an  aggravated 
form  and  is  improperly  called  "Dhobie  itch." 

Causes. — External  irritants,  as  the  accumulation  and  decomposi- 
tion of  dirt  among  the  hairs ;  constant  dampness  of  the  skin  from  rain, 
washing  or  sweating,  causing  a  softening  of  its  outer  layers  and  favor- 
ing the  growth  of  fungi  and  other  vegetable  parasites,  and  exposure 
to  the  hot  rays  of  the  sun,  especially  when  the  skin  is  damp.  It  may 
appear  under  the  saddle,  under  the  harness,  or  at  any  point  where 
chafing  and  sweating  occur,  and  it  may  accompany  digestive  dis- 
turbances and  other  debilitating  diseases. 

Symptoms. — The  skin  is  reddened,  pimpled,  blistered,  and  some- 
times cracked.  The  blisters  break,  their  fluid  escapes,  dries  and 
forms  scabs  and  crusts  around  the  roots  of  the  hairs  which  later  fall 
out.  These  lesions  may  be  limited  to  certain  regions  or  they  may 
cover  the  whole  surface  of  the  body. 

Treatment. — When  due  to  indigestion,  give  IJ-ounce  dosee  of 
sodium  bicarbonate  twice  a  day  in  the  drinking  water. 

Clip  the  hair  from  the  diseased  parts.  When  scabs  and  crusts  are 
formed,  soften  them  for  24  hours  with  creolin  %  ounce  and  olive  oil 
10  ounces.  Wash  off  with  warm  water,  soap  and  brush;  then  apply 
creolin  1  ounce  and  olive  oil  10  ounces  once  a  day  until  the  skin  is 
healthy. 

Regulate  the  diet  and  give  tonics.  Do  not  use  the  patients  groom- 
ing outfit,  blanket,  or  bridle  on  other  animals  until  they  have  been 
disinfected. 

441.  Scratches  (cracked  heels). — An  acute  inflammation  of 
the  skin  of  the  legs,  usually  that  of  the  posterior  part  of  the  pastern. 

Causes. — Close,  dirty  stables;  standing  in  dung,  urine,  and  slush; 
washing  and  insufficiently  drying  the  legs,  and  allowing  horses  with 
wet  legs  to  stand  in  a  draft. 

White  legs  are  said  to  suffer  more  than  others.  This  is  not  because 
they  are  white,  but  because  it  is  the  white  leg  that  gets  the  most 
washing. 

143 
106233°— 17 10 


144  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

Symptoms. — The  skin  is  hot,  painful,  and  more  or  less  swollen. 
It  may  crack,  and  on  it  little  blisters  may  form,  followed  by  an  oily 
fetid  exudate.  There  is  usually  lameness. 

Treatment. — Rest;  bran  mashes;  grass,  etc.;  potassium  nitrate,  2 
drams  in  drinking  water  morning  and  evening. 

Cleanse  the  diseased  parts  with  castile  eoap  and  water,  dry,  and 
apply  a  white  lotion  pack  twice  daily;  or,  the  following  preparation 
may  be  used : 

Ounce. 

Tincture  iodine 1 

Tincture  chloride  of  iron 1 

Glycerine 1 

Mix.    Apply  twice  a  day. 

When  the  parts  become  dry,  hard,  and  scabby,  oxide  of  zinc  oint- 
ment may  be  applied  once  or  twice  daily.  When  the  parts  are  moist 
or  oily,  dry  dressings,  such  as  oxide  of  zinc,  boric  acid,  or  iodoform, 
either  powdered  on  loosely  or  held  in  place  by  a  piece  of  cotton  and 
a  bandage,  may  be  used. 

442.  Grease  (fig.  49). — A  chronic  inflammation  of  the  skin  of 
the  back  part  of  the  pastern  and  fetlock. 

Causes. — The  disease  usually  results  from  a  neglected  case  of 
scratches.  (See  Causes,  par.  441.) 

Symptoms. — Skin  red,  swollen,  gainful  and  hot,  and  later  covered 
with  blisters  which  break  and  discharge  a  thin,  yellowish  fluid. 
The  hairs  may  be  matted  together  or  they  may  fall  out.  In  the 
course  of  a  few  days  the  liquid  from  the  blisters  decomposes,  result- 
ing in  the  formation  of  a  dirty,  doughy,  stinking  deposit.  If  not 
properly  treated,  wartlike  grgwths,  ^ varying  in  size  from  that  of  a 
pea  to  a  grape  may  be  formed.  This  is  called  the  grapy  stage,  and 
the  growths  themselves  are  called  grapes. 

The  affected  leg  is  more  or  less  swollen,  and  lameness  ia  usually 
well  marked. 

Treatment. — In  the  first  stages  the  treatment  is  the  same  as  for 
scratches.  (See  par.  441.)  When  grapes  appear  they  must  be 
nipped  off  with  trie  scissors  and  their  bases  burnt  with  copper  sul- 
phate or  lavar  caustic,  after  which  the  treatment  is  the  same  as  for 
resh  wounds. 

443.  Urticaria  (nettlerash). — A  disease  characterized  by  the 
sudden  appearance  of  roundish  shallow  elevations  on  the  skin. 

Causes  .—Sudden  changes  of  weather;  unwholesome  food;  sudden 
changes  of  food ;  irritating  substances  to  the  skin,  such  as  turpentine, 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


145 


FIG.  49.— Grease. 


146  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

phenol,  and  the  secretions  of  ants,  flies,  and  other  insects.  It  may. 
also  occur  as  a  complication  of  indigestion,  and  in  the  course  of 
infectious  diseases,  such  as  strangles  and  influenza. 

Symptoms. — Suddenly  appearing  roundish  or  oblong  lumps  or 
swellings,  varying  in  size  from  that  of  a  pea  to  that  of  a  walnut, 
hard,  flat,  or  half  round,  scattered  about  here  and  there  on  the  skin. 
These  swellings  may  develop  in  5  to  30  minutes  and  disappear  in 
one  to  two  hours  to  two  days.  In  some  cases  the  swellings  may 
occur  about  the  nostrils,  causing  them  to  become  so  thickened  as  to 
interfere  with  breathing. 

Treatment. — Give  1J  pints  linsted  oil,  followed  by  1-ounce  doses 
sodium  bicarbonate  in  the  drinking  water  morning  and  evening  for 
three  days.  If  suffocation  threatens,  bathe  the  nostrils  with  cold 
water.  Feed  bran  mashes,  grass,  etc.,  for  two  or  three  days  after  the 
symptoms  disappear. 

444.  Sting's  of  bees,  wasps,  and  hornets. 

Treatment. — Bathe  the  injured  parts  with  white  lotion;  or  a  solution 
of  carbolic  add,  one-half  ounce  to  a  quart  of  water;  or  potassium  per- 
manganate, one-half  teaspoonfu.l  to  a  pint  of  water;  or  sodium  bicar- 
bonatej  a  tablespoonful  to  water  1  pint.  Pure,  cold  water  may  also 
be  used. 

445.  Snake  bites. 

Symptoms. — Two  or  four  small  punctured  wounds,  the  nature 
and  number  of  which  vary  according  to  the  species  of  the  snake 
making  them,  that  of  the  rattler  showing  two  small,  deep  punctures, 
usually  one  immediately  above  the  other.  Around  the  bite  large, 
doughy  swellings  appear,  black  blood  may  ooze  from  the  wound, 
and  there  are  pronounced  symptoms  of  dizziness,  weakness,  and 
prostration. 

Treatment. — If  the  bite  is  on  a  limb,  tie  a  bandage  around  the  leg 
above  the  wound,  and  draw  it  tight.  The  wound  is  then  freely 
laid  open  with  a  knife  and  burnt  with  a  pointed  hot  iron;  or  packed 
with  crystals  of  potassium  permanganate  or  lunar  caustic.  Other 
valuable  remedies  are  such  as  tincture  of  iodine  and  tincture  of 
chloride  of  iron,  either  of  which  may  be  injected  deeply  into  the 
wound. 

Internally,  give  aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia,  spirits  of  nitrous 
ether,  alcohol,  or  whisky  in  doses  of  from  1  to  3  ounces. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  147 

PARASITIC  DISEASES  OF  THE  SKIN. 

f  446.  Lice. — The  presence  of  lice  is  often  an  indication  of  insuffi- 
cient grooming  and  bad  stable  management. 

Symptoms. — Intense  itching;  lose  of  hair;  sometimes  eruptions  on 
the  skin.  A  careful  examination  will  reveal  the  parasites  (lice). 

Treatment. — Isolate  the  patient.  Wash  the  entire  body  with  a 
solution  of  creolin  (2  ounces)  and  water  (3  quarts).  Repeat  the 
washings  every  six  days  until  three  applications  have  been  made. 
When  circumstances  permit,  the  animal  should  be  clipped  before 
treatment  is  begun.  Burn  the  hair. 

Disinfect  stall,  equipment,  blankets,  and  grooming  utensils. 

Tobacco  tea,  made  by  boiling  6  ounces  tobacco  stems  for  twenty 
minutes  in  1" gallon  of  water,  is  an  excellent  preparation  for  the 
destruction  of  lice.  With  it,  however,  only  one-half  of  the  body 
should  be  washed  at  a  time,  otherwise  the  animal  may  suffer  from 
nicotine  poisoning.  Twenty-four  hours  should  elapse  between  the 
washings. 

447.  Mange  (scabies). — A  contagious  disease  of  the  skin.  May 
be  transmitted  to  man. 

Causes. — A  very  small  animal  parasite,  the  mange  mite,  of  which 
there  are  three  varieties: 

(a)  The  burrowing  mite,  which  bores  itself  into  the  skin.  It  is 
usually  found  about  the  head  and  neck,  but  occasionally  also  on 
other  parts  of  the  body. 

(6)  The  sucking  mite,  which  gets  its  nourishment  by  sucking  the 
juices  from  the  skin.  Found  at  the  roots  of  the  mane  and  tail. 

(c)  The  scale-eating  mite,  found  on  the  extremities. 

Symptoms. — Violent,  unceasing,  intolerable  itching  of  the  affected 
parts,  the  patient  rubbing,  scratching,  and  biting  continuously. 
The  hair  falls  out  and  the  skin  becomes  thickened,  wrinkled,  and 
covered  with  scabs;  or,  it  may  become  torn  and  raw  by  the  never- 
ending  rubbing  and  scratching. 

Treatment. — This  must  be  prompt  and  energetic.  Isolate  the 
animal,  clip  the  coat  and  burn  the  hair.  Wash  the  diseased  parts  and 
soften  the  scabs  with  warm  water,  soap,  and  scrubbing  brush,  dry, 
and  wash  daily  with  creolin,  4%  ounces  to  water,  3  quarts;  or  apply 
creolin  and  oil  (1-20)  twice  a  day  and  wash  thoroughly  every  other 
day  with  warm  water  and  soap.  Continue  the  treatment  until  the 
parts  are  healed.  Tobacco  tea,  made  as  directed  in  paragraph  446  ia 
also  a  useful  remedy  in  the  treatment  of  mange. 


148  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

Disinfect  stable,  troughs,  picket  lines,  fences,'equipments,  blankets, 
grooming  utensils,  clothing  of  attendants,  etc. 

448.  Ringworm  (herpes). — A  contagious  disease  of  the  skin 
characterized  by  falling  out  of  the  hair  in  circular  isolated  patches. 

Causes. — A  vegetable  parasite. 

Symptoms. — Falling  out  of  the  hair  in  circular  patches  about  the 
size  of  a  25-cent  piece,  after  which  there  remains  an  elevated,  scaly 
eruption.  The  parts  usually  affected  are  the  head,  neck,  shoulders, 
back,  flank,  croup,  and  sometimes  the  belly.  Itching  is  not  marked. 

Treatment. — Isolate  the  patient.  -Cut  away  the  hair  from  the  dis- 
eased area;  soften  the  scaly  eruptions  with  a  mixture  of  creolin 
(one-half  ounce)  and  olive  oil  (10  ounces)  which  leave  on  for  two 
days,  then  wash  well  with  warm  water  and  soap,  and  remove  the 
soft  scabs.  Follow  this  with  daily  applications  of  tincture  of  iodine. 
Should  the  eruptions  be  numerous,  creolin  baths  may  be  used. 
From  two  to  three  months  are  often  required  to  bring  about  the  cure. 

Disinfect  stall,  equipment,  and  grooming  utensils. 

449.  Ticks. — Ticks  are  small   animal  parasites  which  live  on 
bushes  and  attach  themselves  to  the  skin  of  animals  only  for  the  pur- 
pose of  sucking  their  blood.     When  filled  they  drop  off  and  fall  to  the 
ground. 

Treatment. — They  are  easily  destroyed  by  the  application  of  oil  or 
grease  which  kills  them  by  stopping  up  their  breathing  pores.  If 
pulled  off  by  the  hand  a  part  of  the  body  sometimes  breaks  off  and 
remains  in  the  skin,  often  causing  sores  and  abscesses. 

450.  Warbles  (grubs). — Tumors  on  the  backs  of  horses  produced 
by  the  undeveloped  form  of  the  warble  or  gadfly.     Common  in  the 
Southwestern  States. 

Symptoms. — The  parasite  lives  under  the  skin  of  the  back,  where 
it  forms  an  abscess  about  the  size  of  a  hazelnut  or  larger,  and  sucks 
nourishment  from  the  surrounding  tissues. 

Treatment. — Make  a  very  small  opening  in  the  abscess  and  squeeze 
out  the  parasite  with  the  fingers.  Treat  the  remaining  wound  with 
an  antiseptic. 


CHAPTER  XVI. 
DISEASES  OF  THE  FOOT. 

45 1 .  Acute  laminitis  (founder). — An  acute  inflammation  of  the 
laminar  corium  and  its  adjoining  structures.  It  usually  affects  the 
fore  feet,  sometimes  the  hind  ones  in  addition,  but  seldom  the  hind 
ones  alone. 

Causes. — Long-continued  fast  work  on  hard  roads;  prolonged  stand- 
ing in  the  stable,  on  board  ship,  or  on  railroad  cars;  sudden  chilling 
of  the  body,  such  as  may  arise  from  standing  in  a  draft  or  from  drink- 
ing large  quantities  of  cold  water,  particularly  when  the  animal  is 
heated  or  exhausted;  overfeeding;  improper  foods,  especially  foods 
that  are  musty  or  mouldy,  and  sudden  changes  in  diet,  as  from  old 
to  new  forage.  It  may  also  occur  as  a  complication  of  colfc,  influenza, 
pneumonia,  and  may  follow  the  excessive  use  of  severe  purgatives. 

Symptoms. — Sudden  and  intense  lameness.  When  the  fore  feet 
are  affected  they  are  planted  far  in  advance  of  the  body,  and  the 
hind  ones  are  placed  well  forward  under  the  belly.  The  affected 
feet  are  hot  and  painful  and  there  is  increased  pulsation  in  the 
digital  arteries.  If  forced  to  move,  the  feet  are  raised  laboriously, 
the  animal  groans  with  pain,  and  sweat  may  break  out  over  the 
body.  In  some  instances  the  animal  may  lie  down  on  his  side  with 
legs  stretched  out,  for  hours  at  a  time;  in  other  cases  he  stands  con^ 
tinuously. 

The  pulse  is  strong  and  full  and  often  increased  to  80  or  90  a 
minute;  there  is  muscular  trembling;  the  respirations  are  short  and 
rapid,  and  the  temperature  may  rise  to  105°  or  over. 

In  less  severe  cases,  the  symptoms  are  less  marked.  The  animal 
moves  stiffly,  taking  short,  rapid  steps  with  the  fore  feet,  the  hind 
ones  being  thrust  forward  to  take  the  greater  share  of  the  weight. 

Treatment. — Give  1J  pints  linseed  oil  as  a  drench,  and  add  2  to  4 
ounces  of  potassium  nitrate  to  the  drinking  water  three  times  a  day 
for  one  or  two  days.  If  there  is  great  pain,  give  2  to  4  drams  cannabis 
indica  and  repeat  if  necessary.  Remove  the  shoes  and  stand  the 
animal  in  a  stream  or  a  pond  for  five  or  six  hours  at  a  time  each  day, 
or  apply  cold  packs  (cracked  ice,  if  obtainable)  to  the  feet  and  legs 
as  high  as  the  knees  and  keep  them  wet.  Stop  all  grain  and  feed  bran 

149 


150  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

mashes,  grass,  or  hay.  When  the  animal  is  not  standing  in  water, 
place  him  in  a  well-bedded  stall  to  encourage  him  to  lie  down  and 
rest  his  feet,  or  he  may  be  placed  in  slings. 

If  after  two  or  three  days  of  this  treatment  no  improvement  is 
observed,  change  to  hot  baths  or  packs,  being  sure  that  they  extend 
as  high  as  the  knees. 

As  soon  as  the  pain  has  diminished  moderate  exercise  may  be 
given  and  gradually  increased  until  lameness  has  disappeared.  If 
there  is  no  improvement  after  five  or  six  days  of  such  exercise,  apply 
a  can tharides  blister  to  the  coronet  and  repeat  in  two  weeks  if  nec- 
essary. 

452.  Bruises  of  the  sole  and  frog. 

Causes. — Stepping  on  stones  or  other  hard  objects. 

Symptoms. — Sudden  and  more  or  less  severe  lameness.  In  many 
cases  the  toe  only  is  placed  on  the  ground.  The  foot  is  hot,  there  is 
marked  throbbing  in  the  digital  arteries,  and  the  use  of  the  tester 
causes  great  £>ain. 

Treatment. — Stand  the  animal 'in  cold  water  or  apply  cold  poultices 
to  the  foot.  If,  after  two  or  three  days  of  this  treatment  the  foot  is 
still  hot  and  painful,  change  to  poultices  of  hot  flaxseed  meal.  If 
pus  forms,  remove  the  underrun  horn  and  treat  as  directed  for  sup- 
purating corns,  paragraph  454. 

453.  Canker. — A  chronic  disease  of  the  corium  of  the  frog  and 
sole. 

Causes. — Filth  and  moisture.  It  often  results  from  a  neglected 
case  of  thrush  and  from  injuries  which  expose  the  soft  structures  of 
the  sole  and  frog. 

Symptoms. — The  frog  becomes  large  and  spongy  and  the  diseased 
area  is  covered  with  a  half-dried,  cheesy  material,  the  odor  of  which 
is  disgusting.  The  disease  may  spread  until  the  entire  frog,  bars, 
sole,  and  even  the  wall  may  become  involved,  all  having  a  spongy 
appearance  and  bleeding  freely.  Lameness  is  usually  absent. 

Treatment. — Pare  the  foot  down  carefully,  remove  all  underrun 
horn,  and  clean  the  exposed  parts  with  creolin,  1  ounce  in  20  ounces 
of  water.  The  soft  spongy  material  must  then  be  removed  with 
the  scissors.  Profuse  bleeding  usually  follows,  and  a  pressure  dress- 
ing of  cotton  and  oakum  must  be  applied  to  check  it.  This  dressing 
is  left  in  place  for  two  or  three  hours,  after  which  it  must  be  removed 
and  the  foot  wiped  dry  with  cotton.  The  diseased  area  is  then  thor- 
oughly powdered  over  with  the  three  sulphates  and  a  pressure  dress- 
ing applied.  Repeat  this  dressing  daily  until  a  new  growth  of  horn 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  151 

is  formed.  The  horse  may  now  be  shod.  Pack  the  foot  with  oakum 
and  tar  and  cover  with  a  leather  sole,  which  is  held  in  place  by  the 
shoe. 

Should  it  be  desirable  to  change  the  dressing  on  the  shod  foot,  a 
more  convenient  appliance  to  keep  them  in  place  is  made  in  the 
following  manner:  Cut  a  piece  of  zinc  to  cover  about  two- thirds  of 
the  sole  and  frog,  the  outer  edge  of  the  piece  fitting  under  the  shoe; 
cut  another  piece  to  cover  the  remaining  third  and  wide  enough  to 
lap  over  the  first  piece,  the  lap  to  run  parallel  with  the  cleft  of  the 
frog;  then  cut  a  strip  about  one  inch  wide  to  act  as  a  keeper;  the 
ends  of  this  strip  are  passed  under  the  shoe,  the  strip  passing  across 
the  foot  from  quarter  to  quarter. 

Other  recommendable  remedies  in  the  treatment  of  canker  are  as 
follows: 

A. 

Formalin ounces- .         J 

Alcohol . . .' do 9J 

Apply  once  daily  until  parts  become  hard. 

B. 

Bichloride  of  mercury drams. .       2 

50  per  cent  alcohol ounces. .       5 

Apply  gently  with  a  soft  cotton  swab.  When  dry  apply  a  pressure 
dressing. 

454.  Corns. — A  corn  is  a  bruise  to  the  sensitive  sole  between 
the  wall  and  the  bar.  Corns  occur  usually  in  the  fore  feet,  where 
they  are  found  more  often  in  the  inner  than  in  the  outer  heel.  They 
are  seldom  found  in  the  hind  feet. 

Corns  may  be  dry  or  suppurating. 

A  dry  corn  is  one  in  which  the  injury  is  but  slight,  and  where 
nothing  but  the  staining  of  the  horn  with  blood  remains  to  indicate 
that  an  injury  has  existed. 

A  suppurating  corn  is  one  in  which  pus  has  formed. 

Causes. — Fast  work  on  hard  roads.  Improper  shoeing,  such  as 
lowering  one  quarter  more  than  the  other;  leaving  the  toe  too  long; 
lowering  the  wall  too  much  and  allowing  the  sole  to  rest  on  the  shoe; 
shoeing  with  shoes  that  are  too  short;  fitting  the  shoes  too  close  at  the 
heels,  and  allowing  the  shoes  to  remain  on  so  long  that  the  wall 


152  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

overgrows  the  heels  of  the  shoe  and  causes  the  shoe  to  press  on  the 
sole. 

Symptoms. — Lameness  may  or  may  not  be  present.  When  present, 
there  is  heat  and  tenderness  in  the  injured  quarter.  Upon  removal 
of  the  superficial  layers  of  the  sole  at  the  seat  of  .the  injury,  the 
deeper  layers  will  be  seen  to  be  of  a  reddish  or  purplish  color:  Should 
suppuration  threaten,  lameness  becomes  well  marked,  the  foot  is 
quite  hot,  and  the  use  of  the  tester  causes  great  pain.  If  not  relieved, 
the  pus  may  break  through  the  tissues  immediately  above  the  horn, 
usually  at  the  bulb  of  the  heel. 

Treatment. — Level  the  foot  and  correct  any  faults  that  may  be 
detected.  Trim  away  the  bearing  surface  of  the  sole  and  wall 
in  such  a  manner  that  the  shoe  can  not  cause  pressure  upon 
the  diseased  parts,  and  reshoe.  If  the  foot  is  hot  and  painful, 
apply  cold  poultices  or  stand  the  patient  in  cold  water  until  the 
inflammation  subsides.  This  failing,  apply  warm  poultices  until 
the  horn  softens  and  pus  appears;  then  open  well  at  the  bottom; 
remove  all  horn  that  is  underrun  by  pus;  cleanse  the  parts  thor- 
oughly; apply  tincture  of  iodine;  bandage  carefully,  and  place  the 
patient  in  a  clean  dry  stall.  Dress  the  foot  daily  until  lameness  and 
suppuration  cease,  then  plug  the  corn  with  tar  and  oakum,  and  shoe 
with  a  bar  shoe. 

455.  Cracks  in  the  wall  of  the  hoof. — Most  frequently  found 
on  the  inner  side  of  the  front  hoofs;  on  the  hind  hoofs,  usually  at  the 
toe.  According  to  location  they  are  classified  as  toe  cracks  and 
quarter  cracks.  Cracks  which  affect  only  the  upper  border  of  the 
hoof  are  called  coronary  cracks;  those  affecting  the  lower  border  of  the 
hoof  are  called  low  cracks;  while  those  extending  from  one  border  to 
the  other  are  called  complete  cracks. 

Causes. — Weak  quarters;  excessive  dryness  of  the  hoof;  lack  of 
frog  pressure;  contracted  heels;  heavy  shoes;  large  nails;  and  nails 
set  too  far  back.  Cracks  which  start  at  the  bottom  are  usually  due 
to  shoeing  and  are  of  little  importance,  while  those  that  start  at  the 
coronet  are  usually  troublesome. 

Symptoms. — A  crack  in  the  wall  at  the  toe  or  the  quarter.  The 
crack  may  be  shallow  and  cause  no  lameness,  or  it  may  extend  en- 
tirely through  the  wall,  injuring  the  sensitive  structures  within. 

Treatment. — Remove  the  shoe  and  soften  the  horn  by  foot  baths 
or  poultices.  This  being  accomplished,  cut  away  the  overlapping 
edges  of  the  crack  and  thin  the  horn  on  each  side.  A  bar  shoe  is  then 
applied,  the  wall  beneath  the  crack  being  cut  away  so  that  it  will  not 
come  in  contact  with  the  shoe.  A  cantharides  blister  should  then  be 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  153 

applied  to  the  coronet  above  the  crack  to  stimulate  a  new  growth  of 
horn.     Toe  cracks  are  treated  in  the  same  way. 

456.  Contracted  feet. — An  unnatural  narrowing  of  the  feet  at 
the  quarters  and  heels.     Most  frequently  seen  in  the  front  feet. 

Causes. — Lack  of  frog  pressure;  lack  of  exercise;  excessive  dry  ness 
of  the  feet;  concaving  of  the  bearing  surface  of  the  shoe  back  to  the 
heels;  cutting  away  the  bars,  and  opening  the  heels  with  the  knife. 

Symptoms. — The  foot,  instead  of  being  wide  at  the  quarters  and 
circular  in  shape,  becomes  narrow  at  the  heels,  which  in  very 
severe  cases  may  overlap.  The  frog  atrophies  and  is  often  affected 
with  thrush.  Lameness  may  be  present  as  a  result  of  the  pinching 
of  the  sensitive  structures  by  the  walls  of  the  hoof. 

Treatment. — Frog  pressure  is  essential.  This  may  be  obtained 
by  the  use  of  a  bar  shoe,  with  leather  pad,  tar,  and  oakum,  or  by 
letting  the  animal  run  barefoot  for  several  months  on  soft  ground. 
Faults  in  shoeing  must  be  corrected.  If  the  foot  is  hard  and  dry  it 
must  be  softened  by  soaking  or  poulticing. 

457.  Dry  feet.— A  troublesome  condition  occurring  most  fre- 
quently in  dry  weather. 

Causes. — Lack  of  exercise;  lack  of  frog  pressure;  dry  weather; 
and  rasping  away  the  periople. 

Symptoms. — A  hard,  dry,  and  inelastic  condition  of  the  horn. 
This  increases  concussion  and  frequently  causes  inflammation  of  the 
foot  corium  and  produces  lameness. 

Treatment. — Soften  the  feet  by  poultices  or  by  foot  baths  and 
then  apply  an  oily  covering  to  the  wall  surface;  or,  pack  the  cavity 
between  the  branches  of  the  shoe  with  wet  clay  two  or  three  times  a, 
week.  This  is  preferable  to  soaking  in  water  as  it  supplies  moisture 
to  the  foot  and  does  not  macerate  the  periople.  Work  the  animal  on- 
soft  ground  whenever  possible.  Oils  and  ointments  do  not  soften, 
the  hoof.  They  are  only  useful  to  prevent  drying  out  after  the  foot 
has  been  moistened. 

458.  Navicular  disease. — A  chronic  inflammation  at  the  point 
where  the  tendon  of  the  deep  digital  flexor  passes  over  the  navicular 
bone.     The  disease  is  confined  almost  exclusively  to  the  front  feet 
and  to  light  horses  and  mules  used  for  fast  work. 

Causes. — Concussion;  violent  strains  thrown  upon  the  deep  flexor 
tendon;  improper  preparation  of  the  foot  in  shoeing — i.  e. ,  leaving  the 
toe  too  long  or  excessive  lowering  of  the  heels. 

Symptoms. — In  the  early  stages  there  is  little  to  indicate  the  nature 
of  the  disease.  There  is  lameness  which  may  be  slight  at  first,  but 
which  gradually  increases  in  severity.  When  resting  the  animal 


154  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

points  the  toe,  and  if  lame  in  both  feet  the  limbs  are  advanced  and 
the  feet  rested  alternately.  In  traveling  the  affected  leg  takes  a 
short  step  and  the  toe  strikes  the  ground  before  the  heel  comes  down. 
In  some  cases  the  lameness  may  disappear  for  a  dav  or  two,  but  only 
to  return  with  greater  severity-  than  ever.  At  times  there  is  in- 
creased sensitiveness  of  the  foot,  and  pressure  over  the  navicular 
area  with  the  tester  causes  great  pain.  Bar  shoes  greatly  increase 
the  lameness.  As  time  goes  on  the  frog  atrophies,  the  heels  contract, 
and  the  wall  at  the  heel  becomes  higher  than  normal. 

Treatment. — The  disease  is  incurable  and  only  relief  can  be  given. 
In  the  early  stages  reduce  the  inflammation  with  cold  baths  or  cold 
packs.  The  toe  is  then  carefully  shortened  and  a  shoe  with  a  rolled 
toe  and  thickened  heels  applied.  The  foot  should  be  softened 
two  or  three  times  a  week  by  means  of  foot  baths  or  poultices  and  a 
light  coating  of  linseed  oil  or  cosmoline  applied. 

When  possible  the  animal  should  be  allowed  to  run  barefoot  on 
soft  ground  for  several  months. 

459.  Punctured  wounds  of  the  frog  and  sole — Pricks  in 
shoeing. 

Causes. — Punctures  of  the  frog  and  sole  are  caused  by  the  animal 
stepping  on  nails,  pieces  of  glass,  sharp  sticks,  and  other  pointed 
objects. 

Pricks  in  shoeing  may  be  direct  or  indirect. 

In  direct  pricking  the  nail  is  driven  directly  into  the  sensitive 
structures,  causing  immediate  lameness. 

In  indirect  pricking  the  nail  is  not  driven  into  the  sensitive  tissues, 
but  so  close  that  it  crowds  the  inner  layer  of  the  horn  in  against  them. 
In  such  cases  lameness  may  not  appear  for  several  days.  e 

Symptoms. — Lameness  more  or  less  severe.  The  foot  is  hot;  there 
is  more  or  less  throbbing  in  the  digital  arteries,  and  pressure  with  the 
tester  over  the  injured  spot  causes  pain.  If  the  animal  goes  lame 
immediately  after  having  been  shod,  pricking  is  to  be  suspected. 
Clean  the  foot  thoroughly,  remove  the  nails  one  at  a  time  and  ex- 
amine each  nail  carefully  for  moisture,  blood,  or  pus.  Test  each  nail 
hole  with  the  tester  or  pincers;  when  the  injured  spot  is  pressed,  the 
horse  will  flinch.  If  the  nails  are  found  to  have  produced  no  injury 
examine  the  frog  and  the  rest  of  the  sole  in  the  same  manner  for  nails 
or  other  sharp  objects  that  may  have  been  picked  up  in  the  road  or 
elsewhere. 

Treatment. — Whether  old  or  recent,  whether  caused  by  pricking 
or  by  a  nail  or  other  sharp  object,  the  treatment  is  the  same.  Trim 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  155 

the  horn  carefully  from  about  the  wound,  remove  the  offending  object 
if  present,  and  establish  drainage.  Clean  the  wound  thoroughly 
with  a  strong  antiseptic  solution;  dry  it  well  with  clean  cotton  and 
apply  tincture  of  iodine.  The  foot  is  then  well  bandaged  and  the 
animal  placed  in  a  clean,  dry  stall.  Repeat  the  dressings  twice 
daily  until  pus  formation  and  lameness  cease.  The  wound  is  then 
packed  with  tar  and  oakum  and  the  horse  shod  as  directed  in  par- 
agraph 453. 

460.  Quittor. — A  chronic  inflammation  of  the  cartilages  of  the 
foot  and  their  surrounding  structures,  characterized  by  the  presence 
of  one  or  more  small  openings  (fistulas)  from  which  there  is  a  continu- 
ous discharge  of  pus. 

Causes. — Treads  on  the  coronet,  suppurating  corns,  and  bruised 
and  punctured  wounds  of  the  sole. 

Symptoms. — Heat,  swelling,  and  tenderness  in  the  region  of  the 
coronet  and  heel,  usually  the  inner  one.  The  inflammation  may 
subside,  but  usually  an  abscess  forms  and  discharges  a  bloody  pus, 
after  which  the  swelling  may  disappear,  leaving  one  or  more  small 
canala  (fistulas,  sinuses)  1  or  2  inches  in  depth.  There  is  usually 
lameness. 

Treatment. — Rest.  If  due  to  a  nail  wound,  a  tread  or  a  suppurating 
corn,  treat  accordingly.  The  canals  may  be  injected  twice  daily 
with  tincture  of  iodine  and  a  pack  of  a  1  to  1,000  solution  of  bichloride  of 
mercury  applied.  If  this  does  not  affect  a  cure,  an  operation  will  be 
necessary. 

461.  Seedy  toe. — A  mealy  condition  of  the  horn  of  the  wall, 
usually  in  the  region  of  the  toe. 

Causes. — Usually  results  from  an  attack  of  laminitis.  Excessive 
moisture  is  also  said  to  be  a  cause. 

Symptoms. — A  crumbling  and  breaking  away  of  the  white  line 
between  the  wall  and  the  sole,  leading  to  the  formation  of  a  hollow 
wall.  By  tapping  on  the  wall  of  the  diseased  part  a  hollow  sound 
may  be  heard. 

Treatment. — Scrape  out  the  soft,  crumbly  horn  and  clean  the 
cavity  well;  apply  tincture  of  iodine  or  pure  creolin  and  pack  with  tar 
and  oakum.  The  foot  is  then  shod  with  a  leather  pad  and  a  bar  shoe. 
A  cantharides  blister  should  be  applied  to  the  coronet  to  stimulate 
the  growth  of  the  horn. 

462.  Thrush. — A  disease  of  the  frog  characterized  by  an  offensive 
odor  and  a  softening  of  the  horn. 


156  MANUAL  FOE  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

Causes. — Muddy  roads,  picket  lines  and  corrals,  and  a  filthy  con- 
dition of  the  floor  of  the  stables  in  which  the  animal  is  kept. 

Symptoms. — A  stinking  discharge  from  the  cleft  of  the  frog.  As 
the  disease  advances  the  discharge  and  odor  become  more  marked, 
the  cleft  deepens,  the  horn  becomes  imderrun  and  loosened,  and  the 
sensitive  structures  are  exposed.  Lameness  is  uaually  absent,  it 
occurring  only  in  severe  cases,  where  the  whole  or  a  large  portion  of 
the  frog  is  diseased. 

Treatment. — Clean,  dry  stalls  are  essential.  Pare  awav  all  loose 
underrun  portions  of  horn,  dry-clean  the  frog  thoroughly  with  oakum 
and  apply  tincture  of  iodine.  When  the  iodine  dries,  cover  the  parts 
with  pine  tar.  Or,  after  the  frog  has  been  thoroughly  cleaned,  pack 
with  the  three  sulphates,  or  a  few  drops  of  pure  creolin.  If  not  lame, 
keep  the  animal  at  work. 

463.  Treads. — Injuries  of  the  coronet  and  heels. 

Causes. — Stepping  with  the  shoe  of  one  foot  upon  the  coronet  or 
heel  of  another  in  turning,  backing,  or  going  to  one  side,  and  some- 
times by  a  tread  from  another  horse.  Cavalry  horses  and  lead  and 
swing  horses  of  artillery  are  often  injured  by  the  horses  in  rear  when 
column  is  brought  suddenly  to  a  halt. 

Symptoms. — Laceration  or  bruising,  with  heat,  pain,  and  swelling 
in  the  region  of  the  heels  or  coronet. 

Treatment. — Remove  all  portions  of  loosened  horn  and  treat  as 
directed  in  paragraphs  353  and  357. 


CHAPTER  XVII. 
ISOLATION,  QUARANTINE,  AND  DISINFECTION. 

ISOLATION. 

464.  Isolation  is  a  preventative  measure  wherein  an  animal 
affected  with  a  contagious  disease,  or  one  suspected  of  such  a  dis- 
ease, is  separated  from  the  healthy  animals  and  placed  by  itself. 
To  be  effective,  isolation  must  be  complete,  otherwise  it  is  useless. 
In  summer  or  in  the  Tropics,  in  order  to  prevent  the  spreading  of 
disease  by  flies,  diseased  animals  should  be  removed  to  a  place  at 
least  200  or  300  yards  from  the  healthy  ones  and  kept  within  an 
inclosure  having  "preferably  a  double  fence,  the  fences  to  be  sepa- 
rated by  a  space  of  10  or  12  feet  to  avoid  all  possibility  of  contact 
with  animals  which  may  be  on  the  outside.  In  winter,  the  distance 
between  the  sick  and  healthy  need  not  be  so  great. 

Each  isolated  animal  must  be  provided  with  a  separate  feed  box, 
water  bucket,  blanket,  and  grooming  outfit,  none  of  which  should 
be  removed  from  the  place  of  isolation  until  properly  disinfected. 
Only  authorized  persons  should  be  permitted  to  enter  the  place  of 
isolation.  Attendants  should  have  no  duties  which  bring  them  in 
contact  with  other  animals.  They  should  wear  fatigue  clothing, 
and  on  leaving  the  place  of  isolation  this  clothing  should  be  removed, 
the  hands  and  face  washed  with  soap  and  water,  and  the  hands  and 
shoes  disinfected.  The  fatigue  clothing  should  not  be  removed  from 
the  place  of  isolation  until  thoroughly  disinfected. 

No  animal,  carcass,  forage,  bedding,  or  manure  should  be  removed 
from  the  place  of  isolation  without  proper  authority.  As  the  dung, 
nasal  discharges,  etc.,  of  an  infected  animal  often  contain  the  germs, 
of  disease,  they,  together  with  all  soiled  bedding,  hay,  grain,  etc., 
should  be  piled  up  within  the  corral,  saturated  with  crude  oil,  and 
burned,  and  disinfectants  used  freely  about  the  stall.  This  pro- 
cedure is  not  only  of  value  in  the  destruction  of  infectious  material, 
but  also  in  destroying  the  breeding  places  of  flies. 

Immediately  after  an  animal  has  been  removed  from  the  stable 
and  placed  in  isolation,  his  entire  equipment,  his  stall,  the  watering 
trough,  the  salt  boxes,  and  everything  used  upon  him,  and  every- 
thing with  which  he  has  been  in  contact,  should  be  thoroughly- 
disinfected. 

157 


158  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

465.  Diseases  for  which  animals  should  be  isolated: 
Eczema  (Dhobie  itch). 

Epizootic  lymphangitis. 

Glanders. 

Influenza. 

Lice. 

Mange. 

Nasal  catarrh  of  whatever  nature. 

Pneumonia. 

Ringworm. 

Strangles. 

Surra. 

QUARANTINE. 

466.  By  quarantine  is  meant  the  period  during  which  animals 
suffering  from  contagious  disease  are  kept  away  from  those  known 
to  be  healthy.     It  also  means  the  detention  and  isolation  of  animals 
Doming  from  places  infected,  or  suspected  of  being  infected,  with 
contagious  disease.    There  is  no  fixed  period  of  quarantine  for  all 
cases,  but  the  length  of  this  period  varies  according  to  the  nature  of 
the  disease  against  which  the  quarantine  is  established .    As  a  general 
rule  it  should  be  at  least  ten  days  or  two  weeks  in  length.     Animals, 
particularly  remounts,  should  be  quarantined  upon  their  arrival  at 
camp  or  garrison  to  determine  whether  or  not  they  have  been  ex- 
posed to  diseases  of  contagious  or  infectious  nature. 

To  be  of  value  quarantine  must  be  perfect,  otherwise  it  is  as  useless 
as  none  at  all.  Not  only  should  the  diseased  animals  themselves  be 
quarantined  against,  but  also  all  animals,  stables,  equipment,  etc., 
which  may  have  been  exposed  to  the  infection. 

During  the  period  of  quarantine  all  animals  showing  symptoms  of 
contagious  disease  should  be  segregated  immediately  in  different 
isolated  places,  and  their  stalls,  together  with  their  feeding,  watering, 
and  grooming  utensils,  thoroughly  disinfected.  The  remaining  ani- 
mals must  then  be  held  for  another  period  of  10  days  or  2  weeks. 

Quarantine  pens  or  corrals  should  be  at  least  200  or  300  yards  from 
all  susceptible  animals. 

For  quarantinable  diseases  see  paragraph  465. 

DISINFECTION. 

467.  By  this  term  is  meant  the  destruction  of  organisms  causing 
contagious  and  infectious  diseases.     This  may  be  accomplished  by 
means  of  sunlight  and  heat  or  by  the  use  of  chemical  agents. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  159 

468.  Sunlight. — Germs  of  many  diseases  will  live  almost  in- 
definitely in  dark,  damp  places,  while  in  the  sunlight  they  exist 
only  for  a  short  time. 

469.  Heat. — (a)  For  the  destruction  of  material  contaminated 
with  germs  of  disease,  such  as  manure,  nasal  discharges,  soiled  forage 
and  bedding,  and  worthless  articles  of  equipment,  there  is  nothing 
more  convenient  and  more  certain  than  the  application  of  fire.    When 
burning  of  such  material  is  conducted  in  the  open  air,  great  care 
must  be  taken  that  the  burning  is  complete  and  that  110  small  un- 
burned  particles  remain  to  be  scattered  about  by  the  action  of  the 
wind.     To  insure  thoroughness  in  burning,  saturate  the  material  to 
be  burned  with  crude  oil  or  kerosene. 

(6)  Boiling  for  20  minutes  is  an  effective  method  for  the  destruc- 
tion of  disease-producing  germs.  Its  use,  however,  is  limited  to 
articles  of  a  metallic  or  earthen  nature  and  to  clothing,  etc.,  of  linen 
or  cotton.  Articles  of  wool  (blankets)  or  leather  must  not  be  boiled. 

470.  Chemical  agents. — The  chemical  agents  most  frequently 
used  in  disinfection  are: 

To  1  gallon  of  water — 

Bichloride  of  mercury drams. .  2 

Carbolic  acid ounces. .  6 J 

Chloride  of  lime  (fresh) do 6 

Chloro  naptholeum do 4 

Creolin do 4 

Formalin do 6 

Kreso do 4 

Liquor  cresolis. do 5 

471.  Disinfection   of   stables. — Entire   stables   or  individual 
stalls  are  disinfected  after  the  removal  of  the  occupants  and  the 
isolation  of  the  sick.     The  method  of  procedure  is  as  follows: 

Feed  boxes  and  mangers  should  be  thoroughly  cleaned  and  the 
bedding  and  manure  removed  from  the  stalls  and  piled  up  out- 
side. The  walls,  floors,  and  partitions  should  then  be  scraped 
and  swept  clean  and  the  sweepings  placed  on  the  pile  with  the 
bedding  and  burned.  If  the  floor  be  of  earth,  three  or  four  inches 
of  the  surface  should  be  dug  up  and  removed  to  some  place  inacces- 
sible to  live  stock  and  saturated  with  a  good  disinfectant.  The 
removed  earth  should  be  replaced  with  clean,  fresh,  uncontaminated 
clay.  Should  any  of  the  woodwork  about  the  stable  have  become 

106233°— 17 11 


160  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

softened  or  decayed  it  should  be  removed,  burned,  and  replaced 
with  new  material. 

The  stable  having  been  carefully  cleaned,  the  disinfectant, 
preferably  creolin,  kreso,  or  bichloride  of  mercury,  is  then  applied 
thoroughly  to  all  surfaces,  such  as  walls,  partitions,  mangers,  and 
floors  (if  of  concrete  or  brick).  This  may  be  accomplished  by  the 
use  of  brooms  or  brushes,  but  the  best  and  most  efficient  method  is 
by  means  of  a  strong  spray  pump  with  which  the  disinfecting  solution 
can  be  forced  into  all  cracks  and  crevices.  The  walls  and  posts 
should  be  disinfected  to  a  height  of  at  least  12  feet  from  the  floor. 
Feed  boxes,  and  mangers  should  receive  particular  attention.  The 
corral  should  be  cleaned  thoroughly,  and  the  watering  trough,  fences, 
picket  lines,  and  salt  boxes  thoroughly  disinfected.  The  process 
of  disinfection  having  been  completed,  the  stable  or  stall  is  allowed 
to  dry  for  three  or  four  days  before  again  being  used.  When  the 
entire  stable  has  been  disinfected,  it  is  well  to  open  all  doors  and 
windows  for  the  admission  of  air  and  light. 

When  disinfection  follows  an  outbreak  of  mange  the  stable  should 
not  be  reoccupied  within  8  or  10  days.  A  second  disinfection  6  or  8 
days  after  the  first  is  also  advisable.  In  this  case  unslacked  lime 
may  be  added  to  the  disinfecting  solution.  In  the  Tropics,  infected 
stables  constructed  of  bamboo  and  other  cheap  material  should  be 
burned. 

472.  Disinfection  of  leather. — Bridles,  halters,  and  harnesses 
should  be  taken  apart,  and  the  stirrups,  coat  straps,  etc.,  removed 
from  the  saddle.    All  parts  are  then  given  a  thorough  scrubbing  with 
warm  water,  soap,  and  a  stiff  brush,  after  which  they  are  allowed 
to  dry.    They  should  then  be  scrubbed  with  a  solution  of  creolin, 
kreso,  liquor  cresolis,  or  carbolic  acid,  and  dried.    The  drying  in 
both  cases  should  take  place  in  the  shade. 

473.  Disinfection  of  blankets  and  grooming  utensils. — Such 
articles  are  best  disinfected  by  placing  them  for  12  hours  in  a  bath 
of  creolin,  kreso,  bichloride  of  mercury,  liquor  cresolis,  or  carbolic 
acid. 

474.  Disinfection  of  men's  clothing. — Articles  of  wool  should 
be  soaked  for  12  hours  as  directed  in  paragraph  473.    Articles  of 
linen  or  cotton  should  be  boiled  or  soaked  in  a  disinfectant. 

475.  Disinfection  of  bits,  curbchains,  and  other  like  articles 
of  metal. — Boil  or  scrub  well  with  any  of  the  disinfectants  except 
bichloride  of  mercury,  which  will  corrode  them. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  161 

476.  Disinfection    of    stable    implements. — Forks,    brooms, 
buckets,  etc.,  should  be  freed  from  dirt,  scrubbed  with,  soap  and 
water,  and  washed  with  a  disinfectant. 

477.  Disinfection  of  watering  troughs,  feed  boxes,  etc. — 
Scrub  with  boiling  water  and  soap,  then  wash  thoroughly  with  a 
disinfectant. 

478.  Disinfection  of  railroad  cars. — Cars  are  disinfected  in  the 
same  manner  as  stables. 

DESTRUCTION  OF  ANIMALS. 

479.  Destruction  of  animals  is  best  accomplished  by  shooting 
with  a  pistol.    An  imaginary  line  is  drawn  from  the  base  of  the 
right  ear  to  the  left  eye  and  vice  versa.    The  bullet  should  enter 
at  the  point  where  these  two  lines  cross,  the  pistol  being  held  close 
to  the  head. 

DISPOSAL  OF  CARCASSES. 

480.  By  burning. — Dig' a  trench  in  the  ground  in  the  shape  of  a 
cross  (+),  each  trench  being  7  feet  long,  15  inches  wide,  and  18 
inches  deep  at  the  point  where  the  two  meet,  becoming  shallower  at 
each  end .    The  earth  is  thrown  up  in  the  angles  formed  by  the  trench, 
and  on  this  are  placed  two  stout  pieces  of  iron  (a  piece  of  railroad 
rail  if  obtainable)  or  wooden  rails.     A  layer  of  stout  wood  is  placed 
on  the  rails,  and  on  this  the  carcass  is  placed.    Wood  is  then  piled 
over  the  carcass  and  the  pile  lighted  with  paper,  straw,  shavings,  etc. 
Five  gallons  of  crude  oil  or  kerosene  poured  over  the  carcass  will 
lasten  the  burning.    The  carcass  is  usually  consumed  in  five  or  six 
lours.     Blood,  manure,  nasal  discharges,  etc.,  which  may  be  scat- 
tered about  on  the  ground,  should  be  scraped  up  with  the  earth  and 
thrown  into  the  fire. 

481.  By  burying.— When  burning   is  impracticable,  carcasses 
should  be  buried.    The  grave  should  be  at  least  8  feet  deep  and  the 
carcass  should  be  well  covered  with  unslacked  lime,  after  which  the 
grave  is  filled  in  and  the  earth  well  packed.     Earth  which  has  been 
soiled  by  blood,  manure,  nasal  discharges,  etc.,  should  be  scraped 
up  and  thrown  into  the  bottom  of  the  grave. 

Wagons,  etc.,  in  which  animals  dead  of  contagious  disease  are 
hauled  should  be  cleaned  and  disinfected. 


162  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

FLIES. 

482.  Flies. — In  addition  to  their  importance  on  account  of  the 
worry  produced  by  their  bites  and  the  loss  of  blood  suffered  by  their 
victims,  flies  are  of  great  importance  as  carriers  of  disease.     For  these 
reasons  their  destruction  as  well  as  the  destruction  of  the  material  in 
which  they  breed  must  receive  constant  and  vigilant  attention. 

483.  Breeding   places    of   flies. — Flies   breed    principally   in 
horse  manure,  damp  straw  or  hay,  fallen  leaves,  dead  grass,  under- 
brush, decaying  animal  and  vegetable  matter,  refuse  and  filth  of 
every  kind,  and  in  earth  soaked  with  horse  urine. 

484.  Control  of  flies  in  garrison. — During  fly  season,  or  in  the 
Tropics,  the  stables  must  be  kept  absolutely  clean  and  dry.    Manure, 
soiled  bedding,  and  refuse  about  the  feed  boxes  and  mangers  should 
be  removed  daily  and  hauled  to  the  dump.     Food  boxes  and  man- 
gers should  be  swept  or  brushed  out  daily,  and  once  a  week  the  feed 
boxes  and  a  portion  of  the  woodwork  immediately  surrounding  them 
should  be  well  scraped  and  washed  clean  with  boiling  water.     The 
doors  and  windows  should  be  kept  open  at  all  times,  except  during 
storms,  and  bales  of  hay  or  straw,  and  empty  sacks  or  sacks  filled 
with  grain  that  may  have  become  wet  by  rain  blowing  through 
open  windows  or  doors  should  be  scattered  about  and  allowed  to  dry. 

The  corrals  and  picket  lines  should  be  swept  daily,  and  special 
attention  must  be  paid  to  the  ground  beneath  the  watering  trough  to 
see  that  it  is  kept  clean  and  dry.  If  the  floor  of  the  picket  line  should 
be  of  soft  earth,  it  should  be  sprinkled  once  a  week  with  crude  oil. 

Horse  covers  and  saddle  blankets  that  have  been  used  and  which 
for  any  reason  are  to  be  stored  away  in  the  stable  should  be  thor- 
oughly dried  before  storing. 

485.  Fly  traps  and  fly  poison. — These  are  often  useful  in  the 
destruction  of  flies,  particularly  in  and  about  stables.     An  excellent 
fly  poison  is  made  as  follows : 

Formalin ounce . .       1 

Sugar  or  sirup do 1 

Water pint. .       1 

Mix.  Put  in  shallow  vessels  and  place  where  the  flies  are  the 
thickest. 

486.  Control  of  flies  in  camp. — When  animals  are  to  remain  in 
camp  for  more  than  a  few  days,  the  picket  lines  and  the  ground. 
for  50  yards  or  more  on  the  sides  and  ends  should  be  thoroughly 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  163 

policed.  Underbrush,  tall  grass,  etc.,  should  be  cut  and  burned 
or  removed  to  an  out-of-the-way  place  several  hundred  yards  from 
the  camp.  The  floor  of  the  picket  line  and  the  ground  for  several 
feet  on  either  side  should  be  raked  and  swept  daily,  and  the  manure, 
straw,  and  other  sweepings  burned  or^  hauled  away  to  the  camp 
dump.  Once  a  week  the  floor  of  the  picket  line  should  be  burned 
with  crude  oil  and  straw  at  the  rate  of  10  gallons  of  crude  oil  and  75 
pounds  of  straw  to  each  line. 

The  accumulation  of  waste  and  filth  from  any  source  must  not  be 
permitted,  and  bales  of  hay  or  straw  and  empty  sacks  and  sacks  of 
grain  that  may  have  become  wet  should  be  scattered  about  in  the 
sun  to  dry.  Loose  straw  or  hay  should  be  treated  in  the  same  way. 

487.  Protection  of  animals  against  bites  of  flies. — External 
applications  for  this  purpose  are  not  satisfactory,  although  many 
have  been  tried.  Sick  horses  and  horses  in  isolation  may  be  kept 
in  screened  stalls  or  covered  with  gunny  sacking  or  other  light 
material. 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 
CONTAGIOUS  AND  INFECTIOUS  DISEASES. 

488.  Contagious  and  infectious  diseases  are  diseases  capable 
of  being  transmitted  from  one  animal  to  another.     They  are  caused 
by  germs,  fungi,  and  low  forms  of  animal  life. 

Animals  affected,  or  suspected  of  being  affected,  with  a  contagious 
disease  should  be  isolated  at  once  in  a  well- ventilated  place  and  all 
places  to  which  they  have  had  access  thoroughly  disinfected.  Par- 
ticular attention  should  be  given  to  all  drinking  and  feeding  utensils, 
especially  those  which  are  to  be  used  by  other  animals.  A  vet- 
erinarian should  be  notified  at  once  in  all  cases  where  such  a  disease 
is  suspected. 

489.  Contagious  stomatitis  (figs.  50,  51). — A  mild  contagious 
inflammation  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  mouth,  involving 
sometimes  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  nose  arid  the  skin  of  the 
lips. 

Cause. — The  cause  is  unknown.  The  disease  is  spread  by  the 
saliva  of  the  sick  which  contaminates  the 'food  and  water  of  other 
animals.  It  is  also  spread  by  the  hands  of  attendants,  grooming 
utensils,  etc. 

Symptoms. — The  animal  takes  its  food  slowly  and  chews  with 
great  care,  and  there  is  always  more  or  less  slobbering,  the  saliva 
hanging  from  the  mouth  in  long  threads.  The  animal  holds  the 
mouth  shut.  If  opened,  a  quantity  of  saliva  spills  out.  The 
mucous  membrane  of  the  mouth  is  reddened,  and  the  lips  and 
cheeks  are  often  swollen  and  tender.  On  the  mucous  membrane 
of  the  lips,  gums,  tongue,  roof  of  the  mouth,  and  beneath  the  tongue 
appear  hard,  red  elevations  about  the  size  of  a  pea,  from  which, 
in  a  few  days,  little  blisters  are  formed.  Sometimes  small  abscesses 
are  formed,  which  break  and  leave  behind  small  round  ulcers. 
These  ulcers  and  blisters  usually  heal  in  five  or  six  days,  leaving 
behind  a  white  scar.  The  lump  is  usually  slightly  elevated. 

The  disease  usually  ends  in  recovery  in  about  two  weeks. 

Treatment. — Feed  soft  food  and  allow  plenty  of  fresh  drinking 
water.  Wash  out  the  mouth  three  times  a  day^  with  creolin  4  drams, 
water  1  pint;  or,  potassium  permanganate  30  grains  to  1  quart  of  water. 

164 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  165 

490.  Strangles  (distemper). — An  acute  contagious  and  infec- 
tious disease  of  horses  and  mules,  occurring  most  commonly  in 
animals  from  6  months  to  5  years  of  age. 

Cause.-  —A  germ,  the  streptococcus  equi. 


FIG.  50. — Contagious  stomatitis.    (By  courtesy  of  Dr.  S.  Stewart.) 

Symptoms. — The  disease  begins  with  a  high  fever,  ranging  from 
104°  to  106°;  and  an  abundant  discharge  from  the  nose  which  is  at 
first  watery,  but  later  becomes  much  thicker.  The  submaxillary 
glands  (the  glands  below  the  lower  jaw)  swell,  become  hot  and 


166  MANUAL  FOE,  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

painful,  and  in  them  abscesses  may  form.  There  is  soreness  of  the 
throat,  cough,  loss  of  appetite,  depression,  and  occasionally  great 
muscular  weakness.  There  may  be  some  swelling  of  the  limbs  and 
occasionally  swellings  are  found  elsewhere  on  the  body.  The 
infection  may  spread  along  the  lymph  channels  and  cause  blood 
poisoning  and  death. 


FIG.  51.— Contagious  stomatitis.    (By  courtesy  of  Dr.  S.  Stewart.) 

.  Treatment. — Clothe  the  body  according  to  the  season;  avoid  drafts; 
apply  stimulating  liniments,  hot  baths,  or  poultices  to  the  enlarged 
glands  three  times  a  day,  and,  as  soon  as  a  soft  area  is  noticed,  open 
3,nd  flush  twice  daily  with  an  antiseptic  solution.  (See  Abscess, 
fear.  372. V 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  167 

Feed  soft  foods,  such  as  grass,  bran  mashes,  steamed  oats.  Supply 
an  abundance  of  fresh  drinking  water  to  which  has  been  added  one- 
half  ounce  of  potassium  nitrate  two  or  three  times  a  day.  During 
convalescence  give  moderate  exercise,  tonics,  and  plenty  of  grain. 

491.  Influenza  (pinkeye,  catarrhal  fever). — An  acute  conta- 
gious and  infectious  disease  affecting  the  respiratory  and  digestive  mu- 
cous membranes,  the  eyes,  and  the  nervous  and  circulatory  systems. 

Cause. — An  organism  the  nature  of  which  little  is  known. 

Symptoms. — The  first  symptoms  noticed  are  loss  of  appetite,  de- 
pression, and  great  weakness.  The  animal  staggers  when  walking, 
the  head  is  held  low,  and  the  temperature  rises  to  105°  or  107°.  The 
eyes  are  often  intensely  inflamed  and  the  visible  mucous  membranes 
become  yellowish  in  color.  There  is  often  a  discharge  from  the 
nostrils,  which  may  be  watery  at  first,  but  later  becomes  thicker  and 
often  tinged  with  yellow.  Respiration  is  quickened,  and  when  the 
digestive  organs  are  affected  colic  may  occur.  At  first  there  is  con- 
stipation and  the  dung  is  coated  with  a  thin  layer  of  mucus.  Later, 
diarrhea  may  set  in  and  the  legs  may  become  swollen,  hot,  and 
sensitive  to  the  touch.  During  the  course  of  the  disease  pneumonia 
sometimes  develops. 

Treatment. — Absolute  rest.  Clothe  the  body  according  to  the 
season;  pro  vide,  plenty  of  fresh  drinking  water  and  give  soft  food, 
except  when  diarrhea  exists,  in  which  case  give  hay,  dry  bran,  oat- 
meal, or  crushed  oats.  Colic  may  be  relieved  by  giving  cannabis 
indica,  fluid  extract  of  belladonna,  or  the  camphor  and  carbolic  acid 
preparation  as  prescribed  in  paragraph  414.  Give  one-half  ounce 
doses  of  potassium  nitrate  in  drinking  water  two  or  three  times  daily. 
Quinine  sulphate  may  be  given  twice  a  day  in  1-dram  doses.  If  great 
weakness  is  in  evidence,  combine  the  quinine  with  1  dr&m  fluid  extract 
ofnux  vomica  and  give  twice  daily.  Or,  give  alcoholor  spirits  of  nitrous 
ether  in  2  to  4  ounce  doses  three  times  daily  in  the  drinking  water. 

The  eyes,  if  involved,  should  be  treated  as  directed  in  paragraph 
435.  Should  pneumonia  develop,  treat  as  directed  in  paragraph 
422.  Animals  should  not  be  worked  for  at  least  two  weeks  after  the 
temperature  has  become  normal. 

During  an  outbreak  of  influenza  in  a  stable  early  morning  tem- 
peratures should  be  taken  daily.  Any  animal  showing  increase  of 
temperature  should  be  isolated. 

492.  Contagious  pneumonia  (pleurppneumonia,  infectious 
pneumonia). — An  acute  contagious  and  infectious  disease  affecting 
the  lungs  and  pleurae.     Although  rather  slow  in  spreading  from  animal 
to  animal,  it  often  causes  great  losses  when  once  introduced  into  a  stable. 


168  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

Cause. — Not  yet  identified. 

Symptoms  and  treatment. — The  same  as  for  pneumonia.  (See 
par.  422.) 

During  an  outbreak  of  contagious  pneumonia  in  a  stable  early 
morning  temperatures  should  be  taken  daily.  Any  animal  showing 
increase  of  temperature  should  be  isolated. 

493.  Glanders. — A  contagious  and  infectious  disease,  which  may 
be  transmitted  to  man.     It  may  be  acute  or  chronic.    The  external 
form  of  the  disease  is  called  farcy. 

Cause. — The  bacillus  of  glanders. 

494.  Acute  glanders  (fig.  52). — This  form  is  most  common  in 
the  mule,  though  it  may  occur  in  horses  while  in  transit  and  in 
tropical  climates. 

Symptoms. — Chill;  temperature,  105°  to  107°;  discharge  from  the 
nose,  which  maybe  bloody;  pimples  and  ulcers  on  the  mucous  mem- 
brane of  the  nostrils,  which  sometimes  perforate  the  nasal  septum; 
respirations  quickened  and  often  difficult;  rapid  emaciation;  and 
great  weakness.  Later,  diarrhea  may  occur.  The  lymph  glands  of 
the  lower  jaw  become  enlarged  and  nodules  and  ulcers  may  form  in 
the  skin.  The  course  of  this  form  is  rapid  and  death  takes  place  in 
from  3  to  14  days. 

Treatment. — None.     (See  par.  496.) 

495.  Chronic    glanders. — This   is    the    form   most   frequently 
seen  in  the  horse  in  temperate  climates. 

Symptoms. — The  first  symptom  noticed  is  usually  a  discharge 
from  one  or  both  nostrils,  which  is  whitish  in  color  and  which  may 
later  become  tinged  with  blood.  Pimples  form  on  the  mucous  mem- 
brane of  the  nostrils  and  soon  change  to  ulcers,  which  are  more  or  less 
deep  and  have  thickened  and  ragged  edges.  These  ulcers  frequently 
cause  small  hemorrhages  and  the  nasal  discharge  then  becomes 
mixed  with  blood.  ^  The  sub  maxillary  lymph  glands  become  slightly 
thickened  and  sensitive,  butlatsr  they  become  knotl ike  and  pain-  less. 
The  animal  becomes  weak,  emaciated ,  and  easily  fatigued .  Cough  and 
more  or  less  interference  with  breathing  may  be  noticed.  The  tem- 
perature may  be  slightly  elevated  and  irregular.  The  progress  of  the 
disease  is  slow  and  the  animal  may  live  for  years.  In  some  cases 
prominent  symptoms  never  develop  during  the  life  of  the  animal. 

Treatment. — None.     (See  par.  496.)  ^ 

496.  Farcy  (skin  glanders). — This  is  most  commonly  seen  as  a 
symptom  of  acute  glanders. 

Symptoms. — Nodules,  the  size  of  a  pea  to  that  of  a  walnut,  appear, 
as  a  rule,  on  the  shoulders,  neck,  chest,  and  limbs.  The  superficial 


FIG.  52.— GLANDERS. 

Middle    region    of    nasal   septum,   left  side,  showing  ulcers.      (From  "Diseases 
of  the  Horse,"  Department  of  Agriculture.) 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  169 

lymphatics  become  enlarged  and  appear  as  knotted  cords,  and  in 
them  ulcers  discharging  a  sticky,  bloody  fluid  are  formed.  The 
ulcers  heal  but  slowly,  if  at  all,  leaving  behind  email  jagged  scars. 
Treatment. — None.  The  disease  is  incurable.  The  affected 
animal  should  be  destroyed  at  once  and  burned  and  the  stables, 
and  all  equipment  thoroughly  disinfected.  All  exposed  animals 
in  the  organization  and  post  should  be  quarantined  and  repeatedly 


FIG.  53. — Chronic  epizootic  lymphangitis  (tropical). 


tested  with  one  or  more  of  the  various  tests  until  all  are  proven  to  be 
free  from  the  disease.  All  animals  which  react  to  the  test  should  be 
destroyed.  These  tests  can  be  carried  out  only  by  a  veterinarian. 
497.  Epizootic  lymphangitis  (figs.  53,  54). — A  chronic,  conta- 
gious disease  which  spreads  slowly  through  the  lymphatic  vessels  and 
lymphatic  glands.  It  is  somewhat  similar  to  farcy  (skin  glanders), 
except  that  in  the  latter  there  may  be  rise  of  temperature  and  sudden, 
loss  of  flesh  and  vigor  which  are  not  seen  in  epizootic  lymphangitis. 


170 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


FIG.  54. — Chronic  epizootic  lymphangitis  (tropical). 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  171 

Cause. — A  fungus. 

Symptoms. — Nodules,  either  singly  or  in  clusters,  or  in  the  form  of 
a  string  of  beads,  usually  first  appear  on  the  limbs,  but  later  on  any 
part  of  the  body.  From  the  nodules  abscesses  develop,  which  break 
and  discharge  a  thick,  yellow  pus.  When  the  abscesses  rupture, 
ulcers  are  formed,  which  heal  very  slowly.  In  cases  of  long  standing 
the  ulcers  often  run  together  and  form  large  ulcerous  surfaces.  The 
infected  limbs  become  swollen,  and  the  patient  becomes  weak  and 
poor  in  flesh. 

Treatment. — Open  the  abscesses,  clean  them  out  thoroughly,  and 
pack  with  crystals  of  potassium  permanganate  or  sulphate  of  copper. 
Or,  the  abscesses  may  be  swabbed  out  and  the  ulcers  painted  once 
daily  with  the  following  caustic  solution: 

Bichloride  of  mercury drams. .       2 

Salicylic  acid ounces. .       1 

Alcohol do 4 

Mix.  Apply  with  a  small  cotton  swab.  When  pus  ceases,  apply 
ordinary  antiseptics. 

As  the  disease  is  frequently  spread  by  flies,  the  ulcers  should  be 
covered  or  treated  as  directed  in  paragraph  360.  The  manure,  soiled 
bedding,  and  all  cast-off  dressings  and  bandages  should  be  burned. 
All  instruments,  etc.,  used  about  the  patient  must  be  thoroughly 
disinfected. 

498.  Tetanus  (lockjaw)  (fig.  55). — An  infectious  disease  caused 
by  a  germ  which  is  found  in  the  soil,  in  manure,  and  in  manured 
ground  (gardens,  around  stables^) .  The  germ  enters  the  body  through 
wounds,  and  animals  sustaining  deep  punctured  wounds  which 
become  soiled  with  earth  or  manure  are  likely  to  develop  the  disease. 
Punctured  wounds  of  the  feet  are  especially  dangerous.  The  germ 
does  not  readily  grow  in  large  open  wounds,  because  in  such  wounds 
oxygen  (air)  is 'freely  admitted.  It  is  more  prevalent  in  hot  than  in 
cold  climates. 

Cause. — The  bacillus  of  tetanus. 

Symptoms. — Usually  develop  in  one  or  two  days.  The  first  symp- 
tom noticed  is  a  slight  general  muscular  stiffness  interfering  with 
movement,  mastication,  swallowing,  and  drinking.  ^  Slight  muscular 
spasms  may  also  be  noticed.  In  a  short  time  the  stiffness  increases; 
the  head  is  held  extended;  the  tail  is  elevated,  and  the  ears  are  held 
erect.  Prehension  and  mastication  become  more  and  more  diffi- 
cult or  impossible,  and  food  and  saliva  collect  in  the  mouth  and 
decompose.  The  muscles  become  firmly  contracted  and  hard;  the 
jaws  are  set;  the  nostrils  are  dilated,  and  the  limbs  a.™  o-rpatlv 


172  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

stiffened  and  stand  well  apart.  If  forced  to  move,  the  legs  are  car- 
ried like  stilts  with  little  or  no  bending  of  the  joints.  There  is 
muscular  twitching  and  excitement,  both  of  which  are  increased 
by  any  sudden  noise,  a  flash  of  light,  or  a  slap  of  the  hand. 


FIG.  55.— Tetanus. 


The  eye  is  drawn  well  into  its  socket  and  the  haw  (membrana 
nic titans)  partially  covers  the  eyeball.  There  may  be  profuse 
sweating.  The  temperature  is  at  first  normal  or  slightly  elevated. 
Later  it  mav  rise  to  105°  or  over. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  173 

In  cases  which  develop  quickly  death  may  occur  in  from  one  to< 
three  days^  the  average  duration  of  fatal  cases  being  about  one  week. 
Recovery  is  seldom  complete  in  less  than  four  or  five  weeks.  The 
mortality  is  from  80  to  85  per  cent. 

Treatment. — If  the  wound  can  be  found,  open  it  well  and  treat 
with  an  antiseptic,  preferably  tincture  of  iodine.  Place  the  animal  in 
a  quiet,  darkened  stall.  Feed  gruels  or  very  thin  mashes,  and  keep 
fresh  water  constantly  within  easy  reach.  The  vessels  in  which 
the  food  and  water  are  given  should  be  supported  at  a  height  of  3  or 
4  feet  from  the  floor — this  to  enable  the  animal  to  eat  and  drink 
without  bending  the  neck. 

Medicines  are  of  little  use.  Give  from  2  to  4  ounces  potassium 
bromide  in  the  drinking  water  twice  a  day;  or  J-ounce  doses  of 
cannabis  indica  in  one  pint  of  warm  water  may  be^  given  as  an 
enema  and  repeated  often  enough  to  keep  the  animal  quiet  or  drowsy. 
Do  not  attempt  to  drench  or  give  balls.  Slings  may  be  used  when 
necessary  to  keep  the  animal  on  its  feet. 

Prevention. — The  disease  may  be  prevented  by  thoroughly  cleans- 
ing all  wounds,  expecially  punctured  wounds  of  the  feet,  and 
treating  them  with  antiseptics. 

499.  Surra  (fig.  56). — A  tropical  contagious  and  infectious, 
blood  disease,  transmitted  by  biting  insects,  especially  flies. 

Cause. — A  low  form  of  animal  life,  the  trypanosoma  evansi  (fig.  57). 

Symptoms. — Dullness,  depression,  and  great  weakness.  The  tem- 
perature rises  from  104°  to  106°,  and  remains  high  for  four  or  five 
days,  after  which  it  may  return  to  the  normal,  only  to  shoot  up 
again  in  a  few  days.  Later,  soft,  doughy  swellings  appear  on  the 
sheath,  belly,  and  limbs.  There  is  rapid  loss  of  flesh.  The  mucoua 
membranes  become  pale  and  frequently  show  dark  red  spots  (pete- 
chiae),  and  there  may  be  a  watery  discharge  from  the  eyes  and 
nostrils.  The  temperature  continues  to  rise  and  fall,  the  animal 
Becomes  more  and  more  emaciated,  and,  in  acute  cases,  dies  in 
about  two  weeks.  The  disease  is,  however,  usually  chronic,  in 
which  case  the  patient  may  live  for  one  or  two  months. 

Treatment. — None.  The" disease  is  incurable.  The  affected  ani- 
mals should  be  immediately  killed  and  their  carcasses  burned. 

To  prevent  the  spread  of  the  disease,  early  morning  temperatures 
of  all  the  animals  in  the  post  or  camp  should  be  taken  daily.  Any 
animal  showing  a  rise  of  temperature  should  be  isolated.  His  tem- 
perature should  be  taken  daily  and  a  veterinarian  should  examine 
nis  blood.  The  suspected  animal  should  be  protected  from  flies- 
either  by  being  placed  in  a  screened  building  or  by  being  covered 
with  sacking  or  a  net.  Every  effort  should  be  made  to  destroy  flies; 


174 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


FIG.  56.— Surra;  characteristic  swellings. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


175 


and  prevent  their  breeding.     Cattle  and  carabao  may  carry  the  in- 
fection.   They  should  therefore  be  excluded  from  the  post  or  camp. 


r 


FIG.  57.— Trypanosoma  evansi  (the  worm-like  figures). 

500.  Purpura  hemorrhagica  (purpura,  petechial  fever)  (fig. 
58). — An  acute  noncontagious  disease  of  horses  and  mules.     It  may 

106233°— 17 — -12 


176 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


occur  independently,  but  usually  follows  such  diseases  as  strangles, 
pneumonia,  and  influenza. 

Cause. — Unknown. 

Symptoms. — On  the  mucous  membranes  of  the  nostrils  and  eyes 
there  appear  small,  dark  red  spots,  varying  in  size  from  that  of  a 
pin's  head  to  a  pea.  At  about  the  same  tinie  swellings  appear  on 
the  head,  belly,  and  legs,  which  become  enormous  in  size.  These 
swellings  have  a  characteristic  abruptly  terminating  border,  giving 


FIG.  58.— Purpura  hemorrhagica. 

the  appearance  of  having  been  tied  with  a  string.  The  swellings 
of  the  legs  cause  stiffness,  and  the  swellings  of  the  head  and  nostrils 
may  become  so  great  as  to  interfere  with  breathing.  The  tempera- 
ture is  at  first  normal,  but  may  become  elevated  in  a  few  days. 

Treatment. — There  is  no  specific.  Tie  the  head  up  high.  Give 
easily  digested  food  and  tonics.  If  the  swellings  break  open  or 
crack,  apply  antiseptics.  If  suffocation  threatens,  bathe  nostrils 
with  cold  water.  Tincture  of  chloride  of  iron  is  probably  the  best 
tonic.  It  should  be  given  twice  a  dav. 


GLOSSARY. 

Abdomen:  The  cavity  between  the  thorax  and  the  pelvis. 

Abscess:  A  collection  of  pus. 

Absorb :  Take  in,  suck  up,  take  up. 

Absorption :  The  taking  in  of  fluids  or  other  substances  by  the  skin, 
mucous  surfaces,  or  absorbent  vessels. 

Acute:  Having  a  short,  severe  course;  not  chronic. 

Adjust:  Put  in  order,  arrange,  set  to  rights. 

Anterior:  Situated  in  front  of  or  in  the  forward  part  of. 

Aqueous:  Watery;  prepared  with  water. 

Arm:  The  region  between  the  shoulder  and  forearm. 

Articular:  Pertaining  to  a  joint. 

Ascend:  Rise,  climb,  go  up. 

Atrophy:  A  wasting  or  diminution  in  the  size  of  a  part. 

Auxiliary:  That  which  affords  aid. 

Bacillus:  Rod-shaped  germ. 

Bacterium  (bacteria,  plural) :  A  germ. 

Barrel:  The  body  or  trunk. 

Base :  The  lowest  part  or  foundation  of  anything. 

Basis:  The  base  or  lower  part. 

Bog:  Soft  and  spongy. 

Bowel:  The  intestine. 

Brain:  The  mass  of  nervous  material  within  the  cranium. 

Buttocks:  The  protuberances  of  the  rump  on  either  side  of  the  tail. 

Canal:  Any  tube,  narrow  passage,  or  channel. 

Canine:  Of  or  pertaining  to,  or  like  that  which  belongs  to  a  dog. 

Cannon:  The  structures  between  the  knee  (hock  in  hind  leg)  and 
the  fetlock. 

Capricious:  Odd,  queer,  freakish,  uncertain,  changeable. 

Cartilage:  Gristle. 

Catarrh:  Inflammation  of  a  mucous  membrane,  with  a  free  dis- 
charge. 

Caudal:  Pertaining  to  the  tail. 

Cecum  (caecum):  Blind;  blind  gut. 

Chestnuts:  The  horny  plates  found  on  the  inside  of  the  legs  near 
the  knee  and  hock;  so  called  on  account  of  their  fanciful  resemblance 
to  a  chestnut. 

Chronic:  Long  continued ;  not  acute. 

Clot:  A  soft  mass  of  coagulated  blood  or  lymph. 

177 


178  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

Coagulate:  To  curdle;  thicken;  clot. 

Coma:  Profound  stupor. 

Compress:  A  pad  of    any  kind,  applied  so  as  to  make  pressure  OD 
any  particular  part. 

Concave:  Hollow,  depressed,  hollowed  out. 

Concussion:  A  violent  jar  or  shock. 

Conformation:  Structure,  form,  shape. 

Congestion:  An  excess  of  blood  in  a  part. 

Constipation:  Infrequent  evacuation  of  the  bowel. 

Contagion:     The  communication  of  disease  by  contact,   either 
direct  or  indirect;  a  contagious  disease. 

Contagious:    Carried  from  one  person  or  animal  to  another;  catch- 
ing. 

Contraction:  A  shortening. 

Convalescence:  The  stage  of  recovery  following  an  attack  of  dis- 
ease. 

:    Convalescent:  A  patient  in  the  stage  of  recovery  following  an 
attack  of  disease. 

Convex:  Bulging,  rounding  outwardly. 

Coronet:  A  crown;  the  crown  of  the  hoof. 

Corpuscles:  Small  cells  which  form  part  of  the  blood. 

Corrode:  Eat  away,  consume,  impair,  destroy. 

Corrosive:  Destructive  to  tissue,  caustic,  eating  away. 
.  Coxa:  The  hip  or  hip  bone. 

Cranium:  The  skull  or  brain  pan. 

Croup :  That  "portion  of  the  upper  part  of  the  body  situated  be- 
tween the  loins  in  front  and  the  tail  behind. 

Crystalline:  Resembling  a  crystal. 

Dandruff:  Scales  found  upon  the  skin. 

Debilitating:  Weakening. 

Descend:  To  go  down. 

Decomposition:  Decay,  rot. 
.Depraved  appetite:  A  desire  for  unnatural  articles  of  food. 

Differentiate :  To  establish  a  difference  between. 

Digestion:  The  process  of  converting  food  into  materials  fit  to 
be  absorbed. 

Dissolve:  To  cause  a  substance  to  melt  away  in  a  liquid. 

Docile:  Easy  to  manage,  gentle. 

Dock:  The  solid  part  of  the  tail;  also  the  parts  around  the  anus. 

Elbow:  The  bony  projection  at  the  upper  part  of  the  forearm. 

Excrement:  The  natural  discharges  of  the  body— feces  and  urine. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  179 

Excretion:  The  discharge  of  waste  matter  from  the  body,  or  the 
material  so  discharged. 

Febrile:  Pertaining  to  fever. 

Feces:  The  discharges  from  the  bowel. 

Fetid :  Giving  off  a  bad  odor. 

Fetlock:  The  joint  between  the  cannon  and  the  long  pastern 
bones.  Also  the  lock  of  hair  which  grows  behind  this  joint. 

Fever:  Abnormally  high  temperature  of  the  body. 

Fever,  shipping:  A  general  term  applied  to  strangles,  influenza, 
and  contagious  pneumonia  occuring  during  or  shortly  after  shipment. 

Fistula:  A  long  narrow  canal  caused  by  diseased  action. 

Flank:  The  soft  part  of  the  body  which  lies  between  the  last 
rib  and  the  point  of  the  hip.  It  is  bounded  by  the  loins  above  and 
the  belly  below. 

Flatulent:  Distended  with  gas. 

Forearm:  The  part  of  the  foreleg  between  the  elbow  and  the  knee. 

Forehand:  The  part  of  the  horse  in  front  of  the  saddle  or  rider. 
It  includes  the  head,  neck,  and  fore  limbs. 

Forehead:  The  upper  part  of  the  face. 

Forelock:  That  part  of  the  mane  which  hangs  down  over  the  face. 

Function:  The  power  of  acting. 

Fungus:  A  low  form  of  vegetable  life,  as  molds. 

Gaskin:  The  part  of  the  leg  situated  between  the  thigh  and  the 
hock. 

Gastric:  Pertaining  to  the  stomach. 

Gastritis:  Inflammation  of  the  stomach. 

Germ:  Any  microscopic  form  of  life. 

Girth:  The  measure  around  the  body  at  the  chest. 

Granulations:  Small  fleshy  masses  formed  in  wounds. 

Hamstring:  The  great  tendon  which  attaches  itself  to  the  point  of 
the  hock. 

Haunch:  The  point  of  the  hip. 

Height  of  a  horse:  The  distance  from  the  ground  to  the  highest 
point  of  the  withers. 

Hemorrhage:  Bleeding. 

Hock:  The  joint  immediately  below  the  gaskin. 

Hypodermic:  Under  the  skin. 

Inaccessible:  Out  of  the  way. 

Inclement:  Harsh,  severe;  as  weather. 

Immunity:  Security  against  any  particular  disease. 

Indolent:  Inactive,  causing  little  pain. 


180  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 

Infection:  The  communication  of  disease  from  one  animal  to 
another. 

Infectious:  Liable  to  be  communicated  by  infection. 

Interdental:  Situated  between  the  teeth. 

Intolerable:  That  which  can  not  be  endured. 

Itch:  An  irritation  of  the  skin  with  a  desire  to  scratch. 

Jugular:  Pertaining  to  the  neck. 

Jugular  channel:  The  groove  which  is  on  either  side  of  the  neck 
just  above  the  windpipe. 

Knee:  The  joint  between  the  forearm  and  the  cannon. 

Lamina  (laminae,  plural):  A  thin,  flat  plate. 

Laminar:  Pertaining  to  the  laminae. 

Lateral:  Pertaining  to  the  side. 

Lesion:  Any  change  in  the  part  of  the  body  resulting  from  disease 
or  injury. 

Local:  Restricted  to  one  part. 

Lumbar:  Pertaining  to  the  loin. 

Massage:  A  stroking  and  kneading  of  the  body. 

Maxilla:  A  jawbone. 

Maxillary:  Pertaining  to  the  jaws. 

Membrane:  A  thin  layer  of  tissue  which  covers  a  surface. 

Microbe:  A  microscopic  organism. 

Microscopic:  Visible  only  by  the  aid  of  a  microscope. 

Molar:  Grinding;  pertaining  to  the  molar  teeth. 

Mortality:  The  death  rate. 

Muzzle:  The  lower  part  of  the  head,  including  the  nostrils,  lips, 
and  chin. 

Navicular:  Boat-snapped,  shuttle-shaped. 

Nodules:  Little  lumps. 

Nonfebrile:  Without  fever. 

Nourish:  To  furnish  material  to  sustain  life 

Nucha:  The  back  of  the  neck. 

Odor:  Scent,  smell. 

Ointment:  A  fatty  medicinal  preparation  for  external  use. 

Opacity:  That  which  is  opaque. 

Opaque:  Having  no  luster;  dull;  impervious  to  light,  not  trans- 
parent. 

Ophthalmia:  Inflammation  of  the  eye. 

Orbit:  The  bony  socket  which  contains  the  eve. 

Organ:  Any  part  of  the  body  performing  a  definite  function,  as  the 
liver,  stomach,  kidney,  etc. 


MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS.  181 

Organism:  An  individual  animal,  plant,  or  germ. 

Ossification:  The  formation  of  bone. 

Oxygen:  A  gaseous  element  of  the  air. 

Parasite:  A  plant  or  animal  which  lives  upon  or  within  another 
plant  or  animal. 

Parotid  region:  The  region  below  the  ear  and  back  of  the  jaw. 

Pastern:  The  region  between  the  fetlock  and  the  hoof. 

Phalanx:  A  bone  of  the  foot. 

Phenol:  Carbolic  acid. 

Hgment:  Any  coloring  matter  of  the  body. 

Plantar:  Pertaining  to  the  sole  of  the  foot. 

Poll:  The  top  of  the  neck  immediately  behind  the  ears. 

Posterior:  Situated  behind  or  toward  the  rear. 

Process:  A  projecting  point. 

Pulmonary:  Pertaining  to  the  lungs. 

Pungent:  Sharp  or  biting. 

Pus:  The  creamy  looking  fluid  resulting  from  suppuration. 

Putrefaction:  Rot,  decomposition. 

Pyramidal:  Shaped  like  a  pyramid. 

Rectal:  Pertaining  to  the  rectum. 

Retention;  The  keeping  within  the  body  of  matter  normally  ex- 
creted. 

Rump:  The  hinder  parts. 

Saliva:  The  fluid  secreted  by  the  glands  in  the  mouth;  spittle. 

Sand  cracks:  Same  as  quarter  cracks. 

Scurf:  Dandruff;  a  branny  substance  on  the  skin. 

Serum:  The  liquid  part  of  the  blood. 

Sheath :  A  double  fold  of  skin  which  contains  the  penis. 

Shoulder:  That  part  of  the  fore  limb  which  occupies  the  side  and 
front  region  of  the  chest. 

Sinus:  A  cavity  or  hollow  space,  as  of  bone. 

Skull:  The  bony  framework  of  the  head. 

Shipping  fever :  A  general  term  applied  to  strangles,  influenza,  and 
contagious  pneumonia  occurring  during  or  shortly  after  shipment. 

Slough :  A  mass  of  dead  tissue  in  or  cast  out  of  the  body. 

Solution:  A  liquid  containing  dissolved  matter. 

Spine.  A  slender  process  of  bone. 

Stifle:  The  joint  between  the  hip  and  the  hock. 

Streptococcus:  A  germ. 

Stupor:  Partial  or  nearly  complete  unconsciousness. 

Suppuration:  The  formation  and  discharge  of  pus. 


182  MANUAL  FOR  STABLE  SERGEANTS. 


Susceptible:  Capable  of  being  infected  or  influenced. 

Suture:  A  surgical  stitch  or  seam. 

System:  A  set  of  organs  which  unite  in  a  common  function. 

Swab:  A  small  stick  with  a  piece  of  cotton  on  the  end;  used  in 
•applying  medicine  to  wounds  or  sores. 

Temperament :  Individual  peculiarity  of  physical  and  mental  con- 
stitution. 

Thoracic:  Pertaining  to  the  chest  or  thorax. 

Trachea:  Windpipe. 

Tract:  A  region,  principally  one  of  some  length,  as  the  digestive 
tract. 

Transit:  A  journey  from  one  place  to  another. 

Transmit:  To  transfer;  to  pass  on  to  another. 

Transparent:  Permitting  the  passage  of  the  rays  of  light;  clear. 

Trunk:  The  body  considered  apart  from  the  head  and  limbs. 

Trypanosoma:  A  low  form  of  animal  life  found  in  the  blood  of 
animals.  It  is  the  cause  of  surra  and  other  similar  diseases. 

Ulcer:  An  open  sore  other  than  a  wound. 

Ulceration:  The  formation  of  an  open  sore. 

Underline:  The  lower  boundary  of  the  chest  and  belly. 

Vascular:  Pertaining  to  or  full  of  blood  vessels. 

Venous :  Pertaining  to  the  veins. 

Vertebra  (vertebrae,  plural):  Any  one  of  the  bones  of  the  spinal 
column. 

Villus  (villi,  plural):  A  minute  projection  from  the  mucous  mem- 
brane of  the  intestine. 

Vital:  Essential  to  life ;  necessary. 

Vitreous:  Glasslike. 

Withers:  The  highest  point  between  the  shoulder  blades. 


INDEX. 


Paragraph. 

Abdominal  aorta : 76b 

Abdominal  cavity 41 

Abrasions 365 

Abscess 372 

Absorbent  cotton ; 346 

Acid,  arsenious 284 

Acid,  boracic : 285 

Acid,  boric 285 

Acid,  carbolic 286 

Acid,  salicylic 287 

Acid,  tannic 288 

Actions  and  uses,  medicines 258 

Acute  glanders. 449 

Acute  inflammation  of  the  kidneys 424 

Acute  keratitis 436 

Acute  laminitis 451 

Acute  lymphangitis 429 

Acute  nasal  catarrh 418 

Administration  of  medicines 244 

Administration  of  medicine  by  inhalation 246 

Administration  of  medicine  by  the  mouth 245 

Administration  of  medicine  hypodermically 249 

Administration  of  medicine  into  a  vein •  250 

Administration  of  medicine  by  the  lungs 246 

Administration  of  medicine  by  the  rectum 248 

Alcohol 289 

Aloes,  barbadoes 290 

Alteratives 263 

Alum 291 

Ammonia,  aromatic  spirits 292 

Ammonia,  aqua 293 

Ammonia,  chloride  of 294 

Anatomy 1 

183 


184  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Anesthetics ! 259 

Animals,  injured 216,  217 

Animals,  killing  of 479 

Animals,  destruction  of 479 

Anodynes 261 

Anterio  vena  cava 77 

Antiseptic  gauze 346 

Antiseptic  powder 344 

Antiseptic  tablets 322 

Antipyretics 271 

Antiseptics 258 

Antiseptics  for  wounds 354 

Antispasmodics 262 

Anus 35 

Aorta 76 

Aorta,  abdominal 76b 

Aorta,  thoracic 76a 

Aparejo,  injuries  by 367 

Appearances  of  health. 123-130 

Appetite,  loss  of 203 

Approximate  value,  dry  measure 257 

Approximate  value,  liquid  measure 255 

Aqua  ammonia 293 

Aqueous  humor 96 

Air,  composition  of 132 

Air  cells 53 

Air,  impure 132 

Air,  pure 132 

Air,  temperature  of  stable 136 

Aromatic  spirits  of  ammonia. 292 

Arsenic 284 

Arsenate  of  potash 332 

Articulations 

Arteries 68 

Articular  cartilage 12a 

Articulations  of  fore  limb. 

Articulations  of  hind  limb 20 

Astringents - 260 

Atrium,  heart 67 

Azoturia 430 


INDEX.  185 

Paragraph. 

Back 121 

Backs,  sore 365,  366 

Balling 245b 

Ball,  giving ;. . .  245b 

Ball,  physic 323 

Bandages 345 

Bandages  for  warmth 210 

Bandaging  injured  parts 220 

Barbadoes  Aloes 290 

Barley 192 

Barley,  characteristics  of 193 

Barley,  weight  of 192 

Bars  of  foot 115a 

Bean 151 

Bedding 137-140 

Bedding,  allowance  of 140 

Bedding  racks 140 

Bees,  stings  of 444 

Belladonna , 295 

Bicarbonate  of  soda „ 339 

Bichloride  of  mercury 322,  470' 

Biniodide  of  mercury 324 

Bites  of  snakes 445 

Bits,  disinfection  of 475 

Bladder 61 

Bleached  oats 182 

Blanketing 149 

Blankets 149 

Blankets,  disinfection  of 473 

Bleeding,  how  to    stop 352 

Bleeding,  nose 420 

Blindfold 232 

Blistering 280 

Blister,  mercury 324 

Blister,  mixed 407 

Blisters 280 

Blood 71,  72 

Blood,  circulation  of 75,  76 

Blood,  color  of 71-73 

Blood,  purification  of 75a 


186  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Body 121 

Bog  spavin 404 

Boiling,  in  disinfection 469 

Boil,  shoe 374 

Bolting  feed 222 

Bone,  breast. 7 

Bone,  coffin 110 

Bone,  diseases  of 388-391 

Bone,  hip 11 

Bone,  irregular 3 

Bone,  navicular Ill 

Bone,  turbinated 50 

Bones,  classification  of 3 

Bones,  covering  of 3 

Bones,  long 3 

Bones  of  the  face 4b 

Bones  of  the  fore  limb 9 

Bones  of  the  foot 109 

Bones  of  the  hind  limb 10 

Bones  of  limbs,  fractures  of 395 

Bones,  short 3 

Boric  acid. 285 

Boracic  acid 285 

Bowels,  inflammation  of ^416 

Bow-legged 122 

Brain . 

Brain,  concussion  of - 432 

Brain,  congestion  of 431 

Brain,  diseases  of - 431-433 

Bran 200 

Bran  mashes :  202 

Breast 121 

Breast  bone 

Breathing  in  disease 205 

Breeding  places  of  flies 

Bridles,  disinfection  of , 472 

Broken  wind , 423 

Bronchi 53 

Bronchial  tubes 53 

Bruises  of  the  frog. 452 


INDEX.  187 

Paragraph. 

Bruises  of  limbs 369 

Bruises  of  sole 452 

Bruised  wounds 350 

Bulbs  of  hoof 115c 

Burning  carcases 480 

Burning  the  dead 480 

Burying  carcases 481 

Burying  the  dead 481 

Burns , '..  373 

Burns,  rope 378 

Bursal  enlargements 403-407 

Buttocks 122 

Caecum 33 

Calf-knee 120 

Calomel 323 

Camp,  control  of  flies  in 486 

Camphor 296 

Canker . 453 

Cannabis  americana. ... 297 

Cannabis  indica 297 

Cannon  bone,  fore 9 

Cannon  bone,  hind 10 

Cannons,  fore 120 

Cannons,  hind 122 

Cantharides 298 

Capillaries 69 

Capped  elbow ^ 374 

Capped  hock 375 

Carbolic  acid 286 

Carbolic  acid  for  disinfection 470 

Carbonic  acid  gas 132 

Carcasses,  burning 480 

Carcasses,  burying 481 

Carcasses,  disposal  of,  by  burning 480 

Carcasses,  disposal  of,  by  burying 481 

Care  of  the  feet 150 

Care  of  injured 216-221 

Care  of  sick 207-215 

Carminatives . . .....  264 


188  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Cartilage,  articular. 12a 

Cartilages,  lateral 112 

Cartilages  of  foot 112 

Cartilages  of  the  third  phalanx 112 

Cars,  railroad,  disinfection  of 478 

Castile  soap 338 

Casting-rope 242a 

Cataract 438 

Catarrh,  acute  nasal 418 

Catarrh,  chronic,  nasal 419 

Catarrh,  nasal,  acute 418 

Catarrh,  nasal,  chronic 419 

Catarrhal  fever 491 

Cathartics 273 

Caustics 265 

Caustic,  lunar 321 

Cavity,  abdominal 41 

Cavity,  cranial 4a 

Cavity,  nasal 4a 

Cavity,  orbital 4a 

Cavity,  pelvic • 41 

Cavity,  thoracic 55 

Cerebro-spinal  nerves 85 

Cerebro-spinal  system 84 

Cervical  vertebrae 6a 

Chafes 365,  366 

Chains,  curb,  disinfection 475 

Charcoal 299 

Characteristics  of  corn 189 

Characteristics  of  barley 193 

Characteristics  of  bran. 201 

Characteristics  of  hay 162 

Characteristics  of  oats  f 178 

Chemical  agents  in  disinfection 470 

Chest 7 

Chest,  medicine - 349 

Chest,  the 121 

Chill . 134 

Chloride  of  ammonia 294 

Chloride  of  lime ...  319 


INDEX.  18$ 

Paragraph. 

Chloride  of  lime  for  disinfection 470 

Chloride  of  mercury,  mild 323 

Chloroform. 300 

Cholagogues 266 

Chloro-naphtholeum 302 

Chloro-naphtholeum  for  disinfection 470 

Chyle 45, 83 

Chyme : 44 

Choke 411 

Choroid  coat  of  eye 93 

Chronic  glanders 495- 

Chronic  indigestion 412 

Chronic  nasal  catarrh 419- 

Circulation,  systemic 75'b 

Circulatory  system 66 

Circulatory  system,  diseases 428- 

Circulation  of  the  blood 75,  76 

Circulation,  pulmonary 75a- 

Classification  of  lameness 381 

Cleaning  the  sheath 151 

Cleft  of  frog 115c 

Clipping 148 

Clipped  oats 180 

Clean  the  wound 355 

Clothing 209 

Clothing,  men's,  disinfection 474 

Coat 105, 125 

Coat,  shedding  of 105 

Coccygeal  vertebrae 6e 

Cold  in  the  head 418 

Colic  stall 208 

Colic,  flatulent 414 

Colic,  obstruction 415 

Colic,  sand 415 

Colic,  spasmodic 413 

Colic ,  wind 414 

Collodion 303 

Colon,  great 33 

Colon,  small 33 

Column ,  spinal 6 


190  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Column,  vertebral 6 

Commissures,  frog 115c 

Complete  cracks,  quarter 455 

Complete  fractures 394 

Composition  of  air 132 

Compound  fractures 394 

Compress 352 

Concussion  of  the  brain 432 

Condition 227 

Conformation 119-122 

Congestion  of  the  brain 431 

Conjunctiva 89 

Conjunctivitis .. .  435 

Contagious  diseases,  definition 488 

Contagious  stomatitis 489 

Contagious  pneumonia 492,  206 

Control  of  animals 228-243 

Contracted  feet 456 

Control  of  flies  in  garrison 484 

Control  of  flies  in  camp. 486 

Constipation. . ., f 415 

Contusions 365 

Cooling  lotion 335 

Cord,  spinal 85 

Corium,  coronary 114b 

Corium,  hoof 114 

Corium,  frog 114e 

Corium,  laminar 114c 

Corium,  perioplic '. 114a 

Corium,  sole 114d 

Corn 187 

Corn,  allowance  of 160 

Corn,  characteristics  of 189 

Corn,  feeding  of 188 

Corn,  kafir 191 

Corn,  ration  of 160 

Corn,  weight  of 190 

Corns 454 

Corns,  dry 454 

Corns,  suppurating 454 


INDEX.  191 

Paragraph. 

Cornea - 92 

Coronary  corium 114b 

Coronary  cracks 455 

Coronary  groove 115a 

Coronary  ring 114b 

Coronet,  injuries  of 463 

Corpuscles,  red 73 

Corpuscles,  white 74 

Corral,  care  of 141 

Corral,  drainage  of , 141 

Corrosive  sublimate 322 

Corrosive  sublimate  tablets. 322 

Cosmoline 304 

Cotton,  absorbent 346 

Cow-hocked 122 

Cracks,  complete,  quarter 455 

Cracks,  coronary 455 

Cracked  heels 441 

Cracks,  low,  quarter 455 

Cracks  of  wall  of  hoof 455 

Cracks,  quarter -. 455 

Cracks,  toe . 455 

Cradle,  neck 233 

Cranium 4a 

Creolin 301 

Creolin,  for  disinfection 470 

Cresol 320 

Cribbiting 226 

Croup 121 

Croup,  bones  of 11 

Cross-tying 235 

Crystalline  lense 95 

Curb 401 

Curb  chains,  disinfection 475 

Cushion,  digital 113 

Cushion,  plantar 113 

Damp  oats 183 

Dead  animals,  burning  of 480 

Dead  animals,  burying  of 481 

106233°— 17 13 


192  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Decayed  teeth 410 

Defecation 45, 129 

Defects  in  corn 189 

Delicate  feeders 224 

Dermis 104 

Destruction  of  animals 479 

Detection  of  lamenessl 380 

Dhobie  itch 440 

Defects  in  oats 179 

Diabetes  insipidus 425 

Diaphragm 56 

Diarrhea 417 

Diaphragm,  spasm  of 434 

Digital  cushion 113 

Digestive  organs : 28 

Digestive  organs,  function  of 42 

Digestion,  physiology 42-45 

Digitalis 305 

Diseases  of  the  bladder 426 

Diseases  of  bone 338-391 

Diseases  of  blood  and  blood -producing  organs 430 

Diseases  of  the  brain 431-433 

Disease,  navicular 458 

Diseases  of  the  circulatory  system 428 

Diseases,  contagious,  definition. 488 

Diseases  of  the  eye , 435-439 

Diseases,  indications  of 203 

Diseases  of  the  foot 451-463 

Diseases,  infectious,  definition 488 

Diseases  of  the  kidneys 424,  426 

Diseases  of  the  lungs 422,  423 

Diseases  of  the  lymphatic  system 429 

Diseases  of  the  mouth 408 

Diseases  of  the  nervous  system 208,  431-434 

Diseases  of  the  nose 418-420 

Diseases,  parasitic,  of  skin 446-450 

Diseases,  quarantinable 465 

Diseases  of  the  sheath  and  penis 

Diseases  of  the  skin 440-450 

Diseases  of  the  stomach  and  intestines 412-417 


INDEX.  195 

Paragraph. 

Diseases  of  the  teeth 409 

Diseases  of  the  throat 421 

Diseases  to  be  isolated 465 

Dish  face 119 

Dislocations : 392,  393 

Distemper 490 

Disinfectants. 267 

Disinfection 467 

Disinfection,  sunlight  in 467 

Disinfection  by  boiling 469 

Disinfection,  chemical  agents  in 470 

Disinfection  by  fire 469 

Disinfection,  heat  in 469 

Disinfection  of  bits 475 

Disinfection  of  blankets 473 

Disinfection  of  bridles 472 

Disinfection  of  curb  chains 475 

Disinfection  of  equipment 472,  473,  475 

Disinfection  of  feed  boxes 477 

Disinfection  of  grooming  utensils 473 

Disinfection  of  harness ' 472,  473, 475 

Disinfection  of  leather 472 

Disinfection  of  men's  clothing 474 

Disinfection  of  metal 475 

Disinfection  of  railroad  cars 478 

Disinfection  of  saddles 472 

Disinfection  of  stables 471 

Disinfection  of  stable  implements 476 

Disinfection  of  watering  troughs 477 

Dislocation  of  patella 392,  393 

Disposal  of  carcasses  by  burning 480 

Disposal  of  carcasses  by  burying 481 

Disposal  of  dead 480,481 

Diuretics 269 

Dock 122 

Deodorants 268 

Draft  and  chill 134 

Drench,  giving 245c 

Drenching 245c 

Drainage  for  wounds 356 


194  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Dressings 346,  351 

Dressing  wounds 351-357 

Dropsy  of  the  legs 428 

Dry  feet 457 

Dry  measure,  approximate  value 257 

Duct,  thoracic 80 

Dusty  hay 168 

Emmer 194 

Ear 97 

Ear,  external 99 

Ear,  internal 100 

Ears 119 

Eating,  time  required 159 

Elbow,  capped 374 

Eczema 440 

Edema  of  the  legs 428 

Elbow 120 

Enteritis. . . : 416 

Epidermis 102 

Epiglotis. . .-. .N 52 

Epistaxis 420 

Epizootic,  lymphangitis 497 

Equipment,  disinfection  of 472,  473,  475 

Esophagus 30 

Ether,  spirits  of  nitrous . 306 

Ether,  sulphuric 307 

Ewe-neck 119 

Examination  for  lameness 383 

Excessive  granulations 362 

Excessive  urination 425 

Exhaustion 156,  227J 

Expectorants 270 

Expiration 57 

External  regions  of  horse 119-122 

Eye 88 

Eye,  diseases  of 435-439 

Eyes 119 

Eyelids,  wounds  of 439 

Eyelids 89 

Eye  lotion v 295 


INDEX.  195 

Paragraph. 

Face . 119 

Farcy 496 

Feed  boxes,  clean 137 

Feed  boxes,  disinfection  of 477 

Feeding 155 

Feed,  bolting  of 222 

Feeding  corn 188 

Feeding  oats 177 

Feeding  delicate  feeders 224 

Feeding  grain 158 

Feeding  hay 157 

Feeding  idle  horses 223 

Feeding  injured  animals 212 

Feeding  sick  animals 212 

Feeding  thin  horses 224 

Feeding  tired  horses 156 

Feet,  care  of 150 

Feet,  contracted 456 

Feet,  fore 120 

Feet,  dry ,. 457 

Feet,  hind 122 

Febrifuges 271 

Female  generative  organs 65 

Fetlocks,  fore 120 

Fetlocks,  hind 122 

Fetlock,  sprain  of 402 

Fever,  catarrhal 491 

Fever,  definition  of.     (See  glossary.) 

Fever,  mixture 306 

Fever,  petechial 500 

Fever,  shipping.     (See  glossary.) 

Field  medicine  chest 349 

Field,  medicines  for 349 

Fire,  in  disinfection 469 

Fistulous  withers 376 

Flank 121 

Flatulent  colic 414 

Flaxseed  meal 199,  308 

Flesh,  proud 362 

Flexor  tendons,  sprains  of 1 399 


196  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Flies 482-487 

Flies,  breeding  places  of . .  483 

Flies,  control  of,  in  camp 486 

Flies,  in  garrison 484 

Flies,  external  applications  for  protection  against. . . 487 

Flies,  protection  of  animals  against 487 

Flies  on  wounds 360 

Floors,  brick . 138 

Floors,  cement 138 

Floors,  dirt 139 

Floors,  slippery 138 

Floors,  stone 138 

Flour 197 

Fluid  extract,  nux  vomica 325 

Fly  gad 450 

Fly  poison 485 

Fly,  Spanish 298 

Fly  traps 485 

Fly,  warble 450 

Foot 108 

Foot,  bones  of 109, 110 

Foot,  cartilages  of 112 

Foot,  composition  of 108 

Forehead 119 

Forage,  allowance  of 160, 172 

Forage,  green 172 

Forearms 120 

Follicles,  hair 105 

Forehand 120 

Foreign  bodies  in  wounds 353 

Fore  and  hind  legs  secured 241 

Fore  leg,  securing 237 

Fore  limb,  articulations  of 19 

Fore  limb,  bones  of 9 

Fore  leg,  lame  in 384 

Fore  legs,  lame  in -  385 

Fore  limb,  joints  of 19 

Formalin 309 

Formalin  for  disinfection 470 

Founder... --  451 


INDEX.  197 

Paragraph. 

Fooler's  solution 332 

Foxy  oats 181 

Fractures 394-396 

Fracture,  bones  of  limbs. 395 

Fractures,  complete 394 

Fractures,  compound 394 

Fractures,  incomplete 394 

Fracture,  lower  jaw  by  bit * 396 

Fracture,  simple 394 

Frog ; 115c 

Frog,  bruises  of 452 

Frog,  cleft 115c 

Frog,  corium  of 114e 

Frog,  punctured  wounds  of .  459 

Frog,  sensitive 114e 

Frog,  stay 115c 

Gadfly 450 

Galls 365,  366 

Galls,  wind : 406 

Garrison,  control  of  fiies  in 484 

Gastric  juice 31 

Gaskin ; 122 

Gauze,  antiseptic 346 

Gentian 310 

Gentian,  fluid  extract  of 311 

Gentian,  powdered 310 

Ginger 312 

Glanders 493 

Glanders,  acute 494 

Glanders,  chronic 495 

Glanders,  skin 496 

Glands,  parotid 29 

Glands,  peptic , 31 

Glands,  salivary 29 

Glands,  sebaceous 106 

Glands,  submaxillary 29 

Glands,  sublingual - 29 

Glands,  sweat 107 

Gleet,  nasal 419 


198  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Glycerine 313 

Goose-rumped 122 

Grain,  allowance  of 160 

Grain,  feeding  of 158 

Grain,  hay 170 

Grain,  ration  of 160 

Grains 174 

Granula  iridis .• 93 

Granulations,  excessive : . .  362 

Grazing 173 

Grease 442 

Great  colon 33 

Grooming 143 

Grooming  idle  horses 143 

Grooming  injured  animals 221 

Grooming  sick  horses 214 

Grooming  sweating  horses 145 

Grooming  utensils,  disinfection  of 473 

Grooming  wet  horses 144 

Groove ,  coronary 115a 

Grubs 450 

Gum  camphor .,. 296 

Gunshot  wounds . 350, 370 

Hair 105 

Hair  follicles 105 

Halter  pulling 

Hand  rubbing •  146 

Hard  palate 29 

Harness,  disinfection  of u 472, 473, 475 

Haunch 122 

Haw 90 

Hay 161 

Hay,  allowance  of , 160 

Hay,  badly  cured 164 

Hay,  caked  in  the  bale 167 

Hay,  characteristics  of : 162 

Hay,  defects  in 161 

Hay,  dusty 168 

Hay,  feeding  of 157 


INDEX.  199 

Paragraph. 

Hay,  grain 170 

Hay,  moldy 169 

Hay,  mow-burned 166 

Hay,  musty 169 

Hay,  overripe 165 

Hay,  ration  of 160 

Head 119 

Head,  securing  of 230 

Health,  appearances  of 123-130 

Heart 67 

Heart,  contraction  of 78 

Heart,  septum 67 

Heat  stroke 433 

Heat,  in  disinfection 469 

Heaves 423 

Heels 115a 

Heels,  injuries  of 463 

Hemorrhage 352 

Herpes 448 

Herring-gutted 121 

Hind  limb,  sarticulations  of 20 

Hind  limb,  bones  of 10 

Hind  limb,  joints  of -  -  -  -  20 

Hind  leg,  lame  in 386 

Hind  leg,  securing 238,  239,  240 

Hind  legs,  lame  in 387 

Hind  quarters 121 

Hip  bone 11 

Hip,  point  of 122 

Hocks. • 122 

Hock,  capped 375 

Hock,  sprain  of 402 

Hornets,  stings  of 444 

Horses,  blanketing  of - 149 

Horses,  clipping -  -  148 

Horses,  external  regions 119 

Horse,  points  of 119 

Horse  in  slings 243 

Horses,  sweating 145 

Horses  that  bolt  their  feed..             222 


200  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Horses,  washing  of 147 

Horses,  wet,  care  of 144 

Hoof 115a 

Hoof,  bulbs  of . 115c 

Hoof,  corium  of 114 

Hoof,  cracks  of 455 

Hoof,  oil  on 457 

Hoof,  parts  of 115c 

Hoof,  surfaces  of 115c 

Hoof,  wall  of 115a 

Humor,  aqueous 96 

Humor,  vitreous 96 

Hygiene,  stable 131-202 

Idle  horses,  feeding  of 223 

Implements,  stable,  disinfection  of 476 

Inability  to  urinate 426 

Incised  wounds 350 

Incomplete  fractures 394 

Indications  of  disease 203-206 

Indigestion,  chronic 412 

Infectious  diseases,  definition 488 

Infectious  pneumonia 492 

Inflammation 37$ 

Inflammation  of  the  bowels 416 

Inflammation  of  conjunctiva 435 

Inflammation  of  intestines 416 

Inflammation  of  kidneys,  acute 424 

Inflammation  of  the  lungs 422 

Inflammation  of  the  mouth,  contagious 489 

Inflammation  of  the  skin .- 440-442 

Influenza 206, 491 

Inhalations 329 

Inhalations,  giving .  246 

Injuries,  aparejo 367 

Injuries  to  the  coronet - 463 

Injuries  to  the  mouth • 408 

Injuries  to  the  heels 463 

Injuries,  pack  saddle 367 

Injured  animals 216,  217 


INDEX.  201 

Paragraph. 

Injured  animals,  care  of 216-221 

Injured  animals,  feeding  of 221 

Injured  animals,  grooming . 221 

Injured  animals,  restraint 219* 

Injured  animals,  watering 221 

Injury,  lower  jaw,  by  bit 396 

Insalivation 43 

Inspiration 57 

Instruments  for  dressing  wounds 351 

Interdental  space 5c 

Intestines,  diseases  of 412-417 

Intestines,  inflammation  of 416 

Intestine,  large 33 

Intestine,  mucous  membrane 34 

Intestine,  small 32 

Iodide  of  mercury 324 

Iodine  crystals 314 

Iodine,  solution  of 314 

Iodine,  tincture  of 314 

lodoform 315 

Iris 93 

Iron,  sulphate  of 317 

Iron,  tincture  of  chloride 316 

Irregular  wearing  of  teeth 409 

Isolated,  animals  to  be 465 

Isolation .- 464 

Itch,  dhobie 440 

Jaw,  lower,  injury  of 396 

Jaw,  lower 4b,  119 

Jaw,  overshot 409 

Jaw,  undershot 409 

Jaw,  upper •  4b 

Joint,  capsule  of 13 

Joint,  open 364 

Joint,  oil 13 

Joints,  fore  limb 19 

Joints,  hind  limb *  .20 

Joints,  movable 12a 

Joints,  types  of 12 

Jugular  channel 119 

Jugular  vein 70 


202  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Keratitis 436 

Kidneys 59 

Kidneys,  diseases  of 424-426 

Kidneys,  inflammation  of 424 

Killing  animals 479 

Knee 120 

Knee-sprung 120 

Kreso 302 

Kreso  for  disinfection 470 

Lacerated  wounds 350 

Lame  in  both  fore  legs. 385 

Lame  in  one  fore  leg 383 

Lame  in  both  hind  legs 387 

Lame  in  one  hind  leg 386 

Lameness 380 

Lameness,  classification  of 381 

Lameness,  detection  of „ 380 

Lameness,  examination  for 383 

Lameness,  severe 382 

Lameness,  supporting  leg 381b 

Lameness,  swinging  leg 381a 

Laminae,  horny 115a 

Laminae,  sensitive 114c 

Laminitis 335, 451 

Laminitis,  acute 335, 451 

Large  intestine 33 

Laryngitis 421 

Laryngitis  and  pharyngitis 421 

Larynx .  . ; 52 

Laudanum 330 

Laxatives 272 

Lead,  acetate  of 

Lead,  sugar  of 318 

Leather,  disinfection  of .- 472 

Legs,  dropsy  of 428 

Legs,  edema  of 428 

Legs,  filled 428 

Legs,  fore 120 

Legs,  stocking  of 428 


INDEX.  203 

Paragraph. 

Lens,  crystalline 95 

Lice 446 

Limbs 2 

Limbs,  bruises  of 369 

Limbs,  fractures  of 395 

Ligaments,  binding 15 

Ligament,  neck 17 

Ligament,  plantar 18 

Ligament,  plantar,  sprain  of 401 

Ligament,  suspensory 16 

Ligament,  suspensory,  sprain 400 

Ligaments 12 

Ligamentum,  nuchae 17 

Lime,  chloride  of 319 

Lime,  chloride  of,  for  disinfection 470 

Line,  picket ' 141 

Line,  side 237b 

Liniment,  soap 296 

Linseed  meal 199,  308 

Linseed  oil 327 

Lips 29, 119 

Liquid  measure. 252 

Liquid  measure,  approximate  value  of 255 

Liquor  cresolis ,  320 

Liquor  cresolis,  for  disinfection 470 

Liver 38 

Lockjaw 498 

Loins 121 

Loss  of  appetite 203 

Lotion,  cooling 335 

Lotion,  eye 295 

Lotion,  white 318 

Low  cracks,  quarter 455 

Lower  jaw 119 

Lower  jaw,  fracture  by  bit 396 

Lugol's  solution 314 

Lumbar  vertebrae 6c 

Lunar  caustic 321 

Lungs 54 

Lungs,  capacity  of 57 


204  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Lungs,  diseases  of 422, 423 

Lungs,  inflammation  of 422 

Lymphatic  system,  diseases  of 429 

Lymphangitis,  acute 429 

Lymphantitis,  epizootic •  497 

Lymph 82 

Lymph  glands 81 

Lymph  vessels 80 

Lymphatic  system 79 

Lymphatic  vessel,  right. . : 80 

Maceration 44 

Maggots  in  penis 427 

Maggots  in  sheath 151, 427 

Maggots  in  wounds 361 

Male  generative  organs 64 

Mane 119 

Mandible 4b 

Mange 340, 447 

Mangers,  to  be  kept  clean 137 

Manner  of  standing 123 

Manure 137 

Mashes,  bran 202 

Mastication 43 

Maxilla 4b-4c 

Meal,  flaxseed - 199,  308 

Meal,  linseed 199,  308 

Measure,  liquid 252 

Measure,  dry 257 

Medicines 283-344 

Medicine  chest 349 

Medicines,  administration 244 

Medicines,  administration,  hypodermically 249 

Medicines,  administration  by  the  lungs 246 

Medicines,  administration  by  the  mouth 245 

Medicines,  administration  by  the  rectum 248 

Medicines,  administration  by  the  skin 247 

Medicines,  administration  into  a  vein 250 

Medicines  for  field 349 

Membrana,  nictitans 90 

Membrane,  serous 48 


INDEX.  205 

Paragraph. 

Membrane,  synovia! .  . . . 27, 13 

Men's  clothing,  disinfection  of 474 

Mercury  blister 324 

Mercury,  bichloride  of 322 

Mercury,  bichloride  of,  for  disinfection 470 

Mercury,  biniodide  of 324 

Mercury,  mild  chloride  of 323 

Mercury,  red  iodide  of 324 

Mesentery 36 

Metal,  disinfection  of 475 

Metric  measures 256 

Mild  chloride  of  mercury 323 

Milo  maize 191 

Mixed  blister ." 407 

Mixture,  fever 306 

Mixtures 254 

Mouldy  oats 186 

Mouldy  hay 369 

Mow  burned  hay 166 

Mouth 29 

Mouth,  contagious  inflammation  of 489 

Mouth,  diseases  of 408 

Mouth,  injuries  to 408 

Mouth,  parrot 409 

Mucous  membrane 47 

Mucous  membrane  of  intestines 34 

Muscles,  sprain  of 398 

Muscles 21 

Muscles,  composition  of 22 

Muscles,  extensors 24 

Muscles,  fore  limb 25 

Muscles,  flexors . 24 

Muscles,  hind  limb 26 

Muscles,  involuntary 21 

Muscles,  long 23 

Muscles,  short 23 

Muscles,  voluntary ; . '.  21 

Muscles,  wide 23 

Musty  hay 169 

Musty  oats 185 

Muzzles 119,  236* 


206  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Nail  wounds 459?  329 

Nasal  catarrh,  acute 418 

Nasal  catarrh,  chronic 419 

Nasal  cavity 4a 

Nasal  chambers 50 

Nasal  gleet 419 

Nasal  septum 5( 

Navicular  disease 458 

Neck ; 11£ 

Neck  cradle 233 

Neck  ligament 17 

Nephritis. 424 

Nerve 87 

Nerve  ganglia 86 

Nerve,  optic *. 94 

Nerves,  cerebrospinal 85 

^Nervous  system 84 

Nervous  system,  diseases  of 431-434 

Settle  rash 443 

New  horses 136 

Nitrate  of  potash 335 

Nitrogen 132 

Nose,  bleeding  of '. 420 

Nose,  diseases  of 418-420 

Nostrils 49-119 

Nursing 207 

.Nux  vomica,  fluid  extract 325 

Nux  vomica,  powdered 326 

Oakum 346 

Obstruction,  colic 415 

Oats 175 

Oats,  allowance  of 160 

Oats,  bleached 182 

Oats,  characteristics  of 178 

Oats,  clipped 180 

Oats,  damp 183 

Oats,  defect  in 179 

Oats,  feeding  of 177 

Oats,  foxy 181 


INDEX.  207 

Paragraph. 

Oats,  moldy 186 

Oats,  musty 185 

Oats,  ration  of 1 160 

Oats,  sprouting 184 

Oats,  weight  of 176 

Oil,  hoof -. 457 

"  Oil,  joint :.  13 

On,  linseed 327 

Oil  meal , 199,  308 

Oil,  turpentine 329 

Ointment,  hoof 457 

Ointment  for  skin  disease 301 

Open  bursa 364 

Open  joint 364 

Ophthalmia,  periodic 437 

Ophthalmia,  recurrent 437 

Opium,  powdered 331 

Opium,  tincture  of 330 

Optic  nerve 94 

Orbital  cavity 4a 

Organs,  digestive 28 

Organs,  female,  generative 65 

Organs,  male,  generative 64 

Os  coxae 11 

Over  in  the  knees 120 

Over-ripe  hay 165 

Over-shot  jaw 409 

Oxide  of  zinc 344 

Oxygen 132 

Packs 347 

Palate ,  hard 29 

Palate,  soft 29 

Pack  saddle,  injuries 367 

Pancreas 39 

Pancreatic  fluid 39 

Parasitic  diseases  of  the  skin 446-450 

Parasiticides 274 

Parotid  glands - 29 

Parotid  region 119 

106233°— 17 14 


208  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Parot  mouth 409 

Pasterns,  fore 120 

Pasterns,  hind 122 

Pasterns,  sprains  of 402 

Patella,  dislocation  of 393 

Pelvic  cavity 41 

Penis,  diseases  of 427 

Penis,  screw  worms  in 427 

Penis,  maggots  in 427 

Peptic  glands 31 

Pericardium 67 

Periodic  ophthalmia 437 

Periople 115a 

Perioplic  coriuin 114a 

Perioplic  ring 114a 

Periosteum 2 

Peritoneum 36 

Permanganate  of  potash 336  • 

Petechial  fever 500 

Petrolatum 304 

Pharynx 51 

Pharyngitis 421 

Phenol 286 

Physic  ball 323 

Physiology 1 

Picket  line 141 

Picket  line  floor 141 

Pinkeye 491 

Plantar  cushion 113 

Plantar  ligament 18 

Plantar  ligament,  sprain  of 401 

Pleurae , 55 

Pleuropneumonia 492 

Pneumonia 422 

Pneumonia,  contagious 492 

Pneumonia,  infectious I 492 

Point  of  the  hip 

Points  of  the  horse 119 

Poison,  fly 485 

Poll..  119 


INDEX.  209 

Paragraph. 

Poll-evil 377 

Posterior  vena  cava 77b 

Potassium,  arsenate  of 332 

Potassium,  bromide  of 333 

Potassium,  iodide  of 334 

Potassium,  nitrate  of 335 

Potassium,  permanganate  of 336 

Poultices 348 

Premaxilla 4b 

Prehension 29,  43 

Pricking,  direct * 459 

Pricking,  indirect 459 

Pricks  in  shoeing 459 

Protection  of  animals  against  flies 487 

Proud  flesh 362, 321 

Pulling,  halter 225 

Pulmonary  circulation 75b 

Pulse 78, 126 

Pulse  in  disease 204 

Pulse,  method  of  taking .. 126 

Punctured  wounds 350 

Punctured  wounds  of  frog 459 

Punctured  wounds  of  joints 364 

Punctured  wounds  of  tendon  sheaths 364 

Punctured  wounds  of  sole 459 

Pupil 93 

Purgatives 273 

Purpura , : 500 

Purpura.  hemorrhagica 500 

Quarantinable  diseases 465 

Quarantine 466 

Quarter  cracks 455 

Quarters. 115a 

Quinine,  sulphate  of 337 

Quittor 460 

Ration,  forage 160 

Ration,  grain 168 

Ration,  hay r .  160 


210  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Rectum 30 

Recurrent  ophthalmia 433 

Red  corpuscles 77 

Regions,  external 119-123 

Respiration 57, 122 

Respiration,  method  of  counting 127 

Respiratory  organs 47 

Respiratory  system 46 

Rest 216 

Rest  in  wounds 358 

Restraint  and  control 228-248 

Restraint,  injured  animals 213 

Restraint,  kinds  of 229 

Restraint,  object 228 

Restraint,  in  wounds 358 

Retention  of  urine 426 

Retina 94 

Ribs 8, 121 

Ribs,  asternal 8 

Ribs,  false. 8 

Ribs,  sternal 

Ribs,  true . . . 8 

Rice 198 

Ringbone 388 

Ringworms 448 

Roach-back 121, 366 

Roman  nose .- 119 

Roof  ventilators 135 

Rope  burns .- 378 

Rope,  casting 242a 

Rope,  throwing 242a 

Railroad  cars,  disinfection  of 478 

Rubbing,  hand 146 

Rye... 195 

Sacral,  vertebrae 6d 

Sacrum 6d 

Sacs,  serous  -  - 371 

Saddles,  disinfection  of 472 

Saddle,  sores 365-366 


INDEX.  211 

Paragraph. 

S  aliva 43 

Salivary  glands 29 

Salt 152 

Salt,  allowance  of 152 

Salting ' 152 

Saltpeter 335 

Scabies 447 

Scalds 373 

Sclerotic  coat  of  eye 92 

Scratches. 441 

Screw  worms  in  penis 427 

Screw  worms  in  sheath 427 

Screw  worms  in  wounds 361 

Sebaceous  glands. 106 

Securing  "of  fore  leg 237 

Securing  fore  and  hind  legs .  .  . 241 

Securing  a  hind  leg  backward 240 

Securing  a  hind  leg  forward 238, 239 

Securing  the  head 230 

Sedatives 278 

Seedy  toe 461 

Sensitive  frog 114d 

Sensitive  laminae 114c 

Sensitive  sole 114d 

Septum,  heart 67 

Septum,  nasal. 50 

Seriously  injured  animals 216 

Serous  membrane 48 

Serous,  sacs 371 

Serum 72 

Severe  lameness 382 

Sharp  teeth 409 

Sheath,  cleaning  of 151 

Sheath,  diseases  of 427 

Sheath,  screw  worms  in 427 

Sheath,  maggots  in 157,  427 

Shipping  fever.     (See  Glossary.) 

Shoe  boil 374 

Shoeing,  pricks  in ....  459 

Shoes,  removal  of 211 


212  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Shoulders 120 

Shoulders,  sore , 368 

Sick,  care  of 207-215 

Sick,  feeding  of 212 

Sick,  grooming  of . . .' 214 

Sick,  watering  of 213 

Sick  stall 208 

Sickle,  hocked 122 

Side  bone 389 

Side  line .  237b 

Side  rod 234 

Silver,  nitrate  of 321 

Simple  fractures 394 

Sinuses,  maxillary T 4c 

Sitfast -. . .  366 

Skeleton 1, 2 

Skin 101, 124 

Skin,  diseases,  treatment 341 

Skin,  inflammation  of 440, 441 

Skin,  parasitic  diseases  of 446-450 

Skin,  true.  .  . 102 

Skull 4 

Slightly  injured  animals 217 

Slinging  the  horse 243 

Slings 243 

Small  colon . 33 

Small  intestine 32 

Snake  bites 445 

Saturated  solution 253a 

Soap,  castile . 338 

Soap  liniment 296 

Sodium,  bicarbonate  of 339 

Soft  palate 29 

Sole 115b 

Sole,  bruises  of 452 

Sole,  corium  of 114 

Sole,  punctured  wounds  of 459 

Sole,  sensitive 114d 

Soot  balls 93 

Solution  of  ammonia 293 


INDEX.  313 

Paragraph. 

Solution  of  cresol 320 

Solution  of  iodine 314 

Solution,  Lugol's 314 

Solution,  saturated 253a 

Solutions 253 

Solutions,  how  to  make 253b 

Sore  backs 365-366 

Sore  backs,  causes 366 

Sore  backs,  prevention -  -  366 

Sore  backs,  symptoms  of 366 

Sore  backs,  treatment  of 366 

Sore  shoulders 368 

Sore  throat 421 

Sores,  saddle 365, 366 

Spanish  fly -  298 

Spasm  of  the  diaphragm 434 

Spasmodic  colic 413 

Spavin '.  390 

Spavin,  bone 390 

Spavin,  bog 404 

Speltz 194 

Spinal  canal 6f 

Spinal  column 6 

Spinal  cord •. 85 

Spirits  nitrous  ether 306 

Splay  footed . .  120 

Spleen 40 

Splints 391 

Sprain  of  fetlock 402 

Sprains  of  flexor  tendons 399 

Sprain  of  hock 402 

Sprains  of  muscles 398 

Sprain  of  pastern . .  402 

Sprain  of  plantar  ligamen.t 401 

Sprain  of  suspensory  ligament 400 

Sprains 397-407 

Sprains,  treatment  of 407 

Sprouting  oats. 184 

Stable  air 136 

Stables,  cold 136 


S14  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Stables,  disinfection  of 471 

Stables,  hot 136 

Stable  hygiene 131-202 

Stable  implements,  disinfection  of 476 

Stalls,  care  of '. 137 

Stalls,  cleaning 137, 138 

Stalls,  sick 208 

Standing,  manner  of 123 

Sternum 7 

Stifles 122 

Stimulants 277 

Stings  of  bees 444 

Stings  of  hornets 444 

Stings  of  wasps 444 

Stocking  of  legs. 428 

Stomach 31 

Stomach,  capacity  of 31 

Stomach,  diseases  of 412-417 

Stomachics 275 

Stomatitis,  contagious 489 

Strangles 490 

Straw 171 

Styptics 276 

Sublingual  glands 29 

Submaxillary  glands 29 

Sulphate  of  iron 317 

Sulphate  of  zinc 343 

Sulphur 340 

Sulphured  oats 182 

Sulphuric  ether 307 

Sunlight  in  disinfection 468 

Sunstroke 433 

Supporting  leg  lameness 381b 

Suppuration r 372 

Surra 206, 499 

Suspensory  ligament 16 

Suspensory  ligament,  sprain  of 400 

Sutures 

Suturing  wounds 355 

Sway-back -  121^366 


INDEX.  215 

Paragraph. 

Sweat 107 

Sweat  glands 107 

Sweating  horses,  care  of 145 

Sweet  spirits  of  niter 306 

Swinging-leg  lameness 381a 

Sympathetic  system 84-86 

Synovia 13 

Synovial  bursae 27 

Synovia!  enlargements 403 

Synovial  membranes , 13,  27 

Synovial  sheaths 27 

System,  cerebrospinal 84,  85 

System,  circulatory 66 

System,  digestive 28 

System,  lymphatic 79 

System,  nervous , 84 

System,  nervous,  diseases  of 431-434 

System,  respiratory 46 

System,  sympathetic 84-86 

System,  urogenital 58 

Tail 122 

Tannin 288 

Tar,  pine .' 341 

Teeth,  canine 5b 

Teeth,  cheek 5c 

Teeth,  classification  of 5 

Teeth,  decayed 410 

Teeth,  diseases  of 409 

Teeth,  incisor 5a 

Teeth,  irregular  wearing  of 409 

Teeth,  molar 5c 

Teeth,  sharp 409 

Temperature,  body 128 

Temperature,  body,  method  of  taking 128 

Temperature  in  disease '. 206 

Temperature  of  stable  air 136 

Tendons 22 

Tendons,  sprains  of • 399 

Testing  the  ventilation 133 


216  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Tetanus 208,  333,  498 

Ticks 449 

Tied  in 120 

Time  required  for  eating 159 

Tincture,  chloride  of  iron 316 

Tincture  of  iodine 314 

Thighs 122 

Thin  horses,  feeding  of '. 224 

Thoracic  aorta .• 76a 

Thoracic  cavity 55 

Thoracic  duct 80 

Thoracic  vertebrae 6b 

Thorax 7 

Thoroughpin 405 

Throat. 119 

Throat,  diseases  of 421 

Throat,  diseases  of,  choke 411 

Throat,  sore 421 

Throwing  a  horse  down 242 

Throwing  rope 242b 

Thrush 323,462 

Thumps -. 434 

Toe , 115a 

Toe  cracks .' 455 

Toe-out 120 

Toe,  seedy 461 

Tongue 29 

Tonics 279 

Tonic  powder 412 

Trachea 53 

Traps,  fly 485 

Treads 463 

Treatment  of  sprains 407 

Treatment  of  wounds 352-361 

Troughs,  watering 142 

Troughs,  watering,  disinfection  of 477 

Trunk 

Tubes,  bronchial : 53 

Turbinated  bones *. 50 

Turpentine 329 


INDEX.  217 

Paragraph. 

Tympanum . : 100 

Trypanosoma  evansi . . 499 

Twitch 231 

Underline. . 121 

Undershot  jaw 409 

Ureters . 60 

Urethra , 62 

Urinary  organs • 58 

Urinary  system _» 58 

Urination 63, 130 

Urination,  excessive 425 

Urine 63 

Urine,  retention  of -. 426 

Urticaria 443 

Utensils,  to  be  kept  clean 215 

Utensils,  grooming,  disinfection  of ...  473 

Vaseline. 304 

Vein,  jugular 70 

Veins 70 

Vena  cava,  anterior - - 77a 

Vena  caya,  posterior 77b 

Ventilation ,. .  131 

Ventilation,  testing 133-136 

Ventilators,  window 135 

Ventilators,  roof 135 

Ventricles,  heart 67 

Vermifuges 282 

Vermisides 281,  329 

Vertebrae,  cervical 6a 

Vertebrae,  coccygeal. 6e 

Vertebrae,  lumbar 6c 

Vertebrae,  sacral 6d 

Vertebrae,  thoracic . 6b 

Vertebral  column 6 

Vesicants 280 

Villi 34 

Wall,  cracks  of 455 

Wall,  hoof 115a 


218  INDEX. 

Paragraph. 

Warbles •. ...  450 

Warble  fly ". 450 

Wasps,  stings  of 444 

Water 153 

Water,  amount  required 153 

Watering 154 

Watering  injured  animals 213 

Watering  sick  animals 213 

Watering  troughs 142 

Watering  troughs,  disinfection  of 477 

Weight  of  oats 176 

Weights,  table  of ' 251 

Wet  horses,  care  of 144 

Wheat 196 

White  corpuscles 74 

White  corpuscles,  formation 81 

White  line 115a 

White  lotion 318 

Wind-broken 423 

Wind  colic . 414 

Windgalls 406 

Wind  puffs 406 

Windsucking 226 

Windows 135, 136 

Witch-hazel 342 

Withers,  fistulous 376 

Withers,  framework  of 6b 

Withers,  injuries  of 366 

Withers,  conformation  of 120 

Worms,  intestinal 412 

Wounds 350 

Wounds,  after  care  of • 359 

Wounds,  antiseptics  for 354 

Wounds,  bruised 350,  365 

Wounds,  bleeding 352 

Wounds,  classification  of 350 

Wounds,  drainage  of 356 

Wounds,  dressing 351, 357 

Wounds,  flies  on 360 

Wounds,  foreign  bodies  in 353 


INDEX.  219 

Paragraph. 

Wounds,  gunshot 350,  370 

Wounds,  how  to  clean 353 

Wounds,  how  to  close 355 

Wounds,  incised 350,  363 

Wounds,  instruments  for  dressing 351 

Wounds,  lacerated 350,  363 

Wounds,  maggots  in .  361 

Wounds,  nail 329,  459 

Wounds  of  the  coronet 463 

Wounds  of  the  eyelids . 439 

Wounds  of  the  frog .' 459 

Wounds  of  the  heel 463 

Wounds  of  the  sole 459 

Wounds,  punctured 350,  363,  364 

Wounds,  punctured,  of  joints 364 

Wounds,  punctured,  of  tendon  sheaths 364 

Wounds,  screw  worms  in 361 

Wounds,  suturing. '. 355 

Wounds,  tread 463 

Wounds,  treatment  of 352-371 

Zinc,  oxide  of 344 

Zinc  oxide  ointment 344 

Zinc,  sulphate  of 343 


ADDITIONAL  COPIES 

OF  THIS  PUBLICATION  MAY  BE  PROCURED  FROM 

THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  DOCUMENTS 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 

AT 
35  CENTS   PER  COPY 


y^// 

M 


1NIA 


& 

W 


LIBRARY   OF   THE   UNIVERSITY  OF   CALIFORNIA 


S          ^Sl 

LIBRARY! 


INIA 


LIBRARY   OF   THE   UNIVERSITY  OF   CALIFORNIA 


LIBRARY 


n 


IVERS 


§ 


a      M  H 

IM! 


s 


II 


